EZ Zone RMC - Thermal Solutions of Texas

EZ Zone RMC - Thermal Solutions of Texas

EZ-ZONE

®

RMC (Control) Module

User’s Guide

Control Module

0600-0070-0000 Rev. D

December 2013

1241 Bundy Boulevard., Winona, Minnesota USA 55987

Phone: +1 (507) 454-5300, Fax: +1 (507) 452-4507 http://www.watlow.com

TOTAL

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

3 Year Warranty

ISO 9001

Registered Company

Winona, Minnesota USA

Made in the U.S.A.

Safety Information

We use note, caution and warning symbols throughout this book to draw your attention to important operational and safety information.

A “NOTE” marks a short message to alert you to an important detail.

A “CAUTION” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting your equipment and performance. Be especially careful to read and follow all cautions that apply to your application.

A “WARNING” safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting you, others and equipment from damage. Pay very close attention to all warnings that apply to your application.

The safety alert symbol, (an exclamation point in a triangle) precedes a general CAUTION or WARNING statement.

The electrical hazard symbol, (a lightning bolt in a triangle) precedes an electric shock hazard CAUTION or WARNING safety statement. Further explanations follow:

Symbol Explanation

CAUTION – Warning or Hazard that needs further explanation than label on unit can provide.

Consult User's Guide for further information.

Warranty

The EZ-ZONE® RMC (Control) module is manufactured by ISO

9001-registered processes and is backed by a three-year warranty to the first purchaser for use, providing that the units have not been misapplied. Since Watlow has no control over their use, and sometimes misuse, we cannot guarantee against failure. Watlows’ obligations hereunder, at Watlows’ option, are limited to replacement, repair or refund of purchase price, and parts which upon examination prove to be defective within the warranty period specified. This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from transportation, alteration, misuse or abuse. The purchaser must use Watlow parts to maintain all listed ratings.

ESD Sensitive product, use proper grounding and handling techniques when installing or servicing product.

Unit is compliant with European

Union directives. See Declaration of Conformity for further details on Directives and Standards used for Compliance.

Unit has been reviewed and approved by Factory Mutual as a

Temperature Limit Device per FM

Class 3545 standard. See: www.

fmglobal.com

Unit has been reviewed and approved by CSA International for use as Temperature Indicating-

Regulating Equipment per CSA

C22.2 No. 24. See: www.csa-international.org

Unit protected by double/reinforced insulation for shock hazard prevention.

Do not throw in trash, use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.

Enclosure made of Polycarbonate material. Use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal.

Technical Assistance

If you encounter a problem with your Watlow controller, review your configuration information to verify that your selections are consistent with your application: inputs, outputs, alarms, limits, etc.

If the problem persists, you can get technical assistance from your local Watlow representative (see back cover), by e-mailing your questions to [email protected] or by dialing +1 (507) 494-5656 between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Central Standard Time (CST). Ask for for an Applications Engineer. Please have the following information available when calling:

• Complete model number

• All configuration information

• User’s Guide

• Factory Page

Unit can be powered with either alternating current (ac) voltage or direct current (dc) voltage.

Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for

Process Control Equipment. UL

61010 and CSA C22.2 No. 61010.

File E185611 QUYX, QUYX7.

See: www.ul.com

Unit is a Listed device per Underwriters Laboratories®. It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for

Hazardous Locations Class 1

Division II Groups A, B, C and

D. ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007. File

E184390 QUZW, QUZW7. See: www.ul.com

Return Material Authorization (RMA)

1. Call Watlow Customer Service, (507) 454-5300, for a Return

Material Authorization (RMA) number before returning any item for repair. If you do not know why the product failed, contact an Application Engineer or Product Manager. All RMA’s require:

• Ship-to address

• Bill-to address

• Contact name

• Phone number

• Method of return shipment

• Your P.O. number

• Detailed description of the problem

• Any special instructions

• Name and phone number of person returning the product.

2. Prior approval and an RMA number from the Customer Service

Department is required when returning any product for credit,

repair or evaluation. Make sure the RMA number is on the outside of the carton and on all paperwork returned. Ship on a

Freight Prepaid basis.

3. After we receive your return, we will examine it and try to verify the reason for returning it.

4. In cases of manufacturing defect, we will enter a repair order, replacement order or issue credit for material returned. In cases of customer misuse, we will provide repair costs and request a purchase order to proceed with the repair work.

5. To return products that are not defective, goods must be in new condition, in the original boxes and they must be returned within 120 days of receipt. A 20 percent restocking charge is applied for all returned stock controls and accessories.

6. If the unit cannot be repaired, you will receive a letter of explanation. and be given the option to have the unit returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the unit.

7. Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found (NTF) returns.

This EZ-ZONE RMC User’s Guide is copyrighted by

Watlow Electric, Inc., © December 2013 with all rights reserved.

EZ-ZONE RM is covered by U.S. Patent No. 6,005,577 and Patents Pending

TC

Table of Contents

Chapter 1: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

A Conceptual View of the RMC Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Getting Started Quickly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Chapter 2: Install and Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

RMC Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Conventions Used in the Menu Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Chapter 3: Operations Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Action Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Limit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Monitor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Control Loop Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Current Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Linearization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Logic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Math Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Special Output Function Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Profile Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Chapter 4: Setup Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Analog Input Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Process Value Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Digital Input/Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Action Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Limit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Control Loop Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

1 • Table of Contents

TC

Table of Contents

(cont.)

Output Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Current Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Linearization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Compare Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Timer Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Counter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Logic Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Math Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Special Output Function Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Variable Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Global Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Profile Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Communications Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Chapter 5: Profiling Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

How to Setup and Start a Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Chapter 6: Factory Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Custom Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Security Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Security Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Calibration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Chapter 7: Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Saving and Restoring User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Resetting a Tripped Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Open Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Programming the EZ Key/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

2 • Table of Contents

TC

Table of Contents

(cont.)

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Chapter 8: Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Control Module Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

How to Reach Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

3 • Table of Contents

1

Chapter 1: Overview

Available EZ-ZONE RM System Literature and Resources

Document Title and Part Number Description

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Access (RMA) User's Guide, part number: 0600-0072-0000

Describes how to connect the RM system into an industrial network, how to use data logging, module backup and the real-time clock.

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Expansion (RME) User's

Guide, part number: 0600-0073-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount High Density (RMH) User's

Guide, part number: 0600-0074-0000

When additional I/O is needed the Expansion module fills the gap. This document describes common usage and the various types of I/O available.

This module extends the density of the standard RM modules (number of control loops and I/O points).

The User Guide describes common usage, communications and the number I/O points available.

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Scanner (RMS) User's

Guide, part number: part number:

0600-0071-0000

EZ-ZONE Rail Mount Limit (RML) User's Guide,

0600-0075-0000

EZ-ZONE Remote User Interface (RUI) User's

Guide, part number: 0600-0060-0000

EZ-ZONE RM Specification Sheet, part number:

WIN-EZRM-1113

Watlow Support Tools DVD, part number: 0601-

0001-0000

This module adds monitoring points to the RM system. This document describes common usage and the various types of I/O available.

This module will protect against unwanted thermal runaway and over temperature conditions. The User

Guide describes configuration, programming and communications capabilities.

The RUI provides a visual LED display to the RM configuration and setup menus. This document illustrates and describes connections and also describes the Home Page for each RM module as viewed from the RUI.

Describes RM hardware options, features, benefits and technical specifications.

Contains all related user documents, tutorial videos, application notes, utility tools, etc...

The DVD described above ships with the product and as stated contains all of the literature above as well as much more. If the DVD is not available one can be acquired by contacting Watlow Customer Service at

1-507-454-5300.

As an alternative to the DVD, all of the user documentation described above can also be found on the Watlow website. Click on the following link to find your document of choice: http://www.watlow.com/literature/ index.cfm.

Once there, simply type in the desired part number (or name) into the search box and download free copies. Printed versions of all user documents can also be purchased here as well.

Your Comments are Appreciated

In an effort to continually improve our technical literature and ensure that we are providing information that is useful to you, we would very much appreciate your comments and suggestions. Please send any comments you may have to the following e-mail address: [email protected]

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

4

Chapter 1 Overview

Introduction

The EZ-ZONE

®

Rail Mount Control module (RMC) takes the pain out of solving your thermal loop requirements whether it be for a single loop, multi-loop, stand-alone or distributed control applications.

It just got a whole lot easier to solve the thermal requirements of your system. The RMC module is provided in a space-saving, rail-mount package and is highly scalable where you only pay for what you need. For those applications that require the ability to configure/monitor the control over a network, Modbus RTU communications is an option. Other communications protocols are also available (e.g., EtherNet/

IP, DeviceNet, Modbus TCP and Profibus DP) when used in conjunction with an RM Access (RMA) module or when using a Remote User Interface/ Gateway

(RUI/GTW).

Standard Features and Benefits

Integrated PID and over/under safety limit controller in one package

Provides two mounting options (DIN rail, chassis

mount)

Reduces wiring time and termination complexity

compared to connecting discrete products

Reduces panel space and installation cost

Increases user and equipment safety for over/under

temperature conditions

Integrated power controller output

Includes the patented NO-ARC, which drives up to

15 amp resistive loads directly

• Reduces component count and cost of ownership

• Saves panel space and simplifies wiring

Current monitoring (traditional or algorithm)

Detects heater current flow and provides alarm

indication of a failed output device or heater load

• For use in single phase loads

Communication Capabilities

Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC

• Watlow Standard Bus or Modbus ® RTU

• Provides plug and play capabilities with Remote

User Interface (RUI’s) and RMA module

• Free standard bus communications port and free

PC software (EZ-ZONE Configurator)

Additional Control Integration Options

Provides a sequencer function

• Includes programmable timer functions

• Includes programmable counter functions

• Allows for simple math and logic programming options

Advanced PID Control Algorithm

• Offers TRU-TUNE

®

+ adaptive control to provide tighter control for demanding applications

• Provides auto-tune for fast, efficient startup

Integrated Thermal Loop Diagnostics

• Users can easily tell that the entire thermal system is functioning properly

• Provides complete system diagnostics that are far superior to simple discrete level diagnostics

• Allows for flexible synergistic use of hardware, such as using one loop's sensor as a backup to another loop in the event of sensor failure.

• Helps prevent load loss or allow for maintenance to be scheduled when more convenient.

• Provides notification of system problems to help reduce maintenance and service costs

Off-the-Shelf Designed System Solution

• Improves system reliability with a factory integrated solution that minimizes inter-module connections and potential problems at screw termination points.

• Reduces installation cost

• Eliminates compatibility headaches often encountered with using many different components and brands

Controller Handles High Ambient Temperatures

• Operates in an unprecedented temperature range of -18 to 65°C (0 to 149°F) for cabinets and panel enclosures with elevated temperature levels

Memory for Saving and Restoring User-Defined

Parameter Default Settings

• Allows customers to save and restore their own defined defaults for machine parameter settings

• Reduces service calls and downtime due to inadvertent end user parameter adjustments

RMC Modules Allow for Greater Design Flexibility

Allows PID loops to be added in increments of one.

• Saves money because you do not pay for any more than you need and don’t settle for any less functionality than you need

Synergistic Module Control (SMC)

• Allows outputs selected for control (heat/cool), alarms or events to be located in any physical module, regardless of which module is connected to the input sensor

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

5

Chapter 1 Overview

Split-Rail Control (SRC)

• Allows modules to be mounted together or mounted remotely from one another (maximum distance

200 feet or 61 meters)

• Shares control operation via Synergistic Module

Control (SMC) capability

• Allows individual modules to be mounted closer to the physical input and output devices to which they are wired

• Improves system reliability and lowers wiring costs

Factory Mutual (FM) Approved Safety Limit

• Increases user and equipment safety for over/under temperature conditions

• Supports SEMI S2 specification

Agency Approvals: UL

®

listed, CE, RoHS,

W.E.E.E. FM, SEMI F47-0200, Class 1 Div. 2 Rating on Selected Models

• Assures prompt product acceptance

• Reduces panel builder's documentation and agency costs

Removable Connectors

• Assures reliable wiring and reduces service calls

• Simplifies installation

Profile Capability

• Allows ramp/soak programming

• Provides 25 profiles and 400 total steps

Remote Set Point Operation

• Supports efficient set point manipulation from a remote device such as a master control or PLC

• Allows one or more loops to be programmed to control based on another loop's set point eliminating the cost of purchasing additional retransmit and remote set point hardware

Retransmit

• Supports industry needs for process recording

Three-Year Warranty

• Demonstrates Watlow’s reliability and product support

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

6

Chapter 1 Overview

A Conceptual View of the RMC Module

The flexibility of the RMC software and hardware allows a large range of configurations. Acquiring a better understanding of the controller’s overall functionality and capabilities while at the same time planning out how the controller can be used will deliver maximum effectiveness in your application.

The RMC can be connected at the system level to as many as 17 modules, one of which can be an Access module and the others (16 maximum) can be any combination of available modules. The user will define each address via the button on the face of each module. Each installed RMC module must have a unique Standard Bus address ranging from 1-9, A-F, where the factory defaults for each is Standard Bus address 1.

• 1 to 12 outputs (various types)

• Modbus RTU communications

As can be seen above the RMC module is fully scalable with regards to power requirements, number of loops, inputs, and outputs.

It is useful to think of the controller in three parts: inputs, functions and outputs. Information flows from an input to a function to an output when the controller is properly configured. An RMC module can carry out several functions at the same time, e.g., PID control, monitoring for several different alarm situations, monitoring and acting upon Digital Inputs and driving output devices such as heaters, audible alarms, lights. Each process needs to be thought out carefully and the controller’s inputs, functions and outputs set up properly.

Getting Started Quickly

The RMC (Controller) can be ordered with up to four PID loops with default loop configurations (all loops) out of the box as follows:

Inputs

Functions

PID

Heat

Power

Process

Alarm

High

Outputs

• Analog Input functions set to thermocouple, type

J

• Control loops 1-4 use Analog Inputs 1-4

• Heat algorithm set for PID, Cool set to off

• Outputs set to off

• Control mode set to Auto

• Set point set to 75 °F

To enable a loop for heat simply follow the steps below:

1. Navigate to the Setup Page

2. Once on the Setup Page navigate to the Output

Menu and then the output of choice

3. Change the default setting of Off to Heat Power

4. Select the desired loop instance

Input

Function

Input Sensor

EZ-ZONE RMC Default Configuration

Analog Input 1

Thermocouple Type J

PID

Controller

Heat

Slot A

Loop 1

Output 1

Off

Output

Function

Heat

Note:

Zones can communicate with one another over the backplane (local and split rail). Once the system is configured and running, changing zone addresses without careful deliberation may cause disruption in operation.

Some of the user selectable ordering options are listed below:

1. Class 2 or SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) equivalent Power Supplies:

• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts

• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts

• 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts

2. RMC Module can provide:

• 1 to 4 control loops, limits or CT inputs

• 1 to 9 inputs (various types)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

7

Silence

Alarms

Sequencing

Outputs

Functions

Functions use input signals to calculate a value. A function may be as simple as reading a digital input to set a state to true or false, or reading a temperature to set an alarm state to on or off. Alternatively, if a failure with the primary sensing device should occur, sensor backup could be utilized to avoid an unwanted shutdown.

To set up a function, one of the first things that must be considered is the function source and instance. For example, if the control is equipped with

Digital Inputs (source) and it was decided to use DI 9

(instance) it can then be associated with an Action to reset an individual alarm or all alarms. To configure as such, follow the steps below:

Setup Page (Digital I/O Menu)

1. Navigate to the Setup Page and then to the Digital

I/O menu.

2. Select the desired instance and set the direction to input voltage or input dry contact.

Setup Page (Action Menu)

3. Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Action menu.

4. Set the Action Function to Alarm

5. Select which alarm instance will be reset (0 equals all)

6. Select the Source Function to Digital I/O

7. Select the Source Instance (step 2 above)

8. Select the Source Zone (0 equals the module being configured).

9. Select the Active Level to execute the desired function.

Chapter 1 Overview

This configuration is now complete. When the selected digital input is active the alarm or all alarms that are latched without a currently existing alarm condition will be reset. If a specific alarm instance (1 - 8) is selected (step 5) it will be that instance alone that will be reset. ue is greater than the alarm high set point, the realworld output will be driven on.

Analog

Input

Function

Control

Function

Output

Function

Note:

Alarms will reset automatically when the condition that caused the alarm goes back to a non-alarm state if the alarm latching prompt is set to non-latching

(Setup Page, Alarm Menu).

Keep in mind that a function is a user-programmed internal process that does not execute any action outside of the controller. To have any effect outside of the controller, an output must be configured to respond to a function.

Inputs

The inputs provide the information that any given programmed function can act upon. In a simple form, this information may come from an operator pushing a button, or as part of a more complex function it may represent a remote set point being received from another zone.

Each analog input can be configured for thermistors, thermocouples, or RTDs to read the process variable. It can also read mV/volts, current or resistance, enabling usage of various devices to read humidity, air pressure, operator inputs and other values. The settings in the Analog Input Menu (Setup

Page) for each analog input must be configured to match the device connected to that input.

Each digital input reads whether a device is active or inactive. A RM system can be equipped with multiple digital I/O. Each I/O point must be configured to function as either an input or output with the direction parameter in the digital I/O Menu (Setup

Page).

Another concept that needs to be understood is the difference between an input tied to a real-world device such as a thermocouple and one that is tied to an internal function.

Analog

Input

Function

Control

Function

Output

Function

In the example above the analog input function on the left is tied directly to the control function where its internal output is routed to a real-world output.

With a slight modification of the graphic above the example below now ties the real-world inputs directly to the control and alarm functions. For the sake of this example the following is true:

- Two unique high process alarms are configured for analog inputs 1 and 2

- The logic block is configured as an OR function

- The output function is tied to the internal output of the logical OR function

When either process alarm is true (analog input val-

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

8

Alarm

Function

Logic

Function

Output

Function

Outputs

Outputs can perform various functions or actions in response to information provided by a function such as: heat power from the output of the control, using a digital output to serve as a profile event, drive a light on or off, unlocking a door or turning on a buzzer.

Assign an output to a function in the Output

Menu or Digital I/O Menu. Then select which instance of that function will drive the selected output.

For example, you might assign an output to respond to an internal output of a compare function or to retransmit the value of analog input 2 (instance 2).

You can assign more than one output to respond to a single instance of a function. For example, alarm

2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output

1 and a siren connected to digital output 5.

Input Events and Output Events

Input and output events are internal states that are used exclusively by profiles. The source of an event input can come from a real-world digital input or an output from another function. Likewise, event outputs may control a physical output such as an output function block or be used as an input to another function.

Actions

Based on a given input (Digital I/O, Event output,

Logic function, etc..) the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, starting and stopping a profile, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in non-alarm state.

Chapter 1 Overview

A Conceptual View of RM Hardware Configurations

Due to the scalability and flexibility in the RM system a user has several options available in the way that the hardware can be connected. Listed below are a few examples.

RMC Module Connected to a Remote User Interface (RUI) and a PC

In this configuration the RUI and PC are connected to the RMC module via Watlow's Standard Bus where both will be able to talk directly to the RMC

RMC Module Connected to an Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) through an RUI/Gateway

In this configuration the OIT can be running any of a number of protocols communicating to the RM system through Watlow's RUI/Gateway. Available protocols for the RUI/Gateway follow:

1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus TCP

2. DeviceNet

3. Modbus RTU

RM

Control

Slot C

RM

Control

Power

Supply

RUI

Gateway

Slot C

Power

Supply

OIT

PC

EZ-ZONE

Configurator

RUI module. The PC running EZ-ZONE Configurator software and the RUI can be used to configure and then monitor the RMC module.

RMC Module Connected to a Programmable

Logic Controller (PLC) on a DIN Rail

In this configuration the PLC can be connected to the RMC module via the Access module using one or more available protocols:

1. EtherNet/IP and or Modbus TCP

2. DeviceNet

3. Modbus RTU

RM System Connected to a Split Rail with OIT

In this configuration both the Inter-module Bus

(backplane communications) and Standard Bus are connected between rails to allow for remote capabilities. It is recommended that the split rail connection not exceed 200 feet. In this configuration the OIT can communicate with all modules (maximum 16 modules any combination with one Access module).

RM

Control

RM

Expansion

RM

Access

Slot C

Slot C Slot C

RM

Control

RM

Access

RM

Control

RM

Expansion

RM

Expansion

Power

Supply

OIT

Slot C Slot C

Slot C

Slot C

Slot C

Power

Supply

PLC

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

9

Chapter 1 Overview

RM Control Module Connected to an OIT Running Modbus RTU

In this configuration the control module connected to the OIT is equipped with the Modbus RTU protocol (RMCxxxxxxxxx1xx). It is important to note that

Modbus communications takes place between the

OIT and the control it is connected to. The RM backplane is always using the Standard Bus protocol. If it is desired that the OIT communicate to both control modules, both control modules would need Modbus communications and then pins CC, CA, and CB would need to be daisy chained together.

RM

Control

RM

Control

Slot C

Slot C

Power

Supply

OIT

Module Orientation

The picture below represents one of six possible RM modules. All six will have four slots on the face (slot

A, B, D, and E) and one on the bottom (slot C) not shown. All of these slots are not always used on all modules. On the face of the module there is a button

(white circle) under the Zone address (5) that when pushed and held has the following functions:

1.For any module, push and hold for ~ 2 seconds. The address will intensify indicating that it can now be changed. Release and repeatedly press to change to the desired unique address

2.For the control module, if equipped with the Modbus protocol (RMCxxxxxxxxx1xx) pushing and holding this button for ~ 6 seconds will cause the display to reflect P for protocol. Releasing the button and then pushing it again (within 6 seconds) the display will toggle between N (Modbus) and S

(Standard Bus). Valid addresses for Modbus and

Standard bus range from 1 -16 (1 - 9, A is 10, B is

11, C is 12, D is 13, E is 14, F is 15, and h is 16).

The Access module is shipped at address J or 17

D E

A B

Module Status (Slot A,

B, D, or E)

Protocol (Standard

Bus - red or Modbus - green)

Module outputs 1 through 16, all may or may not be used depending on module type

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

10

Chapter 1 Overview

Input

Function

Input Sensor

EZ-ZONE RM-Control Module - System Diagram with 6-Digital Input/Output card in slot E

Output

Function

Analog Input 1, 2, 3, 4

None, CT, Thermocouple, RTD (100, 1k),

Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process

(mV, V, mA) or 1k Potentionmeter

Current

Transformer

Sense (CT),

Limit or

PID Controller

Output 1, 3, 5

None, Switched dc/Open Collector,

5A Mechanical Relay Form C, Process, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay Form A

(When ordered, all loops have Ramp/

Soak, max 25 files

& 400 steps.)

Slot A, B, or D

(optional)

Class 1 Div

II not available with mechanical relay outputs.

Output 2, 4, 6

None, 15A NO-ARC Form A,

Switched dc, 5A Mechanical Relay

Form A, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay

Form A

Off, Heat, Cool,

Alarm, Retransmit,

Duplex, Event or Limit

Off, Heat, Cool,

Alarm, Event or Limit

If Limit, this output must be Limit.

Digital Input (or output) 7 - 12

Switch contact or volts dc

6 - Digital

Inputs or Outputs

Digital Output (or input) 7 - 12

Switch contact or volts dc

Off, Heat, Cool,

Alarm, Event or Control

Slot E

RUI,

PC, PLC or HMI

Other RM Modules

Power Supply

EIA - 485 Communications

Standard Bus

(optional Modbus RTU)

Inter-module Bus

20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Modbus RTU

Address 1 - 16

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

5

6

7

8

Output Status

LEDs

1 9

2 10

3

4

11

12

13

14

15

16

Zone and Status

LED

Zone Selection

Button

D

A

S

E

B

M

Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix

Indicates Zone

Address

Push to select Zone

Address and Protocol

Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E

Indicates communications activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)

Indicates I/O

Status

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

11

Chapter 1 Overview

EZ-ZONE RM-Control Module - System Diagram without 6-Digital Input/Output card in slot E

Input

Function

Input Sensor

Current

Transformer

Sense (CT),

Limit or

PID Controller

Analog Input 1, 2, 3, 4

None, CT, Thermocouple, RTD (100, 1k),

Thermistor (5k, 10K, 20k, 40k), Process

(mV, V, mA) or 1k Potentionmeter

(When ordered, all loops have Ramp/

Soak, max 25 files

& 400 steps.)

Slot A, B, D or E

(optional)

Output 1, 3, 5, 7

None, Switched dc/Open Collector,

5A Mechanical Relay Form C, Process, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay Form A

Class 1 Div

II not available with mechanical relay outputs.

Output 2, 4, 6, 8

None, 15A NO-ARC Form A,

Switched dc, 5A Mechanical Relay

Form A, or 0.5A Solid-State Relay

Form A

Output

Function

Off, Heat, Cool,

Alarm, Retransmit,

Duplex, Event or Limit

Off, Heat, Cool,

Alarm, Event or Limit

If Limit, this output must be Limit.

RUI,

PC, PLC or HMI

Other RM Modules

Power Supply

EIA - 485 Communications

Standard Bus

(optional Modbus RTU)

Inter-module Bus

20.4 to 30.8 Vac or Vdc

Modbus RTU

Address 1 - 16

Standard Bus

Zone 1 - 16

Supervisory &

Power Board

Slot C

Output Status

LEDs

1 9

2

3

4

5

10

11

12

13

6

7

8

14

15

16

Zone and Status

LED

Zone Selection

Button

D

A

S

E

B

M

Some input/output combinations not possible, see ordering matrix

Indicates Zone

Address

Push to select Zone

Address and Protocol

Card Status

Slots A, B, D, E

Indicates communications activity (Modbus or Standard Bus)

Indicates I/O

Status

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

12

Chapter 1 Overview

2

Chapter 2: Install and Wire

Dimensions

As can be seen below the dimensions of the RMC module will change slightly based on the type of connector used.

Module Removal Clearance

147.07 mm

( 5.8 in )

Standard Connectors

44.45 mm

( 1.75 in )

75.08 mm

( 3.0 in )

116.08 mm

( 4.57 in )

101.60 mm

( 4.00 in )

15 0

165 mm

( 6.50 in )

Module Removal Displacement

Latch in open position

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

Module Removal Clearance

155 mm

( 6.10 )

116.08 mm

( 4.57 in )

Straight Connectors

101.60 mm

( 4.00 in )

44.45 mm

( 1.75 in )

75.08 mm

( 3.0 in )

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

15 °

173.90 mm

( 6.85 in )

Module Removal Displacement

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

13

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Dimensions

Chassis Mount Front View (Module Removed) - Screw Connection Pattern

58.67 mm

( 2.31 in )

32.77 mm

( 1.29 in )

51.56 mm

( 2.03 in )

17.53 mm

( 0.69 in )

60.45 mm

( 2.38 in )

35.81 mm

( 1.41 in )

35.05 mm

( 1.38 in )

16.76 mm

( 0.67 in )

The view above is representative of the modular backplane without the module.

Recommended chassis mount hardware:

1. #8 screw, 3/4" long

2. Torque to 10 -15 in-lb

3. No washers of any kind

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

14

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Power Supplies

1 2 3 4

+ + - -

53.00 mm

2.087 in

DSP30

55.6 mm

2.189 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

91.00 mm 3.583 in

DC LO

DC OK

DSP30

91.00 mm 3.583 in

71.00 mm

2.795 in

1 2 3 4

+ + - vout ADJ.

DSP60

55.6 mm

2.189 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

DC LO

DC OK

DSP60

L N

5 6

L N

5 6

91.00 mm 3.583 in

89.9 mm

3.539 in

1 2 3 4

+ + - vout ADJ.

DC LO

DC OK

5

DSP100

DSP100

L N

5 6

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

56.8 mm

2.236 in

49.00 mm

1.929 in

32.10 mm

1.264 in

Power Supply Specifications

DSP 30 DSP60 DSP100

AC Input Voltage Range

VAC

90 - 264VAC, Class II double insulated (No ground connection required)

Input Frequency

DC Input Voltage range

Inrush Current (115 /

230VAC)

Output Voltage Accuracy

Over voltage

Protection

LED Indicators

Operating

Temperature

Storage Temperature

Operating Humidity

Hz

VDC

A

%

V

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

25 / 50A

47 - 63Hz

120 - 370VDC

30 / 60A 30 / 60A

±1% of Nominal

120 - 145%

Green LED = On, Red LED = DC

Output Low

-25 to +71°C (Derate linearly

2.5%/°C from 55 to 71°C)

-25 to +85°C

20 - 95% RH (non condensing)

Vibration (Operating)

Safety Agency

Approvals

- - - -

IEC 60068-2-6 (Mounting by rail:

Random wave, 10-500 Hz, 2G, ea. along X, Y, Z axes 10 min/cycle,

60 min)

UL1310 Class 2(1), UL508 Listed,

UL60950-1, EN60950-1, CE

For a comprehensive listing of these specifications point your browser to : http://us.tdk-lambda.com/lp/products/dsp-series.htm

15

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

RMC Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail

Modular Backplane Connector

The picture on the right shows the Modular Backplane

Connector, both front and rear view. The rear view is bringing in to focus a metal clip. If the DIN rail is grounded the Modular Backplane Connector and the module connected to it will be also (recommended).

Installing the Modular Backplane Connector

Step 1

Hook backplane assembly to upper edge of DIN rail,

(see rear view above, backplane hook detail that mates with upper rail edge is circled)

Step 2

Next, rotate back plane assembly downward to en gage the lower edge of the rail. (Note: Din Rail clipping distance ranges from 1.366 -1.389 inches. The back plane assembly will not latch onto the rail successfully if the rail is out of dimension).

Step 3

For final positioning and locking, the red tab is to be pushed upward to further engage the bottom edge of the rail with an over center snap action latch. (The red locking tab protrudes from the bottom side of the back plane assembly).

Installing Multiple Modular Backplane Connectors

Multiple modules are easily aligned and latched together. Each module includes matched mating geometry that facilitates accurate and consistent interconnections. The recommended method of multi-module attachment is to first attach individual modules to the rail separately and second to laterally slide the modules together until they touch. (Refer to steps 1&2 above). When the multi-module system is attached and laterally positioned to the desired placement the locking tab should be engaged to secure the control system to the rail, (Refer to step 3 above).

Module Installation

In the picture to the right notice that the arrow is pointing at the top lip of the module (on side). When installing the module simply slide this lip over the top of the Modular Backplane Connector and then push down on the rear of the module where it will seat on the two posts just above the green connector.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

16

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Module Removal

To remove a module from the

Modular Backplane Connector find the red tab protruding from the bottom of the module and pull back on it as shown to the right. While pulling back on the red tab the two mounting posts will release the module where the module can then be lifted up and out of the Modular Backplane

Connector.

Removal of the Modular Backplane Connector

A module can be removed from the Modular Backplane Connector by inserting a screw driver into the red locking tab just behind the green connector and applying downward pressure on the tab by lifting the screwdriver upwards.

When released, the tab will move downward and the connector can then be lifted up off of the DIN rail.

Wiring

Slot A

1

T1

S1

R1

T1

S1

Slot B Slot D

Inputs

2 3

T2

S2

R2

T2

S2

T3

S3

R3

T3

S3

B7

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

Z7

Controller Module (RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx)

Slot E Terminal Function Configuration

Universal, RTD, Potentiometer and Thermistor Inputs 1 - 4

4

T4

S4

R4

T4

S4

T_ (RTD) or current +S_ (RTD), thermocouple -, current -, potentiometer or volts -

R_ (RTD), thermocouple + or volts +, potentiometer wiper

Universal/Thermistor Input

Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10

Input 1: RMC[1,2,3,4,5,6]xxxxxxxxxxx

Input 2: RMCxx[1,2,5,6]xxxxxxxxx

Input 3: RMCxxxx[1,2,5,6]xxxxxxx

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx[1,2,5,6]xxxxx

Current Transformer Inputs 1 - 4

mA ac mA ac

Current Transformer

Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10

Input 1: RMC[7]xxxxxxxxxxx

Input 2: RMCxx[7]xxxxxxxxx

Input 3: RMCxxxx[7]xxxxxxx

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx[7]xxxxx

Common dc +input dc +input dc +input dc +input dc +input dc +input

Internal Supply

Digital Inputs 7 - 12

Digital Inputs/Outputs

Part # Digit 11

Slot A: Option not valid

Slot B: Option not valid

Slot D: Option not valid

Slot E: RMCxxxxxxx[C]xxxx

1

X1

W1

Y1

F1

G1

H1

L1

K1

J1

2

W2

Y2

3

X3

W3

Y3

F3

G3

H3

L3

K3

J3

Outputs

4 5

W4

Y4

X5

W5

Y5

F5

G5

H5

L5

K5

J5

6

W6

Y6

7

X7

W7

Y7

F7

G7

H7

L7

K7

J7

Switched dc / Open Collector Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7

8

W8

Y8 common dc- (open collector) dc+ dcdc+

Switched DC/Open Collector

Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11

Output 1: RMCx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 3: RMCxxx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxxxxxx

Output 5: RMCxxxxx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxxxx

Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[U,D,E,F,G]xxxx

Switched dc Outputs 2, 4, 6 and 8

Switched DC

Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11

Output 2: RMCx[E,K,P]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 4: RMCxxx[E,K,P]xxxxxxxx

Output 6: RMCxxxxx[E,K,P]xxxxxx

Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx(E,K,P]xxxx

Universal Process Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7

voltage or current voltage + current +

Universal Process

Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11

Output 1: RMCx[N,P,R,S]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 3: RMCxxx[N,P,R,S]xxxxxxxx

Output 5: RMCxxxxx[N,P,R,S]xxxxxx

Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[N,P,R,S]xxxx

Form C - Mechanical Relay Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7

normally open common normally closed

Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form C

Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11

Output 1: RMCx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 3: RMCxxx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxxxxxx

Output 5: RMCxxxxx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxxxx

Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[H,J,K,L,M]xxxx

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

18

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Slot A

L2

K2

L2

K2

L1

K1

L2

K2

Slot B Slot D

Outputs (cont.)

L4

K4

L4

K4

L3

K3

L4

K4

L5

K5

L6

K6

L6

K6

L6

K6

B7

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

Z7

Controller Module (RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx)

Slot E Terminal Function Configuration

NO-ARC Form A - Mechanical Relay Outputs 2, 4, 6 and 8

L8

K8 normally open common

NO-ARC 15 A, Form A

Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11

Output 2: RMCx[D,J,Y]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 4: RMCxxx[D,J,Y]xxxxxxxx

Output 6: RMCxxxxx[D,J,Y]xxxxxx

Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx[D,J,Y]xxxx

L7

K7

L8

K8

L8

K8

Form A - Mechanical Relay Outputs 2, 4, 6 and 8

normally open common normally open common

Common open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc open collector/ switched dc

Internal Supply

Mechanical Relay 5 A, Form A

Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11

Output 2: RMCx[B,F]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 4: RMCxxx[B,F]xxxxxxxx

Output 6: RMCxxxxx[B,F]xxxxxx

Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx[B,F]xxxx

Solid State Relay Outputs 1 - 8

Solid-State Relay 0.5 A, Form A

Part # Digits 5, 7, 9, 11

Output 1: RMCx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 2: RMCx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxxxx

Output 3: RMCxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxx

Output 4: RMCxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxxxx

Output 5: RMCxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxx

Output 6: RMCxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxxxx

Output 7: RMCxxxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxx

Output 8: RMCxxxxxxx[G,M,S,T,Y,Z]xxxx

Digital Outputs 7 - 12

Digital Inputs/Outputs

Part # Digit 11

Slot A: Option not valid

Slot B: Option not valid

Slot D: Option not valid

Slot E: RMCxxxxxxx[C]xxxx

CC

CA

CB

CZ

CX

CY

Slot C

98

99

CF

CD

CE

Inter-module Bus

Inter-module Bus

Inter-module Bus

Power and Communications

Terminal Function

Power input: ac or dc+

Power input: ac or dc-

Standard Bus EIA-485 common

Standard Bus EIA-485 T-/R-

Standard Bus EIA-485 T+/R+

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 common

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T-/R-

Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA-485 T+/R+

All

Configuration

Standard Bus

RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx

Part # Digit 13

Standard Bus or Modbus

RMCxxxxxxxxx1xx

Part # Digit 13

Inter-module Bus

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

19

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Slot D

Slot A

RMC Front View

Standard Connector

Slot E

Slot B

98 99

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

20

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

RMC Module Isolation Diagram

No Isolation Digital Inputs & Outputs

Controller Power Supply

20.4 to 30.8V

Î (

dc)

20.4 to 30.8V

Å

(ac)

Safety Isolation

No Isolation

Switched DC, Open Collector,

Process outputs

Controller

Low Voltage Power Bus

Low-voltage

Isolation

Analog Input 1 - 4

Mechanical Relay,

Solid-State Relay,

NO-ARC Relay

Outputs

Safety Isolation

Low-voltage

Isolation

Communications Ports

Low-voltage Isolation: 42V peak

Safety Isolation: 1,528V

Å (ac)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

21

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Low Power

98 99

Controller Module Wiring (RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx)

RMC - All Model Numbers

• 20.4 to 30.8 V Å (ac) / Î (dc) 14VA

• 47 to 63 Hz

• Controller module power consumption, 7 Watts maximum

• 31 Watts maximum power available for P/S part

#:0847-0299-0000

• 60 Watts maximum power available for P/S part

#:0847-0300-0000

• 91 Watts maximum power available for P/S part

#:0847-0301-0000

• Class 2 or Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) power source required to meet UL compliance standards

Communications

Slot C

CF CD CE CZ CX CY

-

+

RMC Part # Digit 13 is A

• CF, CD, CE - Standard Bus EIA485 Communications

• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485 Communications

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network

Communications

Slot C

CC CA CB CZ CX CY

-

+

RMC Part # Digit 13 is 1

• CC, CA, CB - Modbus and Standard Bus EIA485 Communications (selectable via push button under zone address)

• CZ, CX, CY - Inter-module Bus EIA485 Communications

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network

Function Modbus-IDA

Terminal

DO

D1 common

EIA/TIA-

485 Name

A

B common

Watlow Terminal

Label

CA or CD

CB or CE

CC or CF

T-/R-

T+/R+ common

Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Thermocouple

RMC

-

+

Slot A, B, D, E

S_

R_

• >20 MΩ input impedance

• 3 microampere open-sensor detection

• Thermocouples are polarity sensitive. The negative lead

(usually red) must be connected to S terminal

• To reduce errors, the extension wire for thermocouples must be of the same alloy as the thermocouple.

Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx

Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx

Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

22

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Thermistor

Slot A, B, D, E

RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10

• >20 MΩ input impedance

Input 1: RMC(2,4,6)xxxxxxxxxxx

Input 2: RMCxx(2,6)xxxxxxxxx

Input 3: RMCxxxx(2,6)xxxxxxx

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(2,6)xxxxx

S_

R_

Input 1, 2, 3, 4 RTD

Slot A, B, D, E

S3

S1

S_

R_

2-wire

RTD

RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10

S2

S3

Slot A, B, D, E

T_

S_

S1

R_

3-wire

RTD

• platinum, 100 and 1,000 Ω @ 0°C

• calibration to DIN curve (0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)

• 20 Ω total lead resistance

• RTD excitation current of 0.09 mA typical.

Each ohm of lead resistance may affect the reading by 0.03°C for 100 Ω.

• For 3-wire RTDs, the S1 lead (usually white) must be connected to R terminal

• For best accuracy use a 3-wire RTD to compensate for lead-length resistance. All three lead wires must have the same resistance.

Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx

(S1,R1),(T1-S1-R1)

Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx

(S2,R2),(T2-S2-R2)

Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx

(S3,R3),(T3-S3-R3)

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx

(S4,R4),(T4-S4-R4)

Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Process

Slot A, B, D, E

-

S_

+

R_ volts

RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10

Slot A, B, D, E

• 0 to 20 mA @ 100 Ω input impedance

• 0 to 10V

Î

(dc) @ 20 kΩ input impedance

• 0 to 50 mV

Î

(dc) @ 20 MΩ input impedance

• scalable

Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx

(S1-/R1+),(T1+/S1-)

+

-

T_

S_ amperes

Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx

(S2-/R2+),(T2+/S2-)

Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx

(S3-/R3+),(T3-S3-R3)

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx

(S4-/R4+),(T4+/S4-)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

23

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Dry contact closure

Digital Inputs shall not be used in Class

I Division 2 Hazardous Locations unless switch used is approved for this application .

Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Potentiometer

Slot A, B, D, E

RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10

• Use a 1 kΩ potentiometer.

Input 1: RMC(1,3,5)xxxxxxxxxxx (S1/R1)

Input 2: RMCxx(1,5)xxxxxxxxx (S2/R2)

Input 3: RMCxxxx(1,5)xxxxxxx (S3/R3)

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(1,5)xxxxx (S4/R4)

CW

CCW

S_

R_

Input 1, 2, 3, 4 Current Transformer

Slot A, B, D, E

T_

S_

RMC Part # Digits 4, 6, 8, 10

• Input range is 0 to 50 mA (ac).

• Current transformer part number: 16-0246

• 100 Ω input impedance

• Response time: 1 second maximum

• Accuracy +/-1 mA typical

Input 1: RMC(7)xxxxxxxxxxx (T1/S1)

Input 2: RMCxx(7)xxxxxxxxx (T2/S2)

Input 3: RMCxxxx(7)xxxxxxx (T3/S3)

Input 4: RMCxxxxxx(7)xxxxx (T4/S4)

Example: Using a Current Transformer

3A x 4

12A

L2

Fuse

Turns around CT

L1

SSR

Output N

Controller

CT Input

I s

= I p

T/R = 50mA

CSC = I p(full scale)

= 50mA(R)/T

CSI = Output N

I s

= Current in secondary of current transformer

I p

= Current in primary of current transformer

T = Number of turns through the primary of the transformer

R = Number of turns in the secondary of the current transformer (Turns ratio, assuming one primary turn)

CSC = Current Scaling (parameter found in Current Menu of Setup Page)

CSI = Current Source Instance (parameter found in Current

Menu of Setup Page)

CT Ratio R = 1000:1

12A x 4 = 48A

:

48mA

48mA

CT Secondary Current

CT Primary Current

Turns around CT

Total current

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

24

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Digital Inputs 7 through 12

Common

B7

Slot E

DC Input

D7

DC Input

D8

DC Input

D9

DC Input

D10

DC Input

D11

DC Input

D12

Internal Supply

Z7

Digital Input Event Conditions

• Dry Contact

- Input inactive when >

100KΩ

- Input active when <

50Ω

• Voltage

- Input inactive when <

2V

- Input active when >

3V

• Six user configurable

Digital Inputs/outputs per slot

- Slot E DIO 7-12

Digital Inputs/Outputs 7 through 12

Slot E

B7

Common

D7

Collector out

D8

Collector out

D9

Collector out

D10

Collector out

D11

Collector out

D12

Collector out

Z7

Internal Supply

• Maximum switched voltage is 32VÎ (dc)

• Internal supply provides a constant power output of 750mW

• Maximum output sink current per output is 1.5A (external class 2 or *SELV supply required)

• Total sink current for all outputs not to exceed 8A

• Do not connect outputs in parallel

*Safety Extra Low Voltage

Vdc

RMC Part # Digit 11 is C

Voltage Input

B

_

common

D

_

Dry Contact

D

_

Z

_

24 Vdc

RMC Part # Digit 11 is C

B7

Common

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

Z7

Internal

Supply

Suppressor Note:

Switching pilot duty inductive loads (relay coils, solenoids, etc .) with the mechanical relay, solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R .C . suppressor

.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

25

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 7-12

Vdc

Collector Outputs

Internal Circuitry

Collector Outputs

Z_

Internal Supply

B_

Common

D_

D_

Common

B_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

D_

Htr 1

Htr 2

Htr 3

Diode

-

+

+

-

+

-

DC90-60C0-0000

Note:

As a switched DC output; this output is a constant current output delivering

750 mW, current limited to 400 mA. The internal supply does have a maximum open circuit voltage of 22 VDC and minimum open circuit voltage of 19 VDC.

Pin Z7 is shared to all digital outputs. This type of output is meant to drive solid state relays, not mechanical relays.

As an open collector output, use an external power supply with the negative wired to B7, the positive to the coil of a pilot mechanical relay and the other side of the coil wired to D_. Each open collector output can sink 1.5 A with the total for all open collector outputs not exceeding 8 amperes. Ensure that a kickback diode is reversed wired across the relay coil to prevent damage to the internal transistor.

Open Collector Wiring Example Using DO 7-12

-

Power Supply

5 to 32 Vdc

+

Fuse

An example fuse is

Bussmann AGC-1 1/2

Relay

D_

Vdc

D_

Quencharc Note:

Switching pilot duty inductive loads

(relay coils, solenoids, etc .) with the mechanical relay, solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R .C . suppressor .

D_

D_

Z_

Internal Supply

Internal Circuitry

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

26

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Output 1, 3, 5, 7 Switched DC/Open Collector

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is U, D, E, F or G

Slot A, B, D, E

X_ common

W_ dc - (open collector)

Y_ dc +

Switched DC

• 30 mA dc maximum supply current

• short circuit limited to

<50 mA

• 22 to 32VÎ (dc) open circuit voltage

• Use dc- and dc+ to drive external solidstate relay.

• DIN-A-MITE compatible

24V

Switched DC

X_ common

W_

Y_ dc dc +

Open Collector

X1

common

Power Supply

Open Collector

• 100 mA maximum output current sink

• 30VÎ (dc) maximum supply voltage

• Any switched dc output can use the common terminal.

• Use an external class

2 or *SELV power supply to control a dc load, with the load positive to the positive of the power supply, the load negative to the open collector and common to the power supply negative.

24V

W1

_

Y1

dc -

Load

*Safety Extra Low

Voltage

Output 2, 4, 6, 8 Switched DC

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is U, D, E, F or G

Slot A, B, D, E

W_ dc -

Y_ dc +

Switched DC

• 30 mA dc maximum supply current

• short circuit limited to

<50 mA

• 22 to 32VÎ (dc) open circuit voltage

• Use dc- and dc+ to drive external solid-state relay.

• DIN-A-MITE compatible

24V common

W_ dc -

Y_ dc +

Quencharc Note:

Switching pilot duty inductive loads (relay coils, solenoids, etc .) with the mechanical relay, solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R .C . suppressor .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

27

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Output 1, 3, 5, 7 Mechanical Relay, Form C

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is H, J, K, L or M

Slot A, B, D, E

L_ normally open

K_ common normally closed

J_

• 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or

30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load

• 20 mA at 24V minimum load

• 125 VA pilot duty at

120/240VÅ (ac), 25 VA at

24VÅ (ac)

• 100,000 cycles at rated load

• Output does not supply power.

• for use with ac or dc

See Quencharc note.

L _ normally open

K _ common

J _ normally closed

Output 2, 4, 6, 8 Mechanical Relay, Form A

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is B, F, L or R

Slot A, B, D, E

L_

K_ normally open common

• 5 A at 240VÅ (ac) or

30VÎ (dc) maximum resistive load

• 20 mA at 24V minimum inductive load

• 125 VA pilot duty at

120/240V Å(ac), 25 VA at

24V Å(ac)

• 100,000 cycles at rated load

• Output does not supply power.

• for use with ac or dc

• See Quencharc note.

L_

K_

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

28

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Output 2, 4, 6, 8 NO-ARC Relay, Form A

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is D, J or Y

Slot A, B, D, E

L_ normally open

K_ common

• 15 A at 85 to 264VÅ (ac) resistive load only

• 2,000,000 cycle rating for NO-ARC circuit (preliminary)

• 100 mA minimum load

• 2 mA maximum off state leakage

• Do not use on dc loads.

• Output does not supply power.

• Do not drive another relay or solenoid with this output type.

15

10

5

0

20

25

30 35 40 45 50

Ambient Temperature ( o

C)

55 60 65

L_

K_

Output 1, 3, 5, 7 Universal Process

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is N, P, R, or S

Slot A, B, D, E

F_ volts or current -

G_ volts +

H_ current +

• 0 to 20 mA into 800 Ω maximum load

• 0 to 10VÎ (dc) into 1 kΩ minimum load

• scalable

• output supplies power

• cannot use voltage and current outputs at same time

• Output may be used as retransmit or control.

4 to 20 mA

0 to 10 V

F_ negative

G_ volts +

H_ current +

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

29

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Warning:

ç

Use National Electric (NEC) or other country-specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or peripheral devices. Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property, and/or injury or loss of life.

Note:

Maximum wire size termination and torque rating:

• 0.0507 to 3.30 mm2 (30 to 12 AWG)

single-wire termination or two 1.31

mm2 (16 AWG)

• 0.8 Nm (7.0 in-lb.) torque

Note:

Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently, depending on the model number.

Note:

To prevent damage to the controller, do not connect wires to unused terminals.

Note:

Maintain electrical isolation between digital input-outputs, switched dc/open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops.

Note:

If the last two digits of the part number are "12", this equipment is suitable for use in CLASS I, DIVISION 2, Groups A,

B, C and D or Non-Hazardous locations only. Temperature Code T4

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard – Substitution of component may impair suitability for

CLASS I, DIVISION 2.

Warning:

ç

Explosion Hazard - Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable substances.

Outputs 1, 3, 5, 7 Solid-State Relay, Form A

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is G, M, S, T, Y or Z

Slot A, B, D, E

L_ normally open

K_ common

• 1 A at 20 to 264VÅ (ac) maximum resistive load

• 20 VA 120/240VÅ (ac) pilot duty

• Optical isolation, without contact suppression

• maximum off state leakage of 105 microamperes

• Output does not supply power.

• Do not use on dc loads.

• See Quencharc note.

L_

K_

1 Amp SSR Derating Curve

1.1

1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0

-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40

Ambient Temperature ( o

C)

50 60 70

Outputs 2, 4, 6, 8 Solid-State Relay, Form A

RMC Part # Digit 5, 7, 9, 11 is G, M, S, T, Y or Z

Slot A, B, D, E

L_

K_ normally open common

• 1 A at 20 to 264VÅ (ac) maximum resistive load

• 20 VA 120/240VÅ (ac) pilot duty

• Optical isolation, without contact suppression

• maximum off state leakage of 105 microamperes

• Output does not supply power.

• Do not use on dc loads.

• See Quencharc note.

L_

K_

1 Amp SSR Derating Curve

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0

-20

1.1

1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

-10

0 10 20

30

40

Ambient Temperature ( o

C)

50 60 70

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

30

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Quencharc Wiring Example

In this example the Quencharc circuit (Watlow part# 0804-0147-

0000) is used to protect the RMC internal circuitry from the counter electromagnetic force from the inductive user load when de-engergized. It is recommended that this or an equivalent Quencharc be used when connecting inductive loads to RMC outputs.

L_

K_

User Load

Quencharc

N

Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications

Slot C

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY

• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-

485 port.

• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-

485 port.

• Wire common to the common terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisychain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.

• A 120 Ω termination resistor may be required across

T+/R+ and T-/R-, placed on the last controller on the network.

• Do not connect more than

16 EZ-ZONE RM controllers on a network.

• maximum network length:

1,200 meters (4,000 feet)

• 1/8th unit load on EIA-485 bus

RMCxxxxxxxx(A)xx

* All models include Standard

Bus communications

Note:

Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

31

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA-485 Communications

Slot C

98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY

• Wire T-/R- to the A terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire T+/R+ to the B terminal of the EIA-485 port.

• Wire common to the common terminal of the

EIA-485 port.

• Do not route network wires with power wires.

Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network.

• A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across

T+/R+ and T-/R- of last controller on network.

• Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either Modbus

RTU or Standard Bus.

• Do not connect more than 16 EZ-ZONE controllers on a Standard

Bus network.

• Maximum number of

EZ-ZONE controllers on a Modbus network is

247.

• maximum network length: 1,200 meters

(4,000 feet)

• 1/8th unit load on EIA-

485 bus

RMCxxxxxxxx(1)xx

Note:

Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur.

Modbus-IDA

Terminal

DO

D1 common

EIA/TIA-485

Name

A

B common

Watlow Terminal

Label

CA or CD

CB or CE

CC or CF

Function

T-/R-

T+/R+ common

EZ-ZONE

TM

®

RM to B&B Converter

Model ULINX 485USBTB-2W

USB to RS-485 Adapter using Standard Bus

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

USB

Port

PC Software Protocol - Standard Bus

EZ-Configurator

Data format

38,400 baud

8 data bits no parity

1 start bit

1 stop bit

Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.

Do not route with power carrying conductors.

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY

D

A

E

B

D

A

E

B

S M

5

6

7

8

3

4

1

2

9

10

11

12

15

16

13

14

U

LINX TM

USB Serial Conversion

Model 485TB-2W

B B electronics

0847-0326-0000

A(-)

B(+)

A(-)

B(+)

GND

98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

32

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

EZ-ZONE

TM

®

RM to B&B Converter

Model ULINX 485USBTB-2W

USB to RS-485 Adapter using Modbus RTU

USB

Port

Use twisted pair wires such as Cat 5 cabling.

Do not route with power carrying conductors.

98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY

PC Software Protocol - Modbus RTU

Third Party

Data format

9,600, 19,200, 38,400 baud

8 data bits even, odd, no parity

1 start bit

1 stop bit

U

LINX TM

USB Serial Conversion

Model 485TB-2W

B B electronics

0847-0326-0000

A(-)

A(-)

B(+)

GND

D

A

EZ ZONE

R

RM

1

E

B

D

A

E

B

S M

12

13

14

15

16

9

10

11

6

7

4

5

8

1

2

3

98 99 CC CA CB CZ CX CY

Note:

Do not leave a USB to EIA-485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power (i.e., disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus). Disturbance on the Standard

Bus may occur.

Note:

When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the Latency Timer be changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec. Failure to make this change may cause communication loss between the PC running

ZE-ZONE Configurator software and the control.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

33

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below:

1. Navigate to Device Manager.

2. Double click on Ports.

3. Right click on the USB serial port in use and select Properties.

4. Click the tab labeled Port settings and then click the Advance button.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

34

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Wiring a Serial EIA-485 Network

Do not route network wires with power wires. Connect network wires in daisy-chain fashion when connecting multiple devices in a network. A termination resistor may be required. Place a 120 Ω resistor across T+/R+ and T-/R- of the last controller on a network. Only one protocol per port is available at a time: either Modbus RTU or Standard Bus.

Note:

Termination resistors when used, require a termination resistor at both ends of the network.

A Network Using Watlow's Standard Bus and an RUI/Gateway

EZ-ZONE ST

ST_ _ - (B or F) _ M _ -_ _ _ _

Power

Supply

EZ-ZONE RM

fuse power power common

EZ-ZONE PM

CE

B5

D6

D5

98

99

CF

CD power com

- A

+ B

RUI/Gateway

EZKB-_ A _ _- _ _ _ _

98

99

CF

CD

CE power common

- A

+ B

Slot C common

- A

+ B

A Network Using Modbus RTU

EZ-ZONE ST

ST_ _ - (B or F) _

M _ -_ _ _ _

Power

Supply

EZ-ZONE RM

fuse power power common

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

EZ-ZONE PM

98

99

CC

CA

CB

B5

D6

D5 power power com

- A

+ B

PLC

power power common

- A

+ B

35

Slot C common

- A

+ B

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Connecting the Modules

RM System Connections

The RMC module can be installed as stand-alone modules or can be interconnected on the DIN rail as shown below. When modules are connected together as shown, power and communications are shared between modules over the modular backplane interconnection. Therefore, bringing the necessary power and communications wiring to any one connector in slot

C is sufficient. The modular backplane interconnect comes standard with every module ordered and is generic in nature, meaning any of the RM modules can use it.

Modular Backplane Interconnect

Notice in the split rail system diagram that a single power supply is being used across both DIN rails.

One notable consideration when designing the hardware layout would be the available power supplied and the loading affect of all of the modules used.

Watlow provides three options for power supplies listed below:

1. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 31 watts (Part #: 0847-

0299-0000)

2. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 60 watts (Part #: 0847-

0300-0000)

3. 90-264 Vac to 24Vdc @ 91 watts (Part #: 0847-

0301-0000)

With regards to the modular loading affect, maximum power for each is listed below:

1. RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

2. RMEx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

3. RMAx-xxxx-xxxx @ 4 watts / 9VA

4. RMLx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

5. RMHx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

6. RMSx-xxxx-xxxx @ 7 watts / 14VA

So, in the split rail system diagram, the maximum current draw on the supply would be 38 Watts.

- 1 RMC modules consumes 7W

- 1 RME modules consumes 7W

- 1 RMA module consumes 4W

- 1 RMS modules consumes 7W

- 1 RMH modules consumes 7W

- 1 Remote User Interface consumes 6W

With this power requirement the second or third power supply could be used.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

36

Another hardware configuration scenario that could present itself (graphic not shown) would be a configuration that requires more than one supply.

Lets make some assumptions pertaining to the split rail system diagram shown below. The power supply used is the 91W supply. The top DIN rail now has the following modules:

- 2 RMC modules consumes 14W

- 1 RMA consumes 4W

- 11 RME modules consumes 77W

As it can now be understood, the total power requirement exceeds 91W. In this case, another power supply would be required. To incorporate another supply in this system simply disconnect pins 99 and 98 on the remote DIN rail and connect another appropriately sized power supply to those same pins.

When using a split rail configuration ensure that the interconnections for the Inter-module Bus and

Standard Bus do not exceed 200 feet. Standard Bus and the Inter-module Buses are different protocols and both are required for split rail configurations.

Without having both connected communications between modules would not be possible.

RM Expansion

Module

RMCxxxxxxxxxAxx RMEx-xxxx-xxx

Slot D

_

_

Slot A

_

_

_

_

_

Standard Bus

_

Address 1

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot D

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Standard Bus

Address 2

Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

RM Access

Module

RMAx-xxxx-xxx

Slot D

Slot E

Slot A

Standard Bus

Address 3

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Low Voltage

Class 2

Power Supply

Standard Bus

Split Rail Configuration

RM Scanner

Module

RMSx-xxxx-Axxx

Slot D

Slot E

RM High Density

Module

RMHx-xxxx-Axxx

Slot D Slot E

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Standard Bus

_

Address 4

Slot C

Slot B

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot A

_

Standard Bus

Address 5

Slot B

_

_ _

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Slot C

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

_

Inter-module

Bus

Standard Bus

Note:

Unit is not provided with a disconnect, use of an external disconnect is required. It should be located in close proximity to the unit and be labeled as the disconnect for the unit.

Note:

Connecting power supplies in parallel is not allowed.

When power consumption is greater than 91 watts use a split rail configuration.

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Conventions Used in the Menu Pages

To better understand the menu pages that follow review the naming conventions used. When encountered throughout this document, the word "default" implies as shipped from the factory. Each page (Operations, Setup, Profile and Factory) and their associated menus have identical headers defined below:

Header Name

Display

Parameter Name

Range

Default

Modbus Relative Address

CIP (Common Industrial Protocol)

Profibus Index

Parameter ID

Data Type R/W

Definition

Visually displayed information from the control.

Describes the function of the given parameter.

Defines options available for this prompt, i.e., min/ max values (numerical), yes/no, etc... (further explanation below).

Values as delivered from the factory.

Identifies unique parameters using either the

Modbus RTU or Modbus

TCP protocols (further explanation below).

If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using either the DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP protocol (further explanation below).

If used in conjunction with an RMA module identifies unique parameters using Profibus DP protocol (further explanation below).

Identifies unique parameters used with other software such as, LabVIEW.

uint = Unsigned 16 bit

integer dint = Signed 32-bit,

long string = ASCII (8 bits

per character) float = IEEE 754 32-bit

RWES = Readable

Writable

EEPROM (saved)

User Set (saved)

Display

When the RMC module is used in conjunction with

[1]

= 1

[2]

= 2

[3]

= 3

[4]

= 4

[5]

= 5

[6]

= 6

[7]

= 7

[8]

= 8

[9]

= 9 the RUI (optional equipment) visual information from the control is displayed to the observer using a fairly standard 7 segment display. Due to the use of this technology, several characters displayed need some interpretation, see the list below:

[0]

= 0

[i]

= i

[r]

= r

[a ]

= A

[ h]

= b

[j ]

= J

[H]

= K

[s]

= S

[ t]

= t

[c]

, [C] = c

[L]

= L

[d ]

= d

[ m ]

= M

[U]

[u]

= u

= v

[ e]

[ f]

[g ]

= E

= F

= g

[ h]

= h

[n]

= n

[o]

= o

[ p]

[q ]

= P

= q

[ w ]

= W

[y ]

= y

[2]

= Z

Range

Within this column notice that on occasion there will be numbers found within parenthesis. This number represents the enumerated value for that particular selection. Range selections can be made simply by writing the enumerated value of choice using any of the available communications protocols. As an example, turn to the Control Module Setup Page and look at the Analog Input menu and then the Sensor Type.

To turn the sensor off using Modbus simply write the value of 62 (off) to register 400369 and send that value to the control.

Communication Protocols

All modules come with the standard offering of Watlow's Standard Bus protocol used primarily for intermodule communications as well as for configuration using EZ-ZONE Configurator software (free download from Watlow's web site ( http://www.watlow.com

).

Along with Standard Bus, the RMC module can also be ordered with Modbus RTU (only one protocol can be active at any given time). The RMA module has options for several different protocols listed below:

- Modbus RTU 232/485

- EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP

- DeviceNet

- Profibus DP

To learn more about the RM Access module click on the link below. Once there simply type in RM in the

Keyword field.

http://www.watlow.com/literature/manuals.cfm

Modbus RTU Protocol

All Modbus registers are 16-bits and as displayed in this manual are relative addresses (actual). Some legacy software packages limit available Modbus registers to 40001 to 49999 (5 digits). Many applications today require access to all available Modbus registers which range from 400001 to 465535 (6 digits).

Watlow controls support 6 digit Modbus registers.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

37

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

Note:

In this User's Guide all values shown representing

Modbus addresses are added to 400,001 or 40,001 to acquire the absolute address. As an example, notice above (under the Range header) the Modbus address identified for Sensor type. Compare this to the value listed for this same parameter found in the Setup

Page under the Analog Input Menu.

For parameters listed as float notice that only one

(low order) of the two registers is listed, this is true throughout this document. By default, the low order word contains the two low bytes of the 32-bit parameter. As an example, look in the Controller Operations Page for the Analog Input Value. Find the column identified in the header as Modbus and notice that it lists register 360. Because this parameter is a float it is actually represented by registers 360 (low order bytes) and 361 (high order bytes). The Modbus specification does not dictate which register should be high or low order so Watlow provides the user the ability to swap this order (Setup Page, Communications Menu) from the default low/high to high/low.

It should also be noted that some of the cells in the

Modbus column contain wording pertaining to an offset. Several parameters in the control contain more than one instance; such as, profiles (4), alarms (8), analog inputs (4), etc... The Modbus register shown

Always represents instance one. Take for an example the Alarm Silencing parameter found in the Controller Setup Pages under the Alarm menu. Instance one is shown as address 1750 and the offset to the next instance is identified as +60. If there was a desire to read or write to instance 3 simply add 120 to 1750 to find its address, in this case, the instance 3 address for Alarm Silence is 1870.

RMC _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [1] _ _ or:

RMA _ - A [2, 3] _ _ - A A _ or EZKB - x [2,3] _ _ - _

_ _ _

To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your browser to http://www.modbus.org

.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

38

Chapter 2 Install and Wire

3

Chapter 3: Operations Pages

Control Module Operation Page Parameters

To navigate to the Operations Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and

Down ¯ keys for three seconds. [``Ai] will appear in the upper display and [oPEr] will appear in the lower display.

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.

3. Press the Advance Key choice.

to enter the menu of

4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key

to enter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.

6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu to menu; menu to Home Page.

7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.

Note:

Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Note:

Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.

[``Ai]

[oPEr]

Analog Input Menu

[```1]

[``Ai]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

[`Ain] Value

[`i;Er] Error Status

[`i;Ca] Calibration Offset

[``Pu]

[oPEr]

Process Value Menu

[```1]

[``Pu]

Process Value (1 to 4)

[`Su;A] Source Value A

[`Su;B] Source Value B

[`Su;C]

Source Value C

[`Su;D] Source Value D

[`Su;E]

Source Value E

[oFSt] Offset

[``o;u] Output Value

[`dio]

[oPEr]

Digital Input/Output Menu

[```1]

[`dio]

Digital Input/Output (7 to

12)

[`do;S]

Output State

[`di;S]

Input State

[`ACt]

[oPEr]

Action Menu

[```1]

[`ACt]

Action (1 to 8)

[`Ei;S] Event Status

[LiM]

[oPEr]

Limit Menu

[```1]

[LiM]

Limit (1 to 4)

[`LL;S]

Low Set Point

[`Lh;S]

High Set Point

[`LCr] Clear Request **

[`L;st]

State **

[Mon]

[oPEr]

Monitor Menu

[```1]

[Mon]

Monitor (1 to 4)

[C;MA]

Control Mode Active

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power

[`C;SP]

Closed Loop Working Set

Point

[`Pu;A]

Process Value Active

[Loop]

[oPEr]

Loop Menu

[```1]

[Loop]

Loop (1 to 4)

[`r;En]

Remote Enable

[`C;M] Control Mode

[A;tSP] Autotune Set Point

[`AUt] Autotune Request

[`C;SP] Closed Loop Set Point

[`id;S]

Idle Set Point

[`h;Pb]

Heat Proportional Band

[`h;hy]

Heat Hysteresis

[`C;Pb]

Cool Proportional Band

[`C;hy]

Cool Hysteresis

[``ti]

Time Integral

[``td]

Time Derivative

[``db]

Dead Band

[`o;SP]

Open Loop Set Point

[ALM]

[oPEr]

Alarm Menu

[```1]

[ALM]

Alarm (1 to 8)

[`A;Lo]

Low Set Point

[`A;hi]

High Set Point

[a;Clr] Clear Request **

[a;sir] Silence Request **

[`a;st] State **

[CUrr]

[oPEr]

Current Menu

[```1]

[CUrr]

Current (1 to 4)

[`C;hi]

High Set Point

[`C;Lo]

Low Set Point

[`CU;r]

RMS Read

[`C;Er]

Error

[`h;Er]

Heater Error

[`Lnr]

[oPEr]

Linearization Menu

[```1]

[`Lnr]

Linearization (1 to 4)

[`Su;A]

Source Value A

[oFSt]

Offset

[``o;u]

Output Value

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

39

Chapter 3 Operations Page

[`CPE]

[oPEr]

Compare Menu

[```1]

[`CPE]

Compare (1 to 4)

[`Su;A]

Source Value A

[`Su;b]

Source Value B

[``o;u]

Output Value

[tMr]

[ oPEr]

Timer Menu

[```1]

[tMr]

Timer (1 to 4)

[`Su;A]

Source Value A

[`Su;b]

Source Value B

[``E;t]

Elapsed Time

[``o;u]

Output Value

[`Ctr]

[oPEr]

Counter Menu

[```1]

[`Ctr]

Counter (1 to 4)

[`Cnt]

Count

[`Su;A]

Source Value A

[`Su;b]

Source Value B

[``o;u]

Output Value

[`LgC]

[oPEr]

Logic Menu

[```1]

[`LgC]

Logic (1 to 4)

[`Su;A]

Source Value A

[`Su;b]

Source Value B

[`Su;C]

Source Value C

[`Su;d]

Source Value D

[`Su;E]

Source Value E

[`Su;F]

Source Value F

[`Su;g]

Source Value G

[`Su;h]

Source Value H

[``o;u]

Output Value

[MAt]

[oPEr]

Math Menu

[```1]

[MAt]

Math (1 to 8)

[`Su;A]

Source Value A

[`Su;b]

Source Value B

[`Su;C]

Source Value C

[`Su;d]

Source Value D

[`Su;E]

Source Value E

[oFSt]

Offset

[``o;u]

Output Value

[`SoF]

[oPEr]

Special Output Function

Menu

[```1]

[`SoF]

Special Output Function (1 to 4)

[`Su;A]

Source Value A

[`Su;b]

Source Value B

[`ou;1]

Output Value 1

[`ou;2]

Output Value 2

[`ou;3]

Output Value 3

[`ou;4]

Output Value 4

[P;StA]

[oPEr]

Profile Status Menu

[```1]

[P;StA]

Profile Status 1

[P;Str]

Profile Start

[PACr]

Action Request

[`StP]

Active Step

[Sub;S]

Active Subroutine Step

[S;tyP]

Active Step Type

[t;SP1]

Target Set Point Loop 1

[t;SP2]

Target Set Point Loop 2

[t;SP3]

Target Set Point Loop 3

[t;SP4]

Target Set Point Loop 4

[P;SP1]

Produced Set Point 1

[P;SP2]

Produced Set Point 2

[P;SP3]

Produced Set Point 3

[P;SP4]

Produced Set Point 4

[hour]

Hours Remaining

[min] Minutes Remaining

[`seC] Seconds Remaining

[Ent1]

Active Event Output 1

[Ent2]

Active Event Output 2

[Ent3]

Active Event Output 3

[Ent4]

Active Event Output 4

[Ent5]

Active Event Output 5

[Ent2]

Active Event Output 6

[Ent2]

Active Event Output 7

[Ent8]

Active Event Output 8

[``JC]

Jump Count Remaining

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

40

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[``Ai]

[oPEr]

Analog Input Menu

``Ain]

[ Ain]

[`i;Er]

[ i.Er]

[`i;Ca]

[ i.CA]

No Display

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Value

View the process value.

Note:

Ensure that the Error Status (below) indicates no error (61) when reading this value using a field bus protocol. If an error exists, the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned.

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Error Status

View the cause of the most recent error. If the [Attn] message is

[Er;i1] error.

or [Er;i2], this parameter will display the cause of the input

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

[nonE]

None (61)

[OPEn]

Open (65)

[Shrt]

Shorted (127)

[`E;M]

Measurement Error

(140)

[E;CAL]

Bad Calibration Data

(139)

[Er;Ab]

Ambient Error (9)

[E;;Rtd]

RTD Error (141)

[FAiL]

Fail (32)

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Calibration Offset

Offset the input reading to compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input reading to vary from the actual process value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Clear Latched Input

Error

Clear latched input when input error condition no longer exists.

Clear Latch (1221)

0.0

- - - 360

[offset 90]

- - - 362

[offset 90]

382

[offset 90]

- - - 416

[offset 90]

[``Pu]

[oPEr]]

Process Value Menu

[`Su;A]

[ Su.A]

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Value A

View the value of Source

A.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - 3430

[offset 70]

[`Su;b]

[ Su.b]

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Value B

View the value of Source

B.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3432

[offset 70]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

1

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

2

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x1D (29)

0x7E (126)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

0x7E (126)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

0

1

2

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

4001

4002

4012

4029

26016

26017 float

R uint

R float

RWES uint

RW float

R float

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

41

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

[`Su;C]

[ Su.C]

[`Su;d]

[ Su.d]

[`Su;E]

[ Su.E]

[oFSt]

[oFSt]

[``o;u]

[ o.u]

No Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Value C

View the value of Source

C.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Value D

View the value of Source

D.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Value E

View the value of Source

E.

[`off]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

Process Value (1 to 4)

Offset

Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Process Value (1 to 4)

Output Value

View the value of this function block's output.

Process Value (1 to 4)

Error

View reported cause for Process output malfunction.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

0

Default

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

Modbus

Relative

Address

3434

[offset 70]

3436

[offset 70]

3438

[offset 70]

3444

[offset 70]

3442

[offset 70]

3452

[offset 70]

[`dio]

[oPEr]

Digital Input/Output Menu

[`do;S]

[ do.S]

Digital Output (7 to 12)

Output State

View the state of this output.

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - 1212

[offset 30]

[`di;S]

[ di.S]

Digital Input (7 to 12)

Input State

View this event input state.

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

1220

[offset 30]

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7E (126)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

- - - 26018 float

R

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

0x7E (126)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

0x7E (126)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

0x7E (126)

1 to 4

0x17 (23)

0x7E (126)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0x1B (27)

0x6A (106)

7 to C (12)

7

0x6A (106)

7 to C (12)

0xB (11)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

90

- - - -

26019

26020

26023

26022

26027

6007

6011 float

R float

R float

RWES float

R uint

R uint

R uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

42

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

No Display

Digital Input (7 to 12)

Source Error

View reported cause for input malfunction.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

[`ACt]

[oPEr]

Action Menu

[`Ei;S]

[ Ei.S]

Action (1 to 8)

Event Input Status

View this input state.

[LiM]

[oPEr]

Limit Menu

[`LL;S]

[ LL.S]

[`Lh;S]

[ Lh.S]

No Display

Limit (1 to 4)

Low Set Point

Set the low process value that will trigger the limit.

Limit (1 to 4)

High Set Point

Set the high process value that will trigger the limit.

Limit (1-4)

Limit State

Clear limit once limit condition is cleared.

[`off]

[``on]

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Off (62)

Off (62)

On (63)

None (61)

Limit High (51)

Limit Low (52)

Error (225)

Clear (0)

No Change (255)

[`lCr]

[ LCr]

[`l;st]

[ L.St]

Limit (1-4)

Limit Clear Request

**

Clear limit once limit condition is cleared.

Limit (1 to 4)

Status **

Reflects whether or not the limit is in a safe or failed mode..

[Mon]]

[oPEr]

Monitor Menu

[C;MA]

[C.MA]

Monitor (1 to 4)

Control Mode Active

View the current control mode.

Fail (32)

Safe (1667)

[`off]

[AUto]

[MAn]

Off (62)

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

- - - -

- - - -

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

724

[offset 30]

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

726

[offset 30]

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

1228

[offset 30]

1588

[offset 20]

730

[offset 30]

720

[offset 30]

744

[offset 30]

2222

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6A

(106)

7 to C

(12)

0x0F (15)

0x6E (110)

1 to 8

5

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

3

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

4

0x70 (112)

1

6

0x70 (112)

1

1

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

0x0D (13)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

140

38

39

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

6015

10005

12003

12004

12006

12001

12013

8002 uint

R uint

R float

RWES float

RWES uint

R uint

W uint

R uint

R

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

43

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

[`h;Pr]

[ h.Pr]

[`C;Pr]

[ C.Pr]

[`C;SP]

[ C.SP]

[`Pu;A]

[ Pv.A]

No Display

Monitor (1 to 4)

Heat Power

View the current heat output level.

Monitor (1 to 4)

Cool Power

View the current cool output level.

0.0 to 100.0%

-100.0 to 0.0%

Monitor (1 to 4)

Closed Loop Active Set

Point

View the set point currently in effect.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Monitor (1 to 4)

Process Value Active

View the current filtered process value using the control input.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Monitor (1 to 4)

Autotune Status

Read the present status of Autotune.

[`off]

Off (62)

[ts;1p]

Waiting for cross 1 positive (119)

[ts;1n]

Waiting for cross 1 negative (120)

[ts;2p]

Waiting for cross 2 positive (121)

[ts;2n]

Waiting for cross 2 negative (122)

[ts;3p]

Waiting for cross 3 positive (123)

[ts;3n]

Waiting for cross 3 negative (150)

[`mn]

Measuring maximum peak (151)

[`ma]

Measuring minimum peak (152)

[CalC]

Calculating (153)

[Cplt]

Complete (18)

[``to]

Timeout (118)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

[Loop]

[oPEr]

Control Loop Menu

[`r;En]

[ r.En]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Remote Set Point

Enable this loop to switch control to the remote set point.

[``no]

[`YES]

No (59)

Yes (106)

No

[`C;M]

[ C.M]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Control Mode

Select the method that this loop will use to control.

[`off]

[AUto]

[MAn]

Off (62)

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

Auto

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

2244

[offset 70]

2246

[offset 70]

2512

[offset 80]

402

[offset 90]

2272

[offset 70]

2540

[offset 80]

2220

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0xD (13)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

0x6B (107)

1 to 4

7

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

27

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

48

63

8011

8014

8029

8031

8027

7021

8001 float

R float

R float

R float

R uint

R uint

RWES uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

44

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[A;tSP]

[A.tSP}

[`AUt]

[ AUt]

[`C;SP]

[ C.SP]

[`id;S]

[ id.S]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Autotune Set Point

Set the set point that the autotune will use, as a percentage of the current set point.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Autotune Request

Start an autotune. While the autotune is active, the Home Page will display [Attn] [tUn1].

When the autotune is complete, the message will clear automatically.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Closed Loop Set Point

Set the set point that the controller will automatically control to.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Idle Set Point

Set a closed loop set point that can be triggered by an event state.

50.0 to 200.0%

[``no]

[`YES]

No (59)

Yes (106)

Low Set Point to High Set

Point (Setup Page)

Low Set Point to High Set

Point (Setup Page)

90.0

No

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

[`h;Pb]

[ h.Pb]

[`h;hy]

[ h.hy]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Heat Proportional

Band

Set the PID proportional band for the heat outputs.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Heat Hysteresis

Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the “on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

[`C;Pb]

[ C.Pb]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Cool Proportional

Band

Set the PID proportional band for the cool outputs.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

[`C;hy]

[ C.hy]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Cool Hysteresis

Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the “on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

2258

[offset 70]

2260

[offset 70]

2500

[offset 80]

2516

[offset 80]

2230

[offset 70]

2240

[offset 70]

2232

[offset 70]

2242

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 8025 float

RWES

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

1

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

9

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

6

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

7

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

64

49

50

65

66

67

68

8026

7001

7009

8009

8010

8012

8013 uint

RW float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

45

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

[``ti]

[ ti]

[``td]

[ td]

[``dB]

[ db]

[`o;SP]

[ o.SP]

No Display

No Display

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Time Integral

Set the PID integral for the outputs.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Time Derivative

Set the PID derivative time for the outputs.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Dead Band

Set the offset to the proportional band.

With a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point.

A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Open Loop Set Point

Set a fixed level of output power when in manual (open-loop) mode.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Error State

Read to see if loop is in an error state.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Error Clear

Write to this register to clear loop error.

0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat

0 to 9,999 seconds

-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or units

-556 to 556°C

-100 to 100% (heat and cool)

0 to 100% (heat only)

-100 to 0% (cool only)

None (61)

Open Loop (1274)

Reversed Loop (1275)

Clear (129)

Ignore (204)

180 sec-

0 onds per repeat seconds

0.0

0.0

- - - -

Ignore

No Display

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Loop Output Power

View the loop output power.

-100.0 to 100.0

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

2234

[offset 70]

2236

[offset 70]

2238

[offset 70]

2502

[offset 80]

2268

[offset 70]

2270

[offset 70]

2248

[offset 70]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

2

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0x19(25)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0x1A(26)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x0F (15)

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

8

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

9

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

69

70

71

8006

8007

8008 float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES

51

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

7002

8048

8049

8033 float

RWES uint

R uint

W float

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

46

Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Operations Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[ALM]

[oPEr]

Alarm Menu

[`A;Lo]

[ A.Lo]

[`A;hi]

[ A.hi]

[a;Clr]

[A.CLr]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Low Set Point

If Alarm Type (Setup

Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.

deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

Alarm (1 to 8)

High Set Point

If Alarm Type (Setup

Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.

deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Clear Request

Write to this register to clear an alarm

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0

32.0°F or units

0.0°C

300.0°F or units

150.0°C

- - - -

[A;sir]

[A.Sir]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Silence Request

Write to this register to silence an alarm

0 - - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

1742

[offset 60]

1740

[offset 60]

1764

[offset 60]

1766

[offset 60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

2

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

1

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

18

19

32

33

9002

9001 float

RWES float

RWES

9013 uint

W

9014 uint

W

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

47

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[`a;st]

[ A.St]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm State

Current state of alarm

Startup (88)

None (61)

Blocked (12)

Alarm low (8)

Alarm high (7)

Error (28)

[``no]

No (59)

[`YES]

Yes (106)

- - - 1756

[offset 60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

9

- - - 9009 uint

R

No Display

No Display

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Clearable

Read to see if alarm can be cleared.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Silenced

Read to see if alarm is active but has been silenced by Alarm Silence

Request.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Latched

Read to see if alarm is currently latched.

Yes (106)

No (59)

- - - -

- - - -

1762

[offset 60]

1760

[offset 60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 4

0x0B (11)

- - - -

- - - -

9012

9011 uint

R uint

R

No Display

Yes (106)

No (59)

- - - 1758

[offset 60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 4

0x0A (10)

- - - 9010 uint

R

Note: To use the current sensing feature, Time Base (Setup

Page, Output Menu) must be set to 0 .7 seconds or more .

[CUrr]]

[oPEr]]

Current Menu

[`C;hi]

[ C.hi]

[`C;Lo]

[ C.Lo]

Current (1 to 4)

High Set Point

Set the current value that will trigger a high heater error state.

Current (1 to 4)

Low Set Point

Set the current value that will trigger a low heater error state.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

50.0

0.0

1394

[offset 50]

1396

[offset 50]

[`CU;r]

[ CU.r]

No Display

Sensed Current (1 to 4)

Read

View the most recent current value monitored by the current transformer.

Ammeter Current (1 to 4)

Read

RMS current value monitored by the current transformer.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

0 to 9,999.00

- - - -

- - - -

1380

[offset 50]

1392

[offset 50]

[`C;Er]

[ C.Er]

Current (1 to 4)

Error

View the cause of the most recent load fault.

[nonE]

None (61)

[Shrt]

Shorted (127)

[open]

Open (65)

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

1382

[offset 50]

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

8

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

9

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

1

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

7

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

2

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

15008

15009

15001

15007

15002 float

RWES float

RWES float

R float

R uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

48

Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Operations Page

Range Default

[`h;Er]

[ h.Er]

No Display

No Display

Current (1 to 4)

Heater Error

View the cause of the most recent load fault monitored by the current transformer.

Current (1 to 4)

Actual Power

Power delivered to output monitored by CT.

Current (1 to 4)

Error Status

View the cause of the most recent load fault

[nonE]

None (61)

[high]

High (37)

[Low]

Low (53)

0.0 to 100.0%

None (61)

Fail (32)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

[`Lnr]

[oPEr]

Linearization Menu

[`Su;A]

[ Su.A]

[oFSt]

[oFSt]

[``o;u]

[ o.v]

No Display

Linearization (1 to 4)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Offset

Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Error

View reported cause for

Linearization output malfunction.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0

- - - -

- - - -

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process (1659)

- - - -

[`CPE]

[oPEr]

Compare Menu

[`Su;A]

[ Su.A]

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - -

[`Su;b]

[ Su.b]

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

1384

[offset 50]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 15003 uint

R

1418

[offset 50]

1420

[offset 50]

4526

[offset 70]

4530

[offset 70]

4532

[offset 70]

4574

[offset 70]

0x86

(134)

1 to 4

7

0x86

(134)

1 to 4

0x1C (28)

4012

[offset 40]

4014

[offset 40]

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

0x73

(115)

1 to 4

21

0x80

(128)

1 to 4

7

0x80

(128)

1 to 4

8

0x86

(134)

1 to 4

4

0x86

(134)

1 to 4

6

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

15020

15021

34004

34006

34007

34028

28007

28008 float

R uint

R float

R float

RWES float

R uint

R float

R float

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

49

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[``o;u]

[ o.v]

No Display

Compare (1 to 4)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

Compare (1 to 4)

Error

Read reported cause for compare error

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - -

- - - -

4018

[offset 40]

4024

[offset 40]

[tMr]

[oPEr]

Timer Menu

[`Su;A]

[ Su.A]

[`Su;b]

[ Su.b]

Timer (1 to 4)

Value Source A

View the value of

Source A.

Timer (1 to 4)

Value Source B

View the value of

Source B.

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

4332

[offset 50]

4334

[offset 50]

[``E;t]

[ E.t]

[``o;u]

[ o.v]

Timer (1 to 4)

Elapsed Time

View the value of this function's elapsed time.

Timer (1 to 4)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

0 to 9,999.000 seconds

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

4350

[offset 50]

4338

[offset 50]

No Display

Timer (1 to 4)

Error

Read reported cause for timer error

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

4354

[offset 50]

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x80

(128)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

0x80

(128)

1 to 4

0x0D (13)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

28010 uint

R

28013 uint

R

0x83

(131)

1 to 4

7

0x83

(131)

1 to 4

8

0x83

(131)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

0x83

(131)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

0x83

(131)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

31007

31008

31016

31010

31018 uint

R uint

R float

R uint

R uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

50

Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Operations Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[`Ctr]

[oPEr]

Counter Menu

[`Cnt]

[ Cnt]

Counter (1 to 4)

Count

View the function's total count.

[`Su;A]

[ Su.A]

[`Su;b]

[ Su.b]

[``o;u]

[ o.v]

No Display

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

Counter (1 to 4)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

Counter (1 to 4)

Error

Read reported cause for counter error

0 to 9,999

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - -

[`LgC]

[oPEr]

Logic Menu

[`Su;A]

[ Su.A]

[`Su;b]

[ Su.b]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

[`Su;C]

[ Su.C]

[`Su;d]

[ Su.d]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Value C

View the value of

Source C.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Value D

View the value of

Source D.

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4188

[offset 40]

4172

[offset 40]

4174

[offset 40]

4178

[offset 40]

4190

[offset 40]

3728

[offset 80]

3730

[offset 80]

3732

[offset 80]

3734

[offset 80]

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x19 (25)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x1A (26)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x1B (27)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x1C (28)

0x82

(130)

1 to 4

0xF (15)

0x82

(130)

1 to 4

7

0x82

(130)

1 to 4

8

0x82

(130)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

0x82

(130)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

217

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

30015

30007

30008

30010

30016

27025

27026

27027

27028 uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

51

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[`Su;E]

[ Su.E]

[`Su;F]

[ Su.F]

[`Su;g]

[ Su.g]

[`Su;h]

[ Su.h]

[``o;u]

[ o.v]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Value E

View the value of

Source E.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Value F

View the value of

Source F.

Logic (1 to 4)

Value Source G

View the value of

Source G.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Value H

View the value of

Source H.

Logic (1 to 4)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

Logic (1 to 4)

Error

Read reported cause for logic error

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

3736

[offset 80]

3738

[offset 80]

3740

[offset 80]

3742

[offset 80]

3746

[offset 80]

No Display

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - 3750

[offset 80]

[MAt]

[oPEr]

Math Menu

[`Su;A]

[ Su.A]

[`Su;b]

[ Su.b]

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

2870

[offset 70]

2872

[offset 70]

[`Su;C]

[ Su.C]

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value C

View the value of

Source C.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - 2874

[offset 70]

[`Su;d]

[ Su.d]

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value D

View the value of

Source D.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

2876

[offset 70]

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x1D (29)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x1E (30)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x1F (31)

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x20 (32)

7F (127)

1 to 4

0x22 (34)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

27029 uint

R

27030

27031

27032

27034 uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R

0x7F

(127)

1 to 4

0x24 (36)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x10 (16)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x11 (17)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x12 (18)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x13 (19)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

27036

25016

25017

25018

25019 uint

R float

R float

R float

R float

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

52

Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

[`Su;E]

[ Su.E]

[oFSt]

[oFSt]

[``o;u]

[ o.v]

Parameter Name

Description

Math (1 to 8)

Source Value E

View the value of

Source E.

Math (1 to 8)

Offset

Set an offset to be applied to this function's output.

Math (1 to 8)

Output Value

View the value of this function's output.

Math (1 to 8)

Error

Read reported cause for logic error

RMC Module • Operations Page

Range

[`off]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0

Default

- - - -

- - - -

No Display

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement Error (140)

Bad Cal Data (139)

Ambient Error (9)

RTD Error (141)

Fail (32)

Math Error (1423)

Not Sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

- - - -

[`SoF]

[oPEr]

Special Output Function Menu

[`Su;A]

[ uS.A]

[`Su;b]

[ Su.b]

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Source Value A

View the value of

Source A.

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Source Value B

View the value of

Source B.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

[`o;u1]

[ o.v1]

No Display

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Output Value 1

View the value of this function's Output 1.

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Error 1

View reported cause for output malfunction.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process (1659)

- - - -

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

53

Modbus

Relative

Address

2878

[offset 70]

2884

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x14 (20)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x17 (23)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

25020

25023 uint

R float

RWES

2882

[offset 70]

2896

[offset 70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x16 (22)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1D (29)

4972

[offset 80]

4974

[offset 80]

4978

[offset 80]

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

7

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

8

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

4980

[offset 80]

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x0B (11)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

25022

25029

35007

35008

35010

35011 float

R uint

R float

R float

R float

R uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

[`o;u2]

[ o.v2]

No Display

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Output Value 2

View the value of this function's Output 2.

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Error 2

View reported cause for output malfunction.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process (1659)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

- - - -

- - - -

4982

[offset 80]

4984

[offset 80]

[`o;u3]

[ o.v3]

No Display

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Output Value 3

View the value of this function's Output 3.

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Error 3

View reported cause for output malfunction.

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process (1659)

- - - -

- - - -

4986

[offset 80]

4988

[offset 80]

[`o;u4]

[ o.v4]

No Display

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Output Value 4

View the value of this function's Output 4.

Special Output Function

(1 to 4)

Error 4

View reported cause for output malfunction.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

None (61)

Open (65)

Shorted (127)

Measurement error (140)

Bad calibration data (139)

Ambient error (9)

RTD error (14)

Fail (32)

Math error (1423)

Not sourced (246)

Stale (1617)

Can't process (1659)

- - - -

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

4990

[offset 80]

4992

[offset 80]

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x0D (13)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x0F (15)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

0x87

(135)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

35012 float

R

35013

35014

35015

35016

35017 uint

R float

R uint

R float

R uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

54

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[P;Sta]

[oPEr]

Profile Status Menu

[P;Str]

[P.Str]

[P;ACr]

[PACr]

[`StP]

[ StP]

Profile Status

Profile Start

Profile Status

Action Request

Profile Status

Active Step

View the currently running step.

* Some parameters in the Profile Status Menu can be changed for the currently running profile, but should only be changed by knowledgeable personnel and with caution. Changing parameters via the Profile Status Menu will not change the stored profile but will have an immediate impact on the profile that is running.

Changes made to profile parameters in the Profiling Pages will be saved and will also have an immediate impact on the running profile.

1 to 25 1 5280 0x7A

(122)

1

1

204 22001 uint

W

[nonE]

0 to 250

0 (none)

None (61)

[PAUS]

Pause (146)

[rESU]

Resume (147)

[`End]

Terminate (148)

[ProF]

Profile (77)

None

- - - -

5300

5286

0x7A

(122)

1

0xB (11)

205

- - - -

22011

22004 uint

W uint

R

0x7A

(122)

1

4

0x7A

(122)

1

0x37 (55)

- - - 22055 uint

R

[SUb;S]

[SUb.S]

[S;typ]

[S.typ]

Profile Status

Active Subroutine

Step

View the currently running subroutine.

Profile Status

Active Step Type

View the currently running step type.

0 to 150

0 (none)

[UStP]

Unused Step (50)

[``ti]

Time (143)

[rAtE]

Rate (81)

[SoAH]

Soak (87)

[CLoC]

Wait For Time

(1543)

[W;PE]

Wait For Process or

Event (1542)

[Stat]

State (1515)

[Subr]

Subroutine Step

(1516)

[``JL]

Jump Loop (116)

[`End]

End (27)

- - - -

- - - -

[t;SP1]

[tg.SP]

[t;SP2]

[tg.SP]

Profile Status

*Target Set Point

Loop 1

View or change the target set point of the current step.

Profile Status

*Target Set Point

Loop 2

View or change the target set point of the current step.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

5304

5302

5374

0x7A

(122)

1

0xD (13)

0x7A

(122)

1

0xC (12)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x30 (48)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22013

22012

22048 uint

R float

RW float

RW

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

55

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[t;SP3]

[t.SP3]

[t;SP4]

[t.SP4]

[P;SP1]

[P.SP1]

[P;SP2]

[P.SP2]

[P;SP3]

[P.SP3]

[P;SP4]

[P.SP4]

Profile Status

*Target Set Point

Loop 3

View or change the target set point of the current step.

Profile Status

*Target Set Point

Loop 4

View or change the target set point of the current step.

Profile Status

Produced Set Point 1

Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.

Profile Status

Produced Set Point 2

Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.

Profile Status

Produced Set Point 3

Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.

Profile Status

Produced Set Point 4

Display the current set point, even if the profile is ramping.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

No Display

No Display

No Display

Profile Status

Produced Control

Mode 1

Display the current control mode.

Profile Status

Produced Control

Mode 2

Display the current control mode.

Profile Status

Produced Control

Mode 3

Display the current control mode.

Off (62)

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

Off (62)

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

Off (62)

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

No Display

Profile Status

Produced Control

Mode 4

Display the current control mode.

Off (62)

Auto (10)

Manual (54)

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

5376

5378

5288

5380

5382

5384

5366

5368

5370

5372

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x31 (49)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 22049 float

RW

0x7A

(122)

1

0x32 (50)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

0x7A

(122)

1

0x2C (44)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x2D (45)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x2E (46)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x2F (47)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22050

22005

22051

22052

22053

22044

22045

22046

22047 float

RW float

R float

R float

R float

R uint

R uint

R uint

R uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

56

Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

[hoUr]

[hoUr]

[min]

[ Min]

[`seC]

[ SEC]

No Display

No Display

No Display

No Display

No Display

Profile Status

Hours

Step time remaing in hours.

Profile Status

Minutes

Step time remaing in minutes.

Profile Status

Seconds

Step time remaing in seconds.

Profile Status

Wait for Event Source

Value 1

Read the present state of event input 1.

Profile Status

Wait for Event Source

Value 2

Read the present state of event input 1.

Profile Status

Wait for Event Source

Value 3

Read the present state of event input 1.

Profile Status

Wait for Event Source

Value 4

Read the present state of event input 1.

Profile Status

Wait for Analog

Source Value 1

Read the present value of analog source 1.

0 to 99

0 to 59

0 to 59

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

-1999.000 to 9999.000

0

0

0

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

No Display

No Display

Profile Status

Wait for Analog

Source Value 2

Read the present value of analog source 2.

Profile Status

Wait for Analog

Source Value 3

Read the present value of analog source 3.

-1999.000 to 9999.000

-1999.000 to 9999.000

- - - -

- - - -

No Display

Profile Status

Wait for Analog

Source Value 4

Read the present value of analog source 4.

-1999.000 to 9999.000

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

RMC Module • Operations Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

5434

5432

5430

5346

5348

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x4E (78)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x4D (77)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x4C (76)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x22 (34)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22078

22077

22076

22034

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

uint

RW uint

RW uint

RW uint

R

- - - 22035 uint

R

5350

5352

0x7A

(122)

1

0x23 (35)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x24 (36)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x25 (37)

- - - -

- - - -

22036

22037 uint

R uint

R

5414

5416

5418

5420

0x7A

(122)

1

0x44 (68)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x45 (69)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x46 (70)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x47 (71)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22068

22069

22070

22071 float

R float

R float

R float

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

57

Chapter 3 Operations Page

RMC Module • Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[Ent1]

[Ent1]

[Ent2]

[Ent2]

[Ent3]

[Ent3]

[Ent4]

[Ent4]

[Ent5]

[Ent5]

[Ent6]

[Ent6]

[Ent7]

[Ent7]

[Ent8]

[Ent8]

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 1

View or change the event output states.

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 2

View or change the event output states.

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 3

View or change the event output states.

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 4

View or change the event output states.

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 5

View or change the event output states.

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 6

View or change the event output states.

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 7

View or change the event output states.

Profile Status

*Active Event Output 8

View or change the event output states.

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

[`off]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off

Off

Off

Off

Off

Off

Off

Off

5306

5308

5310

5312

5314

5316

5318

5320

[``JC]

[ JC]

Profile Status

Jump Count Remaining

View the jump counts remaining for the current loop. In a profile with nested loops, this may not indicate the actual jump counts remaining.

0 to 9,999 - - - -

No Display

Profile Status

Current File

Indicates current file being executed.

1 to 25

0 (none)

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

5298

5284

Modbus

Relative

Address

0x7A

(122)

1

0x10 (16)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x11 (17)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x12 (18)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x13 (19)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x14 (20)

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0xE (14)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 22014 uint

RW

0x7A

(122)

1

0xF (15)

- - - 22015 uint

RW

- - - 22016 uint

RW

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22017

22018

22019

22020 uint

RW uint

RW uint

RW uint

RW

0x7A

(122)

1

0x15 (21)

0x7A

(122)

1

0xA (10)

- - - -

- - - -

22021 uint

RW

22010 uint

R

0x7A

(122)

1

3

- - - 22003 uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

58

Chapter 3 Operations Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Operations Page

Range Default

No Display

Profile Status

Profile State

Read currentProfile state.

Off (62)

Running (149)

Pause (146)

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5282

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 22002 uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

59

Chapter 3 Operations Page

4

Chapter 4: Setup Pages

Control Module Setup Page Parameters

To navigate to the Setup Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. [``Ai] will appear in the upper display and [`Set] will appear in the lower display.

4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key

to enter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.

Note:

If keys are released when [OPEr] is displayed, press the til

Infinity Key ˆ

[`Set] or reset key to exit and repeat unis displayed.

6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu to menu; menu to Home Page.

7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.

On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.

3. Press the Advance Key choice.

to enter the menu of

Note:

Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Note:

Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.

[``Ai]

[`Set]

Analog Input Menu

[```1]

[``Ai]

Analog Input 1 to 4

[`SEn] Sensor Type

[`Lin] TC Linearization

[`rt;L] RTD Leads

[Unit] Units

[`S;Lo] Scale Low

[`S;hi] Scale High

[`r;Lo] Range Low

[`r;hi] Range High

[`P;EE] Process Error Enable

[`P;EL] Process Error Low Value

[``t;C] Thermistor Curve

[``r;r] Resistance Range

[`FiL] Filter

[`i;er] Error Latching

[`dEC] Display Precision

[`i;Ca] Calibration Offset **

[`Ain]

Value **

[`i;Er] Error Status **

[``Pu]

[`Set]

Process Value

[```1]

[``Pu]

Process Value 1 to 4

[``Fn] Function

[SFn;A] Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[SFn;b] Source Function B

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B

[`S2b] Source Zone B

[SFn;C] Source Function C

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C

[`S2;C] Source Zone C

[SFn;D] Source Function D

[`Si;D]

Source Instance D

[`S2;d] Source Zone D

[SFn;E] Source Function E

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E

[``C;P]

Cross Over Point

[``C;b]

Cross Over Band

[P;unt]

Pressure Units

[A;unt]

Altitude Units

[`b;Pr]

Barometric Pressure

[`FiL] Filter

[`dio]

[`Set]

Digital Input/Output Menu

[```1]

[`dio]

Digital Input/Output 7 to 12

[`dir]

Direction

[``Fn]

Function

[``Fi]

Function Instance

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[`o;Ct]

Control

[`o;tb]

Time Base

[`o;Lo]

Low Power Scale

[`o;hi]

High Power Scale

[`ACt]

[`Set]

Action Menu

[```1]

[`ACt]

Action 1 to 8

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

60

[``Fn]

Function

[``Fi]

Function Instance

[SFn;A] Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[`LEu]

Active Level

[LiM]

[`Set]

Limit Menu

[```1]

[LiM]

Limit 1 to 4

[`L;SD]

Sides

[`L;hy] Hysteresis

[SP;Lh]

Set Point High Limit

[SP;LL]

Set Point Low Limit

[`Lh;S] High Set Point **

[`LL;S] Low Set Point **

[SFn;A] Source Function A **

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A **

[`S2;A] Source Zone A **

[`l;Cr] Clear Request **

[`l;st] Status **

[Loop]

[`Set]

Control Loop Menu

[```1]

[Loop]

Control Loop 1 to 4

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`is;A]

Source Instance A

[`h;Ag]

Heat Algorithm

[`C;Ag]

Cool Algorithm

[`C;Cr]

Cool Output Curve

[`h;Pb] Heat Proportional Band **

Chapter 4 Setup Page

[`h;hy]

Heat Hysteresis **

[`C;Pb]

Cool Proportional Band **

[`C;hy]

Cool Hysteresis **

[``ti]

Time Integral **

[``td]

Time Derivative **

[``db]

Dead Band **

[t;tUn]

TRU-TUNE+

®

Enable

[t;bnd]

TRU-TUNE+ Band

[`t;gn]

TRU-TUNE+ Gain

[A;tSP] Autotune Set Point **

[t;Agr]

Autotune Aggressiveness

[`P;dl] Peltier Delay

[`r;En]

Remote Set Point Enable

[SFn;b] Source Function B

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B

[`S2;b] Source Zone B

[`r;ty]

Remote Set Point Type

[`UFA]

User Failure Action

[FAiL]

Input Error Failure

[MAn]

Fixed Power

[`L;dE]

Open Loop Detect Enable

[`L;dt]

Open Loop Detect Time

[`L;dd]

Open Loop Detect Deviation

[``rp]

Ramp Action

[`r;SC]

Ramp Scale

[`r;rt]

Ramp Rate

[Pro;E]

Profiling Enable

[`L;SP] Low Set Point

[`h;SP]

High Set Point

[`C;SP]

Closed Loop Set Point **

[`id;S]

Idle Set Point **

[SP;Lo]

Set Point Open Limit Low

[SP;hi]

Set Point Open Limit High

[`o;SP] Open Loop Set Point **

[`C;M] Control Mode **

[otpt]

[`Set]

Output Menu

[```1]

[otpt]

Output 1 to 8

[``Fn]

Function

[``Fi]

Function Instance

[`S2;A]

Source Zone

[`o;Ct]

Control

[`o;tb]

Time Base

[`o;Lo]

Low Power Scale

[`o;hi]

High Power Scale

[otpt]

Output 1, 3, 5 or 7 process

[`o;ty]

Type

[``Fn]

Function

[``Fi]

Function Instance

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[`S;Lo]

Scale Low

[`S;hi]

Scale High

[`r;Lo]

Range Low

[`r;hi]

Range High

[`o;CA]

Calibration Offset

[ALM]

[`Set]

Alarm Menu

[```1]

[ALM]

Alarm 1 to 8

[`A;ty]

Type

[`sr;a] Source

[`is;a]

Source Instance

[`S2;A]

Source Zone

[loop]

Control Loop

[`A;hy] Hysteresis

[`a;Lg]

Logic

[`A;SD]

Sides

[`A;Lo] Low Set Point **

[`A;hi]

High Set Point **

[`a;LA]

Latching

[`A;bL]

Blocking

[`a;Si]

Silencing

[A;dsp]

Display

[`A;dL]

Delay Time

[a;Clr] Clear Request **

[a;sir] Silence Request **

[`a;st] State **

[CUrr]

[`Set]

Current Menu

[```1]

[CUrr]

Current 1 to 4

[`C;Sd]

Sides

[`C;Ur]

Read Enable

[`C;dt]

Detection Threshold

[`C;SC]

Input Current Scaling

[C;ofs]

Heater Current Offset

[`C;Si]

Output Source Instance

[`Lnr]

[`Set]

Linearization Menu

[```1]

[`Lnr]

Linearization 1 to 4

[``Fn]

Function

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[Unit] Units

[`ip;1] Input Point 1

[`op;1] Output Point 1

[`ip;2] Input Point 2

[`op;2] Output Point 2

[`ip;3] Input Point 3

[`op;3] Output Point 3

[`ip;4] Input Point 4

[`op;4] Output Point 4

[`ip;5] Input Point 5

[`op;5] Output Point 5

[`ip;6] Input Point 6

[`op;6] Output Point 6

[`ip;7] Input Point 7

[`op;7] Output Point 7

[`ip;8] Input Point 8

[`op;8] Output Point 8

[`ip;9] Input Point 9

[`op;1] Output Point 9

[ip;10] Input Point 10

[op;10] Output Point 10

[`CPE]

[`Set]

Compare Menu

[```1]

[`CPE]

Compare 1 to 4

[``Fn]

Function

[`toL]

Tolerance

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[SFn;B]

Source Function B

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B

[`Er;h]

Error Handling

[tMr]

[

`Set]

Timer Menu

[```1]

[tMr]

Timer 1 to 4

[``Fn]

Function

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[SAS;A]

Source Active State A

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

61

[SFn;B]

Source Function B

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B

[SAS;b]

Source Active State B

[``ti]

Time

[`LEu]

Active Level

[`Ctr]

[`Set]

Counter Menu

[```1]

[`Ctr]

Counter 1 to 4

[``Fn]

Function

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[SAS;A]

Source Active State A

[SFn;B]

Source Function B

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B

[SAS;b]

Source Active State B

[LoAd]

Load Value

[trgt]

Target Value

[`lat] Latching

[`LgC]

[`Set]

Logic Menu

[```1]

[`LgC]

Logic 1 to 4

[``Fn]

Function

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[SFn;B]

Source Function B

[`Si;B]

Source Instance B

[`S2;B]

Source Zone B

[SFn;C]

Source Function C

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C

[`S2;C]

Source Zone C

[SFn;D]

Source Function D

[`Si;D]

Source Instance D

[`S2;D]

Source Zone D

[SFn;E]

Source Function E

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E

[SFn;F]

Source Function F

[`Si;F]

Source Instance F

[`S2;F]

Source Zone F

[SFn;G]

Source Function G

[`Si;G]

Source Instance G

[`S2;G]

Source Zone G

[SFn;H]

Source Function H

[`Si;H]

Source Instance H

[`S2;H]

Source Zone H

[`Er;h]

Error Handling

[MAt]

[`Set]

Math Menu

[```1]

[MAt]

Math 1 to 8

[``Fn]

Function

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[SFn;B]

Source Function B

[`Si;B]

Source Instance B

[`S2;B]

Source Zone B

[SFn;C]

Source Function C

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C

[`S2;C]

Source Zone C

[SFn;D]

Source Function D

[`Si;D]

Source Instance D

[`S2;D]

Source Zone D

Chapter 4 Setup Page

[SFn;E]

Source Function E

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E

[`S;Lo] Scale Low

[`S;hi] Scale High

[Unit] Units

[`r;Lo] Range Low

[`r;hi] Range High

[p;unt] Pressure Units

[a;unt] Altitude Units

[`FiL] Filter

[`SoF]

[`Set]

Special Output Function Menu

[```1]

[`SoF]

Special Output Function 1 to 4

[``Fn]

Function

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[SFn;B]

Source Function B

[`Si;B]

Source Instance B

[`S2;B]

Source Zone B

[Pon;A]

Power On Level 1

[PoF;A]

Power Off Level 1

[Pon;b]

Power On Level 2

[PoF;b]

Power Off Level 2

[`on;t]

On Time

[`of;t]

Off Time

[``t;t]

Valve Travel Time

[``db]

Dead Band

[`os;1]

Output 1 Size

[`os;2]

Output 2 Size

[`os;3]

Output 3 Size

[`os;4]

Output 4 Size

[`t;dl]

Time Delay

[`ot;o]

Output Order

[`uAr]

[`Set]

Variable Menu

[```1]

[`uAr]

Variable 1 to 8

[type] Data Type

[Unit] Units

[`dig]

Digital

[AnLg] Analog

[gLbL]

[`Set]

Global Menu

[gLbl]

Global

[`C_F]

Display Units

[AC;LF]

AC Line Frequency

[sutb] Synchronized Variable

Time Base

[d;prs] Display Pairs

[Usr;s] User Settings Save

[Usr;r]

[`PRo]

[`Set]

Profile Menu

[`PRo]

Profile

[r;typ]

Ramping Type

[P;typ]

Profile Type

[`gSE]

Guaranteed Soak Enable

[gsd1]

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1

[gsd2]

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 2

[gsd3]

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 3

[gsd4]

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 4

[CM;E] Control Mode Enable

[W;M]

Wait for Mode

[SFn;A]

Source Function A

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A

[SFn;B]

Source Function B

[`Si;B]

Source Instance B

[`S2;B]

Source Zone B

[SFn;C]

Source Function C

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C

[`S2;C]

Source Zone C

[SFn;D]

Source Function D

[`Si;D]

Source Instance D

[`S2;D]

Source Zone D

[SFn;E]

Source Function E

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E

[SFn;F]

Source Function F

[`Si;F]

Source Instance F

[`S2;F]

Source Zone F

[SFn;G]

Source Function G

[`Si;G]

Source Instance G

[`S2;G]

Source Zone G

[SFn;H]

Source Function H

[`Si;H]

Source Instance H

[`S2;H]

Source Zone H

[COM]

[`Set]

Communications Menu

[COM]

Communications

[bAUd]

Baud Rate

[`PAr]

Parity

[M;hL]

Modbus Word Order

[`C_f] Display Units

[`nu;s] Non-volatile Save

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

62

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

[``Ai]

[`Set]

Analog Input Menu

[`Sen]

[ SEn]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Sensor Type

Set the analog sensor type to match the device wired to this input.

Note:

There is no open sensor protection for process inputs.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``tC]

Thermocouple (95)

[`mu]

Millivolts (56)

[uolT]

Volts dc (104)

[`MA]

Milliamps dc (112)

[r0;1H]

RTD 100 Ω (113)

[r1;0H]

RTD 1,000 Ω (114)

[`Pot]

Potentiometer 1 kΩ

(155)

[thEr]

Thermistor (229)

[`Lin]

[ Lin]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

TC Linearization

Set the linearization to match the thermocouple wired to this input.

[```b]

B (11)

[```H]

K (48)

[```C]

C (15)

[```n]

N (58)

[```d]

D (23)

[```r]

R (80)

[```E]

E (26)

[```S]

S (84)

[```F]

F (30)

[```t]

T (93)

[```J]

J (46)

[`Rt;L]

[ rt.L]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

RTD Leads

Set to match the number of leads on the RTD wired to this input.

[```2]

2 (1)

[```3]

3 (2)

[Unit]

[Unit]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Units

Set the type of units the sensor will measure.

[`A;tP]

Absolute Temperature

(1540)

[``rh]

Relative Humidity

(1538)

[`Pro]

Process (75)

[PWr]

Power (73)

[`S;Lo]

[ S.Lo]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Scale Low

Set the low scale for process inputs. This value, in millivolts, volts or milliamps, will correspond to the Range Low output of this function block.

-100.0 to 1,000.0

[`S;hi]

[ S.hi]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Scale High

Set the high scale for process inputs. This value, in millivolts, volts or milliamperes, will correspond to the Range

High output of this function block.

-100.0 to 1,000.0

Thermocouple or

Thermistor

368

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

5

J

2

Process

0.0

20.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

370

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

6

372

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

7

442

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x2A (42)

388

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0xF (15)

390

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

3

4

- - - -

5

6

7

4005 uint

RWES

4006 uint

RWES

4007 uint

RWES

4042 uint

RWES

4015 float

RWES

4016 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

63

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range

[`r;Lo]

[ r.Lo]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Range Low

Set the low range for this function block's output.

[`r;hi]

[ r.hi]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Range High

Set the high range for this function block's output.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`P;EE]

[ P.EE]

[`P;EL]

[ P.EL]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Process Error Enable

Turn the Process Error

Low feature on or off.

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Process Error Low

Value

If the process value drops below this value, it will trigger an input error.

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Thermistor Curve

Select a curve to apply to the thermistor input.

[`off]

[Low]

Off (62)

Low (53)

-100.0 to 1,000.0

[``t;C]

[ t.C]

[``r;r]

[ r.r]

[`FiL]

[ FiL]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Filter

Filtering smooths out the process signal to both the display and the input. Increase the time to increase filtering.

0.0 to 60.0 seconds

[`i;Er]

[ i.Er]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Resistance Range

Set the maximum resistance of the thermistor input.

[```A]

Curve A (1451)

[```b]

Curve B (1452)

[```C]

Curve C (1453)

[CUSt]

Custom (180)

[`dEC]

[ dEC]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Error Latching

Turn input error latching on or off. If latching is on, errors must be manually cleared.

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Display Precision

Set the precision of the displayed value.

[```5]

5K (1448)

[``10]

10K (1360)

[``20]

[``40]

[`off]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

[```0]

20K (1361)

40K (1449)

Whole (105)

[``0;0]

Tenths (94)

[`0;00]

Hundredths (40)

[0;000]

Thousandths (96)

Default

0.0

9,999

Off

0.0

Curve A

40K

0.5

Off

Whole

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

392

[offset 90]

394

[offset 90]

418

[offset 90]

420

[offset 90]

434

[offset 90]

432

[offset 90]

386

[offset 90]

414

[offset 90]

398

[offset 90]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x1E (30)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x1F (31)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x26 (38)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x25 (37)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x1C (28)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

8

9

10

11

- - - -

- - - -

12

- - - -

- - - -

4017

4018

4030

4031

4038

4037

4014

4028

4020 float

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

64

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

382

[offset 90]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

2 4012 float

RWES

[`i;Ca]

[ i.CA]

[`Ain]

[ Ain]

[`i;Er]

[ i.Er]

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Calibration Offset **

Offset the input reading to compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input reading to vary from the actual process value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Value **

View the process value.

Note:

Ensure that the Error Status (below) indicates no error (61) when reading this value using a field bus protocol. If an error exists, the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned.

Analog Input (1 to 4)

Input Error **

View the cause of the most recent error.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

[nonE]

None (61)

[OPEn]

Open (65)

[Shrt]

Shorted (127)

[`E;M]

Measurement Error

(140)

[E;CAL]

Bad Calibration Data

(139)

[Er;Ab]

Ambient Error (9)

[E;;Rtd]

RTD Error (141)

[FAiL]

Fail (32)

0.0

- - - -

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

360

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

1

362

[offset 90]

0x68 (104)

1 to 4

2

0

1

4001 float

R

4002 uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

65

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[``Pu]

[`Set]

Process Value Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[Si;A]

[ Si.A]

Process Value (1 to 4)

Function

Set the function that will be applied to the source or sources.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[`S;bA]

Sensor Backup (1201)

[`Aug]

Average (1367)

[``C;o]

Crossover (1368)

[`W;b]

Wet Bulb Dry Bulb

(1369)

[``S;o]

Switch Over (1370)

[diFF]

Differential (1373)

[rAti]

Ratio (1374)

[`add]

Add (1375)

[MUL]

Multiply (1376)

[A;diF]

Absolute Difference

(1377)

[Min]

Minimum (1378)

[MAH]

Maximum (1379)

[root]

Square Root (1380)

[usla]

Vaisala (1648)

[`alt]

Pressure to Altitude

(1649)

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250

[SFn;b]

[SFn.b]

[`si;b]

[ Si.b]

[`s2;b]

[ SZ.b]

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input, (142)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[mat]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

1 to 250

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

Off

Analog

Input

None

1

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3440

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

3400

[offset 70]

3410

[offset 70]

3402

[offset 70]

3412

[offset 70]

3422

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

1

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

7

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0xC(12)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

6

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

2

123

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

26021 uint

RWES

26001 uint

RWES

26006 uint

RWES

26002 uint

RWES

26007 uint

RWES

26012 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

66

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;C]

[SFn.C]

[`si;C]

[ Si.C]

[`s2;C]

[ SZ.C]

[SFn;d]

[SFn.d]

[`si;d]

[ Si.d]

[`s2;d]

[ SZ.E]

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Function C

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[mat]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

1 to 250

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Instance C

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Zone C

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Function D

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input, (142)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[mat]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

1 to 250

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Instance D

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Zone D

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

None

1

0

None

1

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

3404

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 26003 uint

RWES

3414

[offset 70]

3424

[offset 70]

3406

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

8

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0x0D (13)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

4

3416

[offset 70]

3426

[offset 60]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

9

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0x0E (14)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

26008 uint

RWES

26013 uint

RWES

26004 uint

RWES

26009 uint

RWES

26014 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

67

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;E]

[SFn.E]

[`si;E]

[ Si.E]

[`s2;E]

[ SZ.E]

[``C;P]

[ C.P]

[``C;B]

[ C.b]

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Function E

Set the type of function that will be used by this source to trigger a switch between Source A and Source B.

[nonE]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

1 to 250

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Instance E

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Process Value (1 to 4)

Source Zone E

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

Process Value (1 to 4)

Cross Over Point

When the value of source A is <= cross over point - crossover band divided by 2 then the output value will use source A.

-1999.000 to 9999.000

Process Value (1 to 4)

Cross Over Band

The source will transition between Source

A and Source B when within this band at a progressive rate

-1999.000 to 9999.000

None

1

0

100.0

10.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

3408

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 26005 uint

RWES

3418

[offset 70]

3428

[offset 70]

3446

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0xF (15)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0x18 (24)

3448

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0x19 (25)

- - - -

- - - -

26010 uint

RWES

26015 uint

RWES

26024 float

RWES

26025 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

68

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[p;unt]

[P.unt]

[a;unt]

[A.unt]

[`b;pr]

[ b.Pr]

[`Fil]

[ FiL]

Process Value (1 - 4)

Pressure Units

If Process Value function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, define units of measure for conversion.

[`psi]

Pounds per Square Inch

(1671)

[pasc]

Pascal (1674)

[atm]

Atmosphere (1675)

[mbr]

Millibar (1672)

[torr]

Torr (1673)

PSI

HFt

Process Value (1 - 4)

Altitude Units

If Process Value function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, define units of measure for conversion.

[`Hft]

Kilofeet (1677)

[``ft]

Feet (1676)

Process Value (1 - 4)

Barometric Pressure

If Process Value function is set for Wet Bulb / Dry

Bulb, define pressure value used for humidity calculation.

10.0 to 16.0

14.7

Process Value (1 to 4)

Filter

Filtering smooths out the output signal of this function block. Increase the time to increase filtering.

0.0 to 60.0 seconds 0.0

[`dio]

[`Set]

Digital Input/Output Menu

[`dir]

[ dir]

Digital Input/Output (7 to 12)

Direction

Set this function to operate as an input or output.

[OtPt]

Output (68)

[``in]

Input Voltage (193)

[iCon]

Input Dry Contact (44)

Output

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

3454

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7E

(126)

1 to 2

0x1C (28)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 26028 uint

RWES

3456

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 2

0x1D (29)

3458

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 2

0x1E (30)

3450

[offset 70]

0x7E

(126)

1 to 4

0x1A (26)

1200

[offset 30]

0x6A

(106)

7 to 12

1

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

82

26029 uint

RWES

26030 float

RWES

26026 float

RWES

6001 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

69

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[``Fi]

[ Fi]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

Digital Output (7 to 12)

Function

Select what function will drive this output.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``ai]

Analog Input (142)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[`lnr]

Linearization (238)

[mat]

Math (240)

[``pu]

Process Value (241)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

Off

1 to 250 1

Digital Output (7 to 12)

Function Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Digital Output (7 to 12)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

1208

[offset 30]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x 6A

(106)

7 to 12

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

83 6005 uint

RWES

1210

[offset 30]

1222

[offset 30]

0x6A

(106)

7 to 12

6

0x6A

(106)

7 to 12

0xC (12)

84

- - - -

6006 uint

RWES

6012 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

70

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[`o;Ct]

[ o.Ct]

Digital Output (7 to 12)

Control

Set the output control type. This parameter is only used with PID control, but can be set anytime.

[`o;tb]

[ o.tb]

[`o;Lo]

[ o.Lo]

[`o;hi]

[ o.hi]

Digital Output (7 to 12)

Time Base

Set the time base for fixed-time-base control.

Digital Output (7 to 12)

Low Power Scale

The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.

Digital Output (7 to 12)

High Power Scale

The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.

[`Ftb]

Fixed Time Base (34)

[`utb]

Variable Time Base

(103)

0.1 to 60.0 seconds

0.0 to 100.0

0.0 to 100.0

Fixed

Time

Base

1.0

0.0

100.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

1204

[offset 30]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6A

(106)

7 to 12

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

85 6002 uint

RWES

1202

[offset 30]

1216

[offset 30]

1218

[offset 30]

0x6A

(106)

7 to 12

3

0x6A

(106)

7 to 12

9

0x6A

(106)

7 to 12

A (10)

86

87

88

6003 float

RWES

6009 float

RWES

6010 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

71

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[`ACt]

[`SEt]

Action Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[``Fi]

[ Fi]

Action (1 to 8)

Function

Set the action that will be triggered by this function.

Note:

The Limit Reset function is not available in this menu for firmware revision 6.0 and above.

To reset a tripped limit see the section entitled

" Resetting a Tripped

Limit ".

[nonE]

None (61)

[USr;r]

User Settings Restore

(227)

[L;Mr]

Limit Reset (82)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`SiL]

Silence Alarms (108)

[`AoF]

Control Loops Off and

Alarms to Non-alarm State

(220)

[`F;AL]

Force Alarm to Occur

(218)

[idLE]

Idle Set Point (107)

[tUnE]

Tune (98)

[MAn]

Manual (54)

[`oFF]

Switch Control Loop

Off (90)

[`r;En]

Remote Set Point Enable (216)

[`t;dA]

TRU-TUNE+ ® Disable

(219)

[P;diS]

Profile Disable (206)

[P;hoL]

Profile Hold/Resume

(207)

[ProF]

Start Profile (196)

[P;StS]

Profile Start/Stop (208)

Action (1 to 8)

Function Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

0 to 25

None

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

1584

[offset 20]

1586

[offset 20]

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

3

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

4

138

139

10003 uint

RWES

10004 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

72

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[`LEu]

[ LEv]

Action (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the event or function that will trigger the action.

[[nonE]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

1 to 250

Action (1 to 8)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Action (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

Action (1 to 8)

Active Level

Set the action that will be considered a true state.

[LoW]

Low (53)

[high]

High (37)

None

1

0

High

[Lim]

[`Set]

Limit Menu

[`L;Sd]

[ L.Sd]

Limit (1 to 4)

Sides

Select which side or sides of the process value will be monitored.

[both]

[high]

[LoW]

Both (13)

High (37)

Low (53)

Both

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

1590

[offset 20]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 10006 uint

RWES

1582

[offset 20]

1592

[offset 20]

1580

[offset 20]

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

2

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

7

0x6E

(110)

1 to 8

1

728

[offset 30]

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

5

- - - -

- - - -

137

40

10002 uint

RWES

10007 uint

RWES

10001 uint

RWES

12005 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

73

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

Modbus

Relative

Address

722

[offset 30]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

41 12002 float

RWES

[`L;hy]

[ L.hy]

[SP;Lh]

[SP.Lh]

[SP;Ll]

[SP.LL]

Limit (1 to 4)

Hysteresis

Set the hysteresis for the limit function. This determines how far into the safe range the process value must move before the limit can be cleared.

Limit (1 to 4)

Set Point High Limit

Set the high end of the limit set point range.

Limit (1 to 4)

Set Point Low Limit

Set the low end of the limit set point range.

[`Lh;S]

[ Lh.S]

[`LL;S]

[ LL.S]

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

Limit (1 to 4)

High Set Point **

Set the high process value that will trigger the limit.

Limit (1 to 4)

Low Set Point **

Set the low process value that will trigger the limit.

Limit (1 to 4)

Source Function A **

Set the source for the limit reset function.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

[nonE]

None (61)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

9,999.000 736

[offset 30]

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

9

-1,999.000 738

[offset 30]

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

None

726

[offset 30]

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

4

724

[offset 30]

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

3

748

[offset 30]

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

0x0F (15)

42

43

39

38

- - - -

12009 float

RWES

12010 float

RWES

12004 float

RWES

12003 float

RWES

12015 uint

RWES

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

Limit (1 to 4)

Source Instance A **

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1 - - - -

[`S2;a]

[ SZ.A]

[`lCr]

[ LCr]

[`l;st]

[ L.St]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Source Zone A **

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Limit (1 to 4)

Limit Clear Request

**

Clear limit once limit condition is safe.

Limit (1 to 4)

Status **

Reflects whether or not the limit is in a safe or failed mode.

0 to 16

Clear (0)

No Change (255)

Fail (32)

Safe (1667)

0

- - - -

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

- - - -

720

[offset 30]

744

[offset 30]

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

1

0x70 (112)

1 to 4

0x0D (13)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

12016 uint

RWES

12017 uint

RWES

12001 uint

W

12013 uint

R

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

74

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

[LooP]

[`Set]]

Control Loop Menu

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`is;a]

[ iS.A]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Source Instance A follows the Control Loop and is not changeable

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

1 to 250

Analog

Input

- - - -

2276

[offset 70]

- - - -

[`h;Ag]

[ h.Ag]

[`C;Ag]

[ C.Ag]

[`C;Cr]

[ C.Cr]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Heat Algorithm

Set the heat control method.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Cool Algorithm

Set the cool control method.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Cool Output Curve

Select a cool output curve to change the responsiveness of the system.

[`oFF]

[`Pid]

[on;of]

[`oFF]

[`Pid]

PID (71)

[on;of]

On-Off (64)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

PID (71)

On-Off (64)

Off (62)

Off (62)

[`Cr;A]

Non-linear Curve 1 (214)

[`Cr;b]

Non-linear Curve 2 (215)

PID

Off

Off

2224

[offset 70]

2226

[offset 70]

2228

[offset 70]

[`h;Pb]

[ h.Pb]

[`h;hy]

[ h.hy]

[`C;Pb]

[ C.Pb]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Heat Proportional

Band **

Set the PID proportional band for the heat outputs.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Heat Hysteresis **

Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the

“on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Cool Proportional

Band **

Set the PID proportional band for the cool outputs.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

25.0°F or units

14.0°C

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

2230

[offset 70]

2240

[offset 70]

2232

[offset 70]

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x1D (29)

- - - -

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

3

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

4

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

5

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

6

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

7

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

72

73

- - - -

65

66

67

8050

8021

8003

8004

8038

8009

8010

8012

RWE

R uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

75

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range

[`C;hy]

[ C.hy]

[``ti]

[ ti]

[``td]

[ td]

[``dB]

[ db]

[t;tUn]

[t.tUn]

[t;bnd]

[t.bnd]

[`t;gn]

[ t.gn]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Cool Hysteresis **

Set the control switching hysteresis for on-off control. This determines how far into the

“on” region the process value needs to move before the output turns on.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Time Integral **

Set the PID integral for the outputs.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Time Derivative **

Set the PID derivative time for the outputs.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Dead Band **

Set the offset to the proportional band.

With a negative value, both heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point.

A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

TRU-TUNE+ ® Enable

Enable or disable the

TRU-TUNE+ ® adaptive tuning feature.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

0 to 9,999 seconds per repeat

0 to 9,999 seconds

-1,000.0 to 1,000.0°F or units

-556 to 556°C

[``no]

[`YES}

Control Loop (1 to 4)

TRU-TUNE+ ® Band

Set the range, centered on the set point, within which TRU-TUNE+ ® will be in effect. Use this function only if the controller is unable to adaptive tune automatically.

0 to 100

Control Loop (1 to 4)

TRU-TUNE+

®

Gain

Select the responsiveness of the TRU-

TUNE+

®

adaptive tuning calculations. More responsiveness may increase overshoot.

1 to 6

No (59)

Yes (106)

Default

3.0°F or units

2.0°C

180 sec-

0 onds per repeat seconds

0.0

No

0

3

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

2242

[offset 70]

2234

[offset 70]

2236

[offset 70]

2238

[offset 70]

2250

[offset 70]

2252

[offset 70]

2254

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

8

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

9

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

10 (16)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

68

69

70

71

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

8013

8006

8007

8008

8022

8034

8035 float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

76

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[A;tSP]

[A.tSP}

[t;Agr]

[t.Agr]

[`p;dl]

[ P.dL]

[`r;En]

[ r.En]

[SFn;b]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

[`S2;b]

[ SZ.b]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Autotune Set Point **

Set the set point that the autotune will use, as a percentage of the current set point.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Autotune Aggressiveness

Select the aggressiveness of the autotuning calculations.

50.0 to 200.0%

[Undr]

Under damped (99)

[Crit]

Critical damped (21)

[OuEr]

Over damped (69)

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Peltier Delay

Set a value that will cause a delay when switching from heat PID mode to cool PID mode.

0.0 to 5.0 seconds

[``no]

No (59)

[`YES}

Yes (106)

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Remote Set Point Enable

Set whether this loop will use a remote set point.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the function that will provide the remote set point.

90.0

Critical

0.0

No

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

1 to 250

0 to 16

1

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

2258

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 8025 float

RWES

2256

[offset 70]

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

2274

[offset 70]

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x1C (28)

2540

[offset 80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

2544

[offset 80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x17 (23)

2546

[offset 80]

2550

[offset 80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x18 (24)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x1A (26)

- - - -

- - - -

48

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

8024 uint

RWES

8051 float

RWES

7021 uint

RWES

7023 uint

RWES

7024 uint

RWES

7026 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

77

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[`r;ty]

[ r.ty]

[`UFA]

[UFA]

[FAiL]

[FAiL]

[MAn]

[MAn]

[`L;dE]

[ L.dE]

[`L;dt]

[ L.dt]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Remote Set Point Type

Set what type of set point will be used.

[AUto]

Auto (10)

[MAn]

Manual (54)

Auto

Control Loop (1 to 4)

User Failure Action

Select what the controller outputs will do when the user switches control to manual mode.

[`oFF]

Off, sets output power to

0% (62)

[bPLS]

Bumpless transfer, maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and stable, otherwise 0% (14)

[MAn]

Manual Power, sets output power to Fixed Power setting (54)

[USEr]

User, sets output power to last open-loop set point the user entered (100)

User

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Input Error Failure

Select what the controller outputs will do when an input error switches control to manual mode.

[`oFF]

Off, sets output power to

0% (62)

[bPLS]

Bumpless transfer, maintains same output power, if it was less than 75% and stable, otherwise 0% (14)

[MAn]

Manual Power, sets output power to Fixed Power setting (54)

[USEr]

User, sets output power to last open-loop set point the user entered (100)

User

0.0

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Fixed Power

Set the manual output power level that will take effect if an input error failure occurs while

User Failure Action is set to Manual Power.

Set Point Open Loop Limit Low to Set Point Open Loop Limit

High (Setup Page)

No

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Open Loop Detect Enable

Turn on the open-loop detect feature to monitor a closed-loop operation for the appropriate response.

[``no]

No (59)

[`YES}

Yes (106)

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Open Loop Detect

Time

The Open Loop Detect

Deviation value must occur for this time period to trigger an open-loop error.

0 to 3,600 seconds 240

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

2542

[offset 80]

2522

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

7022

7012 uint

RWES uint

RWES

2524

[offset 80]

2520

[offset 80]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0xD (13)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

2262

[offset 70]

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

2264

[offset 70]

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x17 (23)

- - - -

- - - -

74

75

7013 uint

RWES

7011 float

RWES

8039 uint

RWES

8040 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

78

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

[`L;dd]

[ L.dd]

[``rP]

[ rP]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Open Loop Detect Deviation

Set the value that the process must deviate from the set point to trigger an open-loop error.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Ramp Action

Select when the controller's set point will ramp to the defined end set point.

[`r;SC]

[ r.SC]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Ramp Scale

Select the scale of the ramp rate.

units

[`oFF]

[`Str]

[StPt]

[both]

[hoUr]

[Min]

Range

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or

-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C

Off (62)

Startup (88)

Set Point Change (85)

Both (13)

Hours (39)

Minutes (57)

Default

10.0°F or units

6.0°C

Off

Minutes

Modbus

Relative

Address

2266

[offset 70]

2526

[offset 80]

2528

[offset 80]

[`r;rt]

[ r.rt]

[Pro;E]

[Pro.E]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Ramp Rate

Set the rate for the set point ramp. Set the time units for the rate with the Ramp Scale parameter.

0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.0 to 5,555.000°C

[``no]

No (59)

[`YES}

Yes (106)

[`L;SP]

[ L.SP]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Profiling Enable

Enable this loop to run profiles.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Low Set Point

Set the minimum value of the closed loop set point range.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

1.0°F or units

1.0°C

No

-1,999°F or units

-1,128°C

2532

[offset 80]

2552

[offset 80]

2504

[offset 80]

[`h;SP]

[ h.SP]

[`C;SP]

[ C.SP]

[`id;S]

[ id.S]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

High Set Point

Set the maximum value of the closed loop set point range.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Closed Loop Set Point

**

Set the set point that the controller will automatically control to.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Idle Set Point **

Set a closed loop set point that can be triggered by an event state.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

9,999°F or units

5,537°C

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

75.0°F or units

24.0°C

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

2506

[offset 80]

2500

[offset

80]

2516

[offset

80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x97 (151)

1 to 4

0x18 (24)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0xF (15)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

0x1B (27)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

3

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

4

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

1

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

9

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

76

56

57

58

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

49

50

8041

7014

7015

7017

7027

7003

7004

7001

7009 float

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

79

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SP;Lo]

[SP.Lo]

[SP;hi]

[SP.hi]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Set Point Open Limit

Low

Set the minimum value of the open-loop set point range.

-100.0 to 100.0%

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Set Point Open Limit

High

Set the maximum value of the open-loop set point range.

-100.0 to 100.0%

-100

100

[`o;SP]

[ o.SP]

[`C;M]

[ C.M]

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Open Loop Set Point

**

Set a fixed level of output power when in manual (open-loop) mode.

Control Loop (1 to 4)

Control Mode **

Select the method that this loop will use to control.

-100.0 to 100.0% (heat and cool) 0 to 100.0% (heat only)

-100.0 to 0% (cool only)

[`off]

Off (62)

[AUto]

Auto (10)

[MAn]

Manual (54)

0.0

Auto

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

2508

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

54 7005 float

RWES

2510

[offset 80]

2502

[offset

80]

2220

[offset

70]

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

6

0x6B

(107)

1 to 4

2

0x97

(151)

1 to 4

1

55

51

63

7006 float

RWES

7002

8001 float

RWES uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

80

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[otpt]

[`Set]

Output Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[``Fi]

[ Fi]

Output Digital (1 to 8)

Function

Select what function will drive this output.

Note:

Limit function is available only for the slot in which the Limit resides.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``ai]

Analog Input (142)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[`lnr]

Linearization (238)

[mat]

Math (240)

[``pu]

Process Value (241)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

[LiM]

Limit (126) off

Output Digital (1 to 8)

Function Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

1028

[offset 30]

1030

[offset 30]

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

5

0x6A

(106)

1 to 4

6

96

- - - -

6005 uint

RWES

6006 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

81

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[`o;tb]

[ o.tb]

Output Digital (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

[`o;Ct]

[ o.Ct]

Output Digital (1 to 8)

Control

Set the output control type. This parameter is only used with PID control, but can be set anytime.

Output Digital (1 to 8)

Time Base

Set the time base for fixed-time-base control.

0 to 16

[`Ftb]

Fixed Time Base (34)

[`utb]

Variable Time Base

(103)

0

Fixed

Time

Base

0.1 to 60.0 seconds (solid-state relay or switched dc)

5.0 to 60.0 seconds (mechanical relay or NO-ARC power control)

1.0 sec.

[SSR & sw dc]

20.0 sec.

[mech, relay,

NO-

ARC]

0.0%

[`o;Lo]

[ o.Lo]

[`o;hi]

[ o.hi]

[`o;ty]

[ o.ty]

Output Digital (1 to 8)

Low Power Scale

The power output will never be less than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins.

Output Digital (1 to 8)

High Power Scale

The power output will never be greater than the value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops.

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Type

Select whether the process output will operate in volts or milliamps.

0.0 to 100.0%

0.0 to 100.0%

[uoLt]

Volts (104)

[`MA]

Milliamps (112)

100.0%

Volts

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

1024

[offset 30]

1036

[offset 30]

1038

[offset 30]

840 (1)

888 (3)

936 (5)

984 (7)

Modbus

Relative

Address

1042

[offset 30]

1022

[offset 30]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

6012

6002 uint

RWES uint

RWES

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

3

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

9

0x6A

(106)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

1

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

95

6003

6009

6010

18001 float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

82

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[``Fi]

[ Fi]

[`S2;A]

[ ZS.A]

[`S;Lo]

[ S.Lo]

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Function

Set the type of function that will drive this output.

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Function Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Scale Low

Set the scale low for process output in electrical units. This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to

0% PID power output or the range low value.

-100.0 to 100.0

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

Off

1 to 250 1

0

0.00

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

842 (1)

890 (3)

938 (5)

986 (7)

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

96 18002 uint

RWES

846 (1)

894 (3)

942 (5)

990 (7)

- - - -

856 (1)

904 (3)

952 (5)

1000 (7)

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

4

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

9

98

- - - -

99

18004 uint

RWES

18019 uint

RWES

18009 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

83

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[`S;hi]

[ S.hi]

[`r;Lo]

[ r.Lo]

[`r;hi]

[ r.hi]

[`o;CA]

[ o.CA]

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Scale High

Set the scale high for process output in electrical units. This value, in volts or milliamps, will correspond to 0% PID power output or the range high value.

-100.0 to 100.0

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Range Low

Use to set the minimum value in process units.

This will correspond with the Scale Low value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Range High

Use to set the maximum value in process units.

This will correspond with the Scale High value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Output Process (1, 3, 5 or 7)

Calibration Offset

Set an offset value for a process output.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,110.555 to 5,555.000°C

10.00

0.0°F or units

-18°C

100 F or units

38 C

0.0°F or units

0.0°C

[Alm]

[`Set]

Alarm Menu

[`A;ty]

[ A.ty]

[`Sr;a]

[ Sr.A]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Type

Select whether the alarm trigger is a fixed value or will track the set point.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Source

Select what will trigger this alarm.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[PR;AL]

Process Alarm (76)

[dE;AL]

Deviation Alarm (24)

Off

[none]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[PWr]

Power (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`uar]

Variable (245)

[`Cu;r]

Current Read (179)

Analog

Input

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

858 (1)

906 (3)

954 (5)

1002 (7)

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

100 18010 float

RWES

860 (1)

908 (3)

956 (5)

1004 (7)

862 (1)

910 (3)

958 (5)

1006 (7)

852 (1)

900 (3)

948 (5)

996 (7)

1768

[offset 60]

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

0x76 (118)

1 to 4

7

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xF (15)

1772

[offset 60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x11 (17)

101

102

105

20

21

18011 float

RWES

18012 float

RWES

18007 float

RWES

9015 uint

RWES

9017 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

84

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[`is;a]

[ iS.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Source Instance

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Source Zone

Set the zone of the function selected above.

1 or 250

0 or 16

[loop]

[LooP]

Alarm (1 to 4)

Control Loop

Set the instance of the

Set Point Closed, Control

Loop, that will be referenced by the deviation alarm.

1 to 250

[`A;hy]

[ A.hy]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Hysteresis

Set the hysteresis for an alarm. This determines how far into the safe region the process value needs to move before the alarm can be cleared.

0.001 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.001 to 5,555.000°C

[`A;Lg]

[ A.Lg]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Logic

Select what the output condition will be during the alarm state.

[`AL;C]

Close On Alarm (17)

[`AL;o]

Open On Alarm (66)

1

0

1

1.0°F or units

1.0°C

Close On

Alarm

[`A;Sd]

[ A.Sd]

[`A;Lo]

[ A.Lo]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Sides

Select which side or sides will trigger this alarm.

Alarm (1 to 8)

Low Set Point **

If Alarm Type (Setup

Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a low alarm.

deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

[both]

Both (13)

[high]

High (37)

[LoW]

Low (53)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Both

32.0°F or units

0.0°C

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

1774

[offset 60]

1788

[offset 60]

1784

[offset 60]

1744

[offset 60]

1748

[offset 60]

1746

[offset 60]

1742

[offset

60]

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x12 (18)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x19 (25)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x17 (23)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

22

- - - -

23

9018

9025

9023 uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

3

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

5

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

4

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

2

24

25

26

18

9003

9005

9004

9002 float

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

85

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range

[`A;hi]

[ A.hi]

Alarm (1 to 8)

High Set Point **

If Alarm Type (Setup

Page, Alarm Menu) is set to:

process - set the process value that will trigger a high alarm.

deviation - set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm. A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point.

[`A;LA]

[ A.LA]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Latching

Turn alarm latching on or off. A latched alarm has to be turned off by the user.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

[nLAt]

Non-Latching (60)

[`LAt]

Latching (49)

[`A;bL]

[ A.bL]

[`A;Si]

[ A.Si]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Blocking

Select when an alarm will be blocked. After startup and/or after the set point changes, the alarm will be blocked until the process value enters the normal range.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[`Str]

Startup (88)

[StPt]

Set Point (85)

[both]

Both (13)

Alarm (1 to 8)

Silencing

Turn alarm silencing on to allow the user to disable this alarm.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

[A;dSP]

[A.dSP]

[`A;dL]

[ A.dL]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Display

Display an alarm message when an alarm is active.

[`oFF]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Alarm (1 to 8)

Delay Time

Set the span of time that the alarm will be delayed after the process value exceeds the alarm set point.

0 to 9,999 seconds

Default

300.0°F or units

150.0°C

Non-

Latching

Off

Off

On

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

1740

[offset

60]

1752

[offset 60]

1754

[offset 60]

1750

[offset 60]

1770

[offset 60]

1780

[offset 60]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

1

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

7

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

8

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

6

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x10 (16)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0x15 (21)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

19

27

28

29

30

31

9001

9007

9008

9006

9016

9021 float

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

86

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[a;Clr]

[A.CLr]

[A;sir]

[A.Sir]

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Clear Request

**

Write to this register to clear an alarm

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm Silence Request **

Write to this register to silence an alarm

Alarm (1 to 8)

Alarm State **

Current state of alarm

0

0

[`a;st]

[ A.St]

Startup (88)

None (61)

Blocked (12)

Alarm low (8)

Alarm high (7)

Error (28)

[CUrr]

[`Set]

Current Menu

[`C;Sd]

[ C.Sd]

Current (1 to 4)

Sides

Use Current Sides to select which side of the current to monitor.

[`C;Ur]

[ C.Ur]

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[high]

High (37)

[low]

Low (53)

[both]

Both (13)

Current (1 to 4)

Read Enable

Use Current Read Enable to display solidstate relay (SSR) failure and heater failure messages on the RUI (remote user interface).

[``no]

No (59)

[`yes]

Yes (106)

[`C;dt]

[ C.dt]

[`C;SC]

[ C.SC]

[C;;oFs]

[C.oFS]

Current (1 to 4)

Detection Threshold

Current Detection

Threshold is for factory use only.

3 to 59

Current (1 to 4)

Scaling

Use Input Current Scaling to adjust scaling to match the transformer's high range, in amperes.

0 to 9,999.000

Current (1 to 4)

Heater Offset

Heater Current Offset is used to calibrate the current reading with an offset value.

-9,999.000 to 9,999.000

off no

9

0.0

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

50.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

1764

[offset

60]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

32 9013 uint

W

1766

[offset

60]

1756

[offset

60]

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

0x6D

(109)

1 to 8

9

1388

[offset 50]

0x73 (115)

1 to 4

5

1386

[offset 50]

0x73 (115)

1 to 4

4

1402

[offset 50]

0x73 (115)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

1422

[offset 50]

0x73 (115)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

1400

[offset 50]

0x73 (115)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

33

- - - -

145

146

147

148

149

9014 uint

W

9009 uint

R

15005 uint

RWES

15004 uint

RWES

15012 uint

RWES

15022 float

RWES

15011 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

87

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

1416

[offset 50]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x73 (115)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

150 15019 uint

RWES

[`C;;Si]

[ C.Si]

Current (1 to 4)

Output Source Instance

With Current Output

Source Instance, set the output on which the current will be monitored.

1 to 250 1

[`Lnr]

[`Set]

Linearization Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

Linearization (1 to 4)

Function

Set how this function will linearize Source A.

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`oFF]

[intr]

[Stpd]

Off (62)

Interpolated (1482)

Stepped (1483)

Off

Linearization (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

4528

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

5

4520

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

1

- - - -

155

34005 uint

RWES

34001 uint

RWES

34002 uint

RWES

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[Unit]

[Unit]

Linearization (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Units

Set the units of the output value.

1 or 250

0 or 16

1

0

[`Src]

Source (1539)

[nonE]

None (61)

[`A;tP]

Absolute Temperature

(1540)

[`r;tp]

Relative Temperature

(1541)

[PWr]

Power (73)

[`pro]

Process (75)

[``rh]

Relative Humidty (1538)

Source

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4522

[offset 70]

4524

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

2

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

3

4576

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x1D (29)

- - - -

- - - -

156

34003 uint

RWES

34029 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

88

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4534

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

8

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

157 34008 float

RWES

[`iP;1]

[ ip.1]

[`oP;1]

[ op.1]

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 1

Set the value that will be mapped to output 1.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 1

Set the value that will be mapped to input 1.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

0.0

0.0

[`iP;2]

[ ip.2]

[`oP;2]

[ op.2]

[`iP;3]

[ ip.3]

[`oP;3]

[ op.3]

[`iP;4]

[ ip.4]

[`oP;4]

[ op.4]

[`iP;5]

[ ip.5]

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 2

Set the value that will be mapped to output 2.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 2

Set the value that will be mapped to input 2.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 3

Set the value that will be mapped to output 3.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 3

Set the value that will be mapped to input 3.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 4

Set the value that will be mapped to output 4.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 4

Set the value that will be mapped to input 4.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 5

Set the value that will be mapped to output 5.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

1.0

1.0

2.0

2.0

3.0

3.0

4.0

[`oP;5]

[ op.5]

[`iP;6]

[ ip.6]

[`oP;6]

[ op.6]

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 5

Set the value that will be mapped to input 5.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 6

Set the value that will be mapped to output 6.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 6

Set the value that will be mapped to input 6.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

4.0

5.0

5.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4554

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

4536

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

9

4556

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

4538

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

4558

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

4540

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

4560

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

4542

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

4562

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

4544

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0xD (13)

4564

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x17 (23)

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

34018 float

RWES

34009 float

RWES

34019 float

RWES

34010 float

RWES

34020 float

RWES

34011 float

RWES

34021 float

RWES

34012 float

RWES

34022 float

RWES

34013 float

RWES

34023 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

89

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4546

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

E (14)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

169 34014 float

RWES

[`iP;7]

[ ip.7]

[`oP;7]

[ op.7]

[`iP;8]

[ ip.8]

[`oP;8]

[ op.8]

[`iP;9]

[ ip.9]

[`oP;9]

[ op.9]

[iP;10]

[ip.10]

[oP;10]

[op.10]

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 7

Set the value that will be mapped to output 7.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 7

Set the value that will be mapped to input 7.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 8

Set the value that will be mapped to output 8.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 8

Set the value that will be mapped to input 8.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 9

Set the value that will be mapped to output 9.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 9

Set the value that will be mapped to input 9.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Input Point 10

Set the value that will be mapped to output 10.

Linearization (1 to 4)

Output Point 10

Set the value that will be mapped to input 10.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

6.0

6.0

7.0

7.0

8.0

8.0

9.0

9.0

[`CPE]

[`Set]

Compare Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[`toL]

[ toL]

Compare (1 to 4)

Function

Set operator that will be used to compare Source

A to Source B.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``g;t]

Greater Than (1435)

[``L;t]

Less Than (1436)

[```E]

Equal To (1437)

[``nE]

Not Equal To (1438)

[`goE]

Greater or Equal (1439)

[`LoE]

Less or Equal (1440)

Compare (1 to 4)

Tolerance

If the difference between

Source A and Source B is less than this value the two will appear to be equal.

0 to 9,999.000

Off

0.1

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4566

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x18 (24)

4548

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0xF (15)

4568

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x19 (25)

4550

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

4570

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x1A (26)

4552

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

4572

[offset 70]

0x86 (134)

1 to 4

0x1B (27)

4016

[offset 40]

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

9

4020

[offset 40]

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

223

230

34024 float

RWES

34015 float

RWES

34025 float

RWES

34016 float

RWES

34026 float

RWES

34017 float

RWES

34027 float

RWES

28009 uint

RWES

28011 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

90

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4000

[offset 40]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 28001 uint

RWES

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[SFn;B]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

[`S2;B]

[ SZ.b]

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer reset signal.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

0 to 16 0

Compare (1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4004

[offset 40]

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

3

4008

[offset 40]

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

5

4002

[offset 40]

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

2

4006

[offset 40]

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

4

4010

[offset 40]

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

6

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

28003 uint

RWES

28005 uint

RWES

28002 uint

RWES

28004 uint

RWES

28006 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

91

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range

[`Er;h]

[ Er.h]

Compare (1 to 4)

Error Handling

Use Error Handling to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.

[``t;g]

True Good (1476)

[``t;b]

True Bad (1477)

[``F;g]

False Good (1478)

[``F;b]

False Bad (1479)

Default

False Bad 4022

[tMr]

[`Set]

Timer Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

Timer (1 to 4)

Function

Set how the timer will function.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[`on;P]

On Pulse (1471)

[`dEL]

Delay (1472)

[``o;s]

One Shot (1473)

[`rET]

Retentive (1474)

Off

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. This represents the timer run signal.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

[offset 40]

4336

[offset 50]

4320

[offset 50]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x80 (128)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

9

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

223

- - - -

28012

31009

31001 uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

92

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4324

[offset 50]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 31003 uint

RWES

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[sas;A]

[SAS.A]

[SFn;B]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

1 to 250

0 to 16

1

0

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Active State A

Set what state will be read as on.

[high]

[LoW]

High (37)

Low (53)

High

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used to reset a retentive timer.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4328

[offset 50]

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

5

4340

[offset 50]

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

4322

[offset 50]

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

2

4326

[offset 50]

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

4

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

31005 uint

RWES

31011 uint

RWES

31002 uint

RWES

31004 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

93

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4330

[offset 50]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 31006 uint

RWES

[`S2;B]

[ SZ.b]

[sas;b]

[SAS.b]

[``ti]

[ ti]

[`LEu]

[ LEv]

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Timer (1 to 4)

Source Active State B

Set what state will be read as on.

Timer (1 to 4)

Time

Set the time span that will be measured in tenths of a second.

Timer (1 to 4)

Active Level

Set which output state will indicate on.

0 to 16

[high]

[LoW]

0 to 9,999.000

[high]

[LoW]

High (37)

Low (53)

High (37)

Low (53)

0

High

0.1

High

[`Ctr]

[`Set]

Counter Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

Counter (1 to 4)

Function

Set whether the counter increments or decrements the count value.

Decrementing 0 returns

9,999. Incrementing

9,999 returns 0.

[``UP]

Up (1456)

[``dn]

Down (1457)

Up

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4342

[offset 50]

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

4344

[offset 50]

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

0xD (13)

4346

[offset 50]

0x83 (131)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

4176

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

9

- - - -

224

- - - -

- - - -

31012 uint

RWES

31013 float

RWES

31014 uint

RWES

30009 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

94

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4160

[offset 40]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 30001 uint

RWES

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[sas;A]

[SAS.A]

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for the counter clock signal.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Active State A

Set what output state will indicate on.

[both]

Both (130

[high]

High (37)

[LoW]

Low (53)

High

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4164

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

3

4168

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

5

4180

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

30003 uint

RWES

30005 uint

RWES

30011 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

95

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4162

[offset 40]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 30002 uint

RWES

[SFn;B]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

[`S2;B]

[ SZ.b]

[sas;b]

[SAS.b]

[LoAd]

[LoAd]

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for the counter load signal.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Counter (1 to 4)

Source Active State B

Set what output state will indicate on.

Counter (1 to 4)

Load Value

Set the counter's initial value.

[high]

High (37)

[LoW]

Low (53)

0 to 9,999

High

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4166

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

4

4170

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

6

4182

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

0x0C (12)

4184

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

(13)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

215

30004 uint

RWES

30006 uint

RWES

30012 uint

RWES

30013 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

96

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

9,999

Modbus

Relative

Address

4186

[offset 40]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

216 30014 uint

RWES

[trgt]

[trgt]

[`lAt]

[ LAt]

Counter (1 to 4)

Target Value

Set the value that will turn the output value on.

0 to 9,999

Counter (1 to 4)

Latching

Output latched.

No (59)

Yes (106)

[`LgC]

[`Set]

Logic Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

Logic (1 to 4)

Function

Set the operator that will be used to compare the sources.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[`And]

And (1426)

[nAnd]

Nand (1427)

[``or]

Or (1442)

[`nor]

Nor (1443)

[```E]

Equal To (1437)

[``nE]

Not Equal To (1438)

[`LAt]

Latch (1444)

[rs;ff]

RS Flip-Flop (1693)

No

Off

4192

[offset 40]

0x82 (130)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

3744

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x21 (33)

218

235

30017 uint

RWES

27033 uint

RWES

[``or]

Or (1442)

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

97

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3680

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27001 uint

RWES

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

0 to 16 0

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3696

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

9

3712

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x11 (17)

- - - -

- - - -

27009 uint

RWES

27017 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

98

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3682

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27002 uint

RWES

[SFn;b]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

{`S2;B]

[ SZ.b]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3698

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

3714

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

- - - -

- - - -

27010 uint

RWES

27018 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

99

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3684

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27003 uint

RWES

[SFn;C]

[SFn.C]

[`Si;C]

[ Si.C]

[`S2;C]

[ SZ.C]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function C

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance C

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone C

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3700

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

3716

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

- - - -

- - - -

27011 uint

RWES

27019 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

100

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3686

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27004 uint

RWES

[SFn;D]

[SFn.d]

[`si;d]

[ Si.d]

[`S2;D]

[ SZ.d]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function D

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance D

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone D

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3702

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0xC (12)

3718

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

- - - -

- - - -

27012 uint

RWES

27020 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

101

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3688

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27005 uint

RWES

[SFn;E]

[SFn.E]

[`Si;E]

[ Si.E]

[`s2;E]

[ SZ.E]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function E

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance E

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone E

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3704

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

D (13)

3720

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

- - - -

- - - -

27013 uint

RWES

27021 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

102

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3690

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27006 uint

RWES

[SFn;F]

[ SFn.F]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function F

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

[`Si;F]

[ Si.F]

1 to 250 1

[`S2;F]

[ SF.F]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance F

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone F

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3706

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0xE (14)

3722

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

- - - -

- - - -

27014 uint

RWES

27022 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

103

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3692

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

7

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27007 uint

RWES

[SFn;g]

[SFn.g]

[`Si;g]

[ Si.g]

[`S2;g]

[ SZ.g]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function G

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance G

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone G

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3708

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0xF (15)

3724

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x17 (23)

- - - -

- - - -

27015 uint

RWES

27023 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

104

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

3694

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

8

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27008 uint

RWES

[SFn;h]

[ SFn.h]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Function H

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[lim]

Limit (126)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[SoF;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[SoF;2]

Special Function Output

2 (1533)

[SoF;3]

Special Function Output

3 (1534)

[SoF;4]

Special Function Output

4 (1535)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

[`Si;h]

[ Si.h]

1 to 250 1

[`S2;h]

[ SZ.h]

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Instance H

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Logic (1 to 4)

Source Zone H

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

3710

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x10 (16)

3726

[offset 80]

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x18 (24)

- - - -

- - - -

27016 uint

RWES

27024 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

105

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range

[`Er;h]

[ Er.h]

Logic (1 to 4)

Error Handling

Use to select the output value and error output state of this function if it receives an error signal from one or more sources and it cannot determine the output value.

[``t;g]

True Good (1476)

[``t;b]

True Bad (1477)

[``F;g]

False Good (1478)

[``F;b]

False Bad (1479)

[MAt]

[`Set]

Math Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

Math (1 to 8)

Function

Set the operator that will be applied to the sources.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[`Aug]

Average (1367)

[`P;SC]

Process Scale (1371)

[`d;SC]

Deviation Scale (1372)

[``s;o]

Switch Over (1370)

[diFF]

Differential (1373)

[rAti]

Ratio (1374)

[`Add]

Add (1375)

[MUL]

Multiply (1376)

[A;diF]

Absolute Difference

(1377)

[Min]

Minimum (1378)

[MAH]

Maximum (1379)

[root]

Square Root (1380)

[hoLd]

Sample and Hold (1381)

[`alt]

Pressure to Altitude

(1649)

[dew]

Dewpoint (1650)

Off

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

False Bad 3748

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7F (127)

1 to 4

0x23 (35)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 27035 uint

RWES

2880

[offset 70]

2840

[offset 70]

2850

[offset 70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x15 (21)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

1

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

6

128

- - - -

- - - -

25021

25001

25006 uint

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

106

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[SFn;b;]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Modbus

Relative

Address

2860

[offset 70]

2842

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xB (11)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

25011

25002 uint

RWES uint

RWES

2852

[offset 70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

7

- - - 25007 uint

RWES

- - - 25012 uint

RWES

[`S2;B]

[ SZ.b]

[SFn;C]

[SFn.C]

[`Si;C]

[ Si.C]

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function C

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance C

Set the instance of the function selected above.

1 to 250 1

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

2862

[offset 70]

2844

[offset 70]

2854

[offset 70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xC (12)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

3

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

8

- - - -

- - - -

25003 uint

RWES

25008 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

107

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[`S2;C]

[ SZ.C]

[SFn;D]

[SFn.d]

[`si;d]

[ Si.d]

[`S2;D]

[ SZ.d]

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone C

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function D

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance D

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone D

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

2864

[offset 70]

2846

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xD (13)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

25013

25004 uint

RWES uint

RWES

2856

[offset 70]

2866

[offset 70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

9

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xE (14)

- - - -

- - - -

25009 uint

RWES

25014 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

108

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;E]

[SFn.E]

[`Si;E]

[ Si.E]

[`s2;E]

[ SZ.E]

Math (1 to 8)

Source Function E

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245))

1 to 250

Math (1 to 8)

Source Instance E

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Math (1 to 8)

Source Zone E

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

[`S;Lo]

[ S.Lo]

Math (1 to 8)

Scale Low

If Math function is set to

Process Scale, this will scale Source A low value to Range Low setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`S;hi]

[ S.hi]

Math (1 to 8)

Scale High

If Math function is set to Process Scale, this will scale Source A high value to Range High setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

None

1

0

0.0

1.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

2848

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 25005 uint

RWES

2858

[offset 70]

2868

[offset 70]

2886

[offset 70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xA (10)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0xF (15)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x18 (24)

2888

[offset 70]

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x19 (25)

- - - -

- - - -

129

130

25010 uint

RWES

25015 uint

RWES

25024 float

RWES

25025 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

109

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

[Unit]

[Unit]

Math (1 to 8)

Units

Set units for Source.

[`Src]

Source (1539)

[nonE]

None (61)

[`A;tP]

Absolute Temperature

(1540)

[`r;tp]

Relative Temperature

(1541)

[PWr]

Power (73)

[`pro]

Process (75)

[``rh]

Relative Humidty (1538)

Source

0.0

[`r;Lo]

[ r.Lo]

Math (1 to 8)

Range Low

If Math function is set to

Process Scale, this will output Source A Scale

Low value to Range Low setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`r;hi]

[ r.hi]

Math (1 to 8)

Range High

If Math function is set to

Process Scale, this will output Source A Scale

High value to Range

High setting.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[p;unt]

[P.unt]

Math (1 to 8)

Pressure Units

If Math function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.

[a;unt]

[A.unt]

Math (1 to 8)

Altitude Units

If Math function is set for Pressure to Altitude units, set units of measure for conversion.

[`psi]

Pressure Units (1671)

[pasc]

Pascal (1674)

[atm]

Atmosphere (1675)

[mbr]

mbar (1672)

[torr]

Torr (1673)

[`Hft]

[``ft]

Kilofeet (1671)

Feet (1674)

1.0

Pressure

Units

Kilofeet

2902

[offset 70]

2890

[offset 70]

2892

[offset 70]

2898

[offset 70]

2900

[offset 70]

[`FiL]

[ FiL]

Math (1 to 8)

Filter

Filtering smooths out the output signal of this function block. Increase the time to increase filtering.

0.0 to 60.0 seconds 0.0

2894

[offset 70]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x20 (32)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1A (26)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1B (27)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1E (30)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1F (31)

0x7D

(125)

1 to 8

0x1C (28)

`SoF]

[`Set]

Special Output Function Menu

[``Fn]

[ Fn]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Function

Set the function to match the device it will operate.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[`Co;C] Compressor Control

(1506)

[`uA;C]

Motorized Valve (1508)

[`SE;C]

Sequencer (1507)

Off 4976

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

9

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

131

132

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

181

25032

25026

25027

25030

25031

25028

35009 uint

RWES float

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES uint

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

110

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4960

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

182 35001 uint

RWES

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

[SFn;b]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

[`S2;B]

[ SZ.b]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``ai]

Analog Input (142)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``pu]

Process Value (241)

[sof;1]

Special Function Output

1 (1532)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Special Output (1 to 4)

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Special Output (1 to 4)

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Special Output (1 to 4)

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source.

[nonE]

None (61)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Special Output (1 to 4)

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Special Output (1 to 4)

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

4964

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

3

4968

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

5

4962

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

2

4966

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

4

4970

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

6

183

- - - -

184

185

- - - -

35003 uint

RWES

35005 uint

RWES

35002 uint

RWES

35004 uint

RWES

35006 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

111

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

[Pon;A]

[Pon.A]

[PoF;A]

[PoF.A]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Power On Level 1

If Function is set to

Compressor Control:

Use Source A for a first loop to inform the function whether the compressor will soon be required.

• Set Power On Level 1 and Power Off Level

1 to the Source A values that will switch the compressor on and off.

-100.0 to 100.0%

Special Output (1 to 4)

Power Off Level 1

-100.0 to 100.0%

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range

0

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

4994

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x12 (18)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

186 35018 float

RWES

5

0

4996

[offset 80]

4998

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x13 (19)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x14 (20)

187

188

35019 float

RWES

35020 float

RWES

[Pon;b]

[Pon.b]

[PoF;b]

[PoF.b]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Power On Level 2

If Function is set to

Compressor Control:

Use Source B for a second loop to inform the function whether the compressor will soon be required.

• Set Power On Level 2 and Power Off Level 2 to the Source B values that will switch the compressor on and off.

-100.0 to 100.0%

Special Output (1 to 4)

Power Off Level 2

-100.0 to 100.0% 5

20

5000

[offset 80]

5002

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x16 (22)

189

190

35021 float

RWES

35022 uint

RWES

[`on;t]

[ on.t]

Special Output (1 to 4)

On Time

If Function is set to

Compressor Control:

• Set Minimum On

Time and Minimum

Off Time to the minimum span of time, in seconds, that the compressor will be on or off.

0 to 9,999 seconds

[`oF;t]

[ oF.t]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Off Time

0 to 9,999 seconds 20 5004

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x17 (23)

191 35023 uint

RWES

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

112

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

5006

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x18 (24)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

192 35024 uint

RWES

[`t;t]

[ t.t]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Valve Travel Time

If Function is set to Motorized Valve:

Source A will determine the valve position.

• Set this time in seconds representing the time that it will take the valve to travel between fully closed and fully open.

10 to 9,999 seconds

[``db]

[ db]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Dead Band

If Function is set to Motorized Valve:

• Set to the minimum valve adjustment as a percentage, representing the movement of the valve in a single action. A small value improves accuracy and depletes valve life where a large value reduces the number of adjustments (less accurate) and the wear on the mechanism.

1.0 to 100.0%

[`o;S1]

[ o.S1]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Output 1 Size

If Function is set to Sequencer:

• Set Output 1 Size, as a percentage of the total capacity of all output devices, or vernier output. This value must be larger than the values set for outputs 2 through

4.

0 to 9,999

[`o;S2]

[ o.S2]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Output 2 Size

If Function is set to Sequencer:

• Set the size of outputs 2 through 4 to represent a percentage of the total output capacity. Outputs

2 through 4 will control using the ON-

OFF algorithm.

0 to 9,999

120

2

10

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

5008

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x19 (25)

5014

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x1C (28)

5016

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x1D (29)

193

- - - -

- - - -

35025 float

RWES

35028 float

RWES

35029 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

113

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

[`o;S3]

[ o.S3]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Output 3 Size

[`o;S4]

[ o.S4]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Output 4 Size

0 to 9,999

0 to 9,999

Range

0

0

Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

5018

[offset 80]

5020

[offset 80]

5010

[offset 80]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x1E (30)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x1F (31)

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x1A (26)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

35030

35031

35026 float

RWES float

RWES uint

RWES

[`t;dL]

[ t.dL]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Time Delay

If Function is set to Sequencer:

• Set in seconds to represent the minimum span of time that must elapse between the turn on of one

(on-off) output to the next.

[`ot;o]

[ ot.o]

Special Output (1 to 4)

Output Order

If Function is set to Sequencer:

• Set to Linear to turn the on-off outputs on in the same order every time. Select

Progressive to rotate the order to balance usage and wear on contactors and heaters.

0 to 9,999 seconds

[`Lin]

Linear (1509)

[`Pro]

Progressive (1510)

0

Linear

[`uAr]

[`Set]

Variable Menu

[tyPE]

[tyPE]

Variable 1 to 8

Data Type

Set the variable's data type.

[AnLg]

Analog (1215)

[`Dig]

Digital (1220)

[Unit]

[Unit]

Variable 1 to 8

Units

Set the variable's units.

Note:

Units are always in degrees F when used for temperature

[`A;tp]

Absolute Temperature

(1540)

[`r;tp]

Relative Temperature

(1541)

[PWr]

Power (73)

[`Pro]

Process (75)

[``rh]

Relative Humidity

(1538)

[nonE]

None (61)

[`Dig]

[ dig]

Variable 1 to 8

Digital

Set the variable's value.

[anLg]

[AnLg]

Variable 1 to 8

Analog

Set the variable's value.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Analog

Absolute

Temperature

Off

0.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

114

5012

[offset 80]

0x87 (135)

1 to 4

0x1B (27)

4800

[offset 20]

0x66 (102)

1 to 8

1

4812

[offset 20]

0x66 (102)

1 to 8

7

4802

[offset 20]

4804

[offset 20]

0x66 (102)

1 to 8

2

0x66 (102)

1 to 8

3

- - - -

210

- - - -

211

212

35027 uint

RWES

2001 uint

RWES

2007 uint

RWES

2002 uint

RWES

2003 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[gLbL]

[`Set]

Global Menu

[`C_F]

[ C_F]

[AC;LF]

[AC.LF]

Global

Display Units

Select which scale to use for temperature.

[```F]

°F (30)

[```C]

°C (15)

Global

AC Line Frequency

Set the frequency to the applied ac line power source.

[``50]

50 Hz (3)

[``60]

60 Hz (4)

°F

60 Hz

[sutb]

[Sutb]

Global

Synchronized Variable

Time Base

Used to acquire tighter accuracy when running a profile. A setting of

+0.01 would equate to approximately +9 seconds/day (faster) where a setting of -0.01 would equate to approximately -9 seconds/ day (slower).

-2.00 to 2.00 Percent 0.00

[d;prs]

[dPrS]

[USr;S]

[USr.S]

Global

Display Pairs

Defines the number of

Display Pairs.

Global

User Settings Save

Save all of this controller's settings to the selected set that have a

Data Type of RWES

1 to 10

[SEt1]

[SEt2]

[none]

User Set 1 (101)

User Set 2 (102)*

None (61)

1

None

[USr;r]

[USr.r]

Global

User Settings Restore

Replace all of this controller's settings with another set.

* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

[FCty]

[none]

[SEt1]

[SEt2]

Factory (31)

None (61)

User Set 1 (101)

User Set 2 (102)*

None

* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

26

24

43348 0x67 (103)

1

5

1026

- - - -

0x6A

(106)

1

4

- - - -

- - - 0x67 (103)

1

0x1C (28)

0x65

(101)

1

0x0E (14)

0x65

(101)

1

0xD (13)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

118

117

3005

1014

1013

- - - -

6004 uint

RWES

- - - float

RWE

3028 uint

RWES uint

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

115

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

[`PRo]

[`Set]

Profile Menu

[R;typ]

[R.tyP]

Profile

Ramping Type

Use to have the ramping set point change at a set Rate or over a set interval of Time as profile steps.

[rate]

Rate (81)

[``ti]

Time (143)

[P;typ]

[P.tyP]

Profile

Profile Type

Set the profile startup to be based on a set point or a process value.

[StPt]

Set Point (85)

[`Pro]

Process (75)

[`GSE]

[ gSE]

Profile

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Enables the guaranteed soak deviation function in profiles.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

[GSd1]

[gSd1]

Profile

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1

Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 1 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed. .

0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.0 to 5,555.000°C

[GSd2]

[gSd2]

Profile

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 2

Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 2 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed.

0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.0 to 5,555.000°C

[GSd3]

[gSd3]

Profile

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 3

Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 3 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed..

0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.0 to 5,555.000°C

Time

Set Point 5294

Off

10.0°F or units

6.0°C

5292

10.0°F or units

6.0°C

5360

10.0°F or units

6.0°C

5362

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

116

5354

5290

0x7A

(122)

1

0x26 (38)

0x7A

(122)

1

8

0x7A

(122)

1

6

0x7A

(122)

1

7

0x7A

(122)

1

0x29 (41)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x2A (42)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22038 uint

RWE

22008 uint

RWE

22006 uint

RWE

22007 float

RWE

22041 float

RWE

22042 float

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[GSd4]

[gSd4]

Profile

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 4

Set the value of the deviation band that will be used in all profile step types. The process value for control loop 4 must enter the deviation band before the step can proceed. .

0.0 to 9,999.000°F or units

0.0 to 5,555.000°C

[CM;E]

[CM.E]

[W;M]

[W.M]

Profile

Control Mode Enable

Use to allow the loops control mode to be programmed in profile steps.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

Profile

Wait for Mode

Use to determine how the wait-for conditions must be satisfied:

• Complete requires that all of the conditions must be true at the same time.

• Once requires that all of the conditions were true at some time during the wait period.

[Once]

Once (1583)

[CPLt]

Complete (18)

10.0°F or units

6.0°C

5364

Off 5356

Complete 5358

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x2B (43)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x27 (39)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x28 (40)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22043 float

RWE

22039 uint

RWE

22040 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

117

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;A]

[SFn.A]

[`Si;A]

[ Si.A]

[`S2;A]

[ SZ.A]

Profile

Source Function A

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or

Event" as "Event 1".

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245))

1 to 250

Profile

Source Instance A

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Zone A

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

None

1

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5322

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x16 (22)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 22022 uint

RWE

5330

5338

0x7A

(122)

1

0x1A (26)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x1E (30)

- - - -

- - - -

22026 uint

RWE

22030 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

118

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;b]

[SFn.b]

[`Si;B]

[ Si.b]

[`S2;B]

[ SZ.b]

Profile

Source Function B

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or

Event" as "Event 1"

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245))

1 to 250

Profile

Source Instance B

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Zone B

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

None

1

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5324

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x17 (23)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 22023 uint

RWE

5332

5340

0x7A

(122)

1

0x1B (27)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x1F (31)

- - - -

- - - -

22027 uint

RWE

22031 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

119

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;];C]

[SFn.C]

[`Si;C]

[ Si.C]

[`S2;C]

[ SZ.C]

Profile

Source Function C

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or

Event" as "Event 1"

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245))

1 to 250

Profile

Source Instance C

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Zone C

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

None

1

0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5326

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x18 (24)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 22024 uint

RWE

5334

5342

0x7A

(122)

1

0x1C (28)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x20 (32)

- - - -

- - - -

22028 uint

RWE

22032 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

120

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[SFn;D]

[SFn.D]

[`si;d]

[ Si.d]

[`S2;D]

[ SZ.D]

[SFn;E]

[SFn.E]

Profile

Source Function D

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or

Event" as "Event 1"

[none]

None (61)

[ALM]

Alarm (6)

[`CPE]

Compare (230)

[`Ctr]

Counter (231)

[`dio]

Digital I/O (1142)

[Ent;A]

Profile Event Out A

(233)

[Ent;b]

Profile Event Out B

(234)

[Ent;C]

Profile Event Out C

(235)

[Ent;d]

Profile Event Out D

(236)

[Ent;E]

Profile Event Out E

(247)

[Ent;F]

Profile Event Out F

(248)

[Ent;g]

Profile Event Out G

(249)

[Ent;h]

Profile Event Out H

(250)

[`FUn]

Function Key (1001)

[`lgC]

Logic (239)

[tMr]

Timer (244)

[`uAr]

Variable (245))

1 to 250

Profile

Source Instance D

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Zone D

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16

None

1

0

Profile

Source Function E

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or

Event" as "Event 1"

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5328

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x19 (25)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 22025 uint

RWE

5336

5344

5390

0x7A

(122)

1

0x1D (29)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x21 (33)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x38 (56)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22029 uint

RWE

22033 uint

RWE

22056 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

121

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[`Si;E]

[ Si.E]

[`s2;E]

[ SZ.E]

[SFn;F]

[SFn.F]

Profile

Source Instance E

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Zone E

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Function F

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or Event" as "Wait For

Process 2"

1 to 250

0 to 16

1

0

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

[`Si;F]

[ Si.F]

[`S2;F]

[ SZ.F]

[SFn;G]

[SFn.g]

Profile

Source Instance F

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Zone F

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Function G

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or Event" as "Wait For

Process 3"

0 to 16 0

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5398

5406

5392

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x3C (60)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x40 (64)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x39 (57)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22060

22064

22057 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

5400

5408

5394

0x7A

(122)

1

0x3D (61)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x41 (65)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x3A (58)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22061 uint

RWE

22065 uint

RWE

22058 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

122

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

[`Si;G]

[ Si.g]

[`S2;G]

[ SZ.g]

[SFn;h]

[SFn.h]

[`Si;h]

[ Si.h]

[`S2;h]

[ SZ.h]

Profile

Source Instance G

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Zone Source G

Set the zone of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Function H

Set the type of function that will be used for this source. Source will be used in profile step type "Wait for Process or Event" as "Wait For

Process 4"

1 to 250

0 to 16

1

0

[nonE]

None (61)

[``Ai]

Analog Input (142)

[CUrr]

Current (22)

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power, Control

Loop (161)

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power, Control

Loop (160)

[PWr]

Power, Control Loop (73)

[`Lnr]

Linearization (238)

[MAt]

Math (240)

[``Pu]

Process Value (241)

[`SP;C]

Set Point Closed, Control Loop (242)

[`SP;o]

Set Point Open, Control

Loop (243)

[`uAr]

Variable (245)

None

1 to 250 1

Profile

Source Instance H

Set the instance of the function selected above.

Profile

Source Zone H

Set the zone of the function selected above.

0 to 16 0

[CoM]

[`SEt]

Communications Menu

[bAUd]

[bAUd]

Communications

Baud Rate

Set the speed of this controller's communications to match the speed of the serial network.

9,600 (188)

19,200 (189)

38,400 (190)

9,600

Note:

This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5402

5410

5396

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x3E (62)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x42 (66)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x3B (59)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22062

22066

22059 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

5404

5412

2824

0x7A

(122)

1

0x3F (63)

0x7A

(122)

1

0x43 (67)

0x96 (150)

1

3

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

22063 uint

RWE

22067 uint

RWE

17002 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

123

Chapter 4 Setup Page

RMC Module • Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[`PAr]

[ PAr]

[`nU;S]

[ nV.S]

[M;hL]

[M.hL]

[`C_F]

[ C_F]

Communications

Parity

Set the parity of this controller to match the parity of the serial network.

[none]

None (61)

[EuEn]

Even (191)

[`odd]

Odd (192)

Note:

This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.

Communications

Non-volatile Save

If set to Yes all values written to the control will be saved in EE-

PROM.

[`yes]

Yes (106)

[``no]

No (59)

Note:

This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.

Communications

Modbus Word Order

Select the word order of the two 16-bit words in the floating-point values.

[hiLo]

Word High Low (1330)

[Lohi]

Word Low High (1331)

Note:

This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.

Communications

Display Units

Select which scale to use for temperature passed when using Modbus

[```F]

°F (30)

[```C]

°C (15)

None

Yes 2834

Low High 2828

°F

No Display

Note:

This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.

Communications

Protocol

Select the communications protocol.

Standard Bus (1286)

Modbus RTU Word (1057)

1

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

2830

2832

Modbus

Relative

Address

2826

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x96 (150)

1

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 17003 uint

RWE

0x96 (150)

1 to 2

8

0x96 (150)

1

5

0x96 (150)

1

6

- - - -

198

- - - -

199

- - - -

17051 uint

RWE

17043 uint

RWE

17050 uint

RWE

17009 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

124

Chapter 4 Setup Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Setup Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

2822

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

- - - -

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 17007 uint

RWE

No Display

Communications

Modbus Address

Select the Modbus address.

Note:

This applies if 13 th digit in part number is equal to one.

1 to 247 1

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display .

Full values can be read with other interfaces .

Note:

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

** These parameters/prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 .0 and above .

R: Read

W: Write

E:

EEPROM

S:

User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

125

Chapter 4 Setup Page

5

Chapter 5: Profiling Page

How to Setup and Start a Profile

First, consider some foundational profile setup features that once configured, will then be available for all profiles.

Note:

It should also be noted that to execute a profile for any given loop of control, profiles must be enabled for each loop; this can be found in the Loop Menu of the

Setup Page.

The screen shot below (EZ-ZONE Configurator software) graphically shows the settings that will apply to all profiles; e.g., if Guaranteed Soak is not enabled here this feature will not be available in any individual profile configuration.

Some of those features that apply to all profiles are listed below with a brief description of their function.

- Ramping Type

(Time or Rate) which changes the profile set point based on a set interval of time or set rate.

- Profile Type (Set

Point or Process) determines whether a step (any step changing the set point) of a profile will begin by using the process value (Process) or the last closed-loop set point (Set Point).

- Guaranteed Soak

Enable, when set to On makes this feature avail-

able in all profiles. If Guaranteed Soak Enable is on, use Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4 to set the value for the corresponding loop. Set the deviation or band above or below the working set point where this condition must be met before the profile can proceed.

- Control Mode Enable if changed to on, will allow the loops control mode to be changed through the profile.

- Wait for Mode determines how the wait-for conditions must be satisfied:

Complete requires that all of the conditions must be true at the same time.

Once requires that all of the conditions were true at some time during the wait period.

Note:

Changes made to profile parameters in the Profiling

Pages will be saved and will also have an immediate impact on the running profile. Some parameters in the

Profile Status Menu can be changed for the currently running profile, but should only be changed by knowledgeable personnel and with caution. Changing parameters via the Profile Status Menu will not change the stored profile but will have an immediate impact on the profile that is running.

Once these global profile features are configured, the next step will require navigation to the Profiling

Page. Here, each desired ramp and soak profile will be configured.

To navigate to the

Profile Page using the

RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home

Page, press and hold the Advance Key

‰ for four seconds. The profile prompt [ProF] will appear in the lower display and the profile number (e.g. [``p1]) appears in the upper display.

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to change to another profile.

3. Press the Advance Key

to move to the selected profiles first step.

4. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to move through the steps.

5. Press the Advance Key

to move through the se-

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

126

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

lected step settings.

6. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to change the steps settings.

7. Press the Infinity Key ˆ at any time to return to the step number prompt.

8. Press the Infinity Key ˆ again to return to the profile number prompt.

9. From any point press and hold the Infinity

Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the

Home Page.

If using EZ-ZONE

Configurator software, simply click on the plus sign next to Profiles in the left hand column, as shown in the screen shot below.

Prior to moving on, it would be beneficial to point out (see graphic on previous page) that if it is desired to configure a wait-for (process or event) step within any given profile that

Source Functions A through D would be used for digital wait-for events where Source

Functions E through

H would be used for wait-for process. The source functions must be defined in the Profile Menu of the Setup

Page to be available when configuring each individual profile on the

Profiling Page. Notice in the screen shot to the right some fields or parameters are not selectable (grayed out) due to the selections made for the profile features in the Profile Page of the Setup menu.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

127

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Profiling Parameters

[``p1]

to [`p25] Profile 1 to 25

[``s1]

to [`s15] Subroutine 1 to 15

[prof]

[```1]

to [`250]

[S;typ]

Step Type

[C;M1]

Control Mode Loop 1

[C;M2]

Control Mode Loop 2

[C;M3]

Control Mode Loop 3

[C;M4]

Control Mode Loop 4

[t;SP1]

Target Set Point Loop 1

[t;SP2]

Target Set Point Loop 2

[t;SP3]

Target Set Point Loop 3

[t;SP4]

Target Set Point Loop 4

[hoUr]

Hours

[Min]

Minutes

[`SEC]

Seconds

[RATE]

Rate

[`P;E1]

Step Wait For Process Enable 1

[W;P1]

Wait For Process 1

[`P;E2]

Step Wait For Process Enable 2

[W;P2]

Wait For Process 2

[`P;E3]

Step Wait For Process Enable 3

[W;P3]

Wait For Process 3

[`P;E4]

Step Wait For Process Enable 4

[W;P4]

Wait For Process 4

[WE;1]

Wait Event 1

[WE;2]

Wait Event 2

[WE;3]

Wait Event 3

[WE;4]

Wait Event 4

[doW]

Day of Week

[gSE1]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1

[gSE2]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 2

[gSE3]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 3

[gSE4]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 4

[``SS]

Subroutine Step

[``SC]

Subroutine Count

[``JS]

Jump Step

[``JC]

Jump Count

[`EnD] End Type

[Ent1] Event 1

[Ent2] Event 2

[Ent3] Event 3

[Ent4] Event 4

[Ent5] Event 5

[Ent6] Event 6

[Ent7] Event 7

[Ent8] Event 8

Subroutine Step 1 (to 150)

[S;typ]

Step Type

[C;M1]

Control Mode Loop 1

[C;M2]

Control Mode Loop 2

[C;M3]

Control Mode Loop 3

[C;M4]

Control Mode Loop 4

[t;SP1]

Target Set Point Loop 1

[t;SP2]

Target Set Point Loop 2

[t;SP3]

Target Set Point Loop 3

[t;SP4]

Target Set Point Loop 4

[hoUr]

Hours

[Min]

Minutes

[`SEC]

Seconds

[RATE]

Rate

[`P;E1]

Step Wait For Process Enable 1

[W;P1]

Wait For Process 1

[`P;E2]

Step Wait For Process Enable 2

[W;P2]

Wait For Process 2

[`P;E3]

Step Wait For Process Enable 3

[W;P3]

Wait For Process 3

[`P;E4]

Step Wait For Process Enable 4

[W;P4]

Wait For Process 4

[WE;1]

Wait Event 1

[WE;2]

Wait Event 2

[WE;3]

Wait Event 3

[WE;4]

Wait Event 4

[doW]

Day of Week

[gSE1]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1

[gSE2]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 2

[gSE3]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 3

[gSE4]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 4

[Ent1] Event 1

[Ent2] Event 2

[Ent3] Event 3

[Ent4] Event 4

[Ent5] Event 5

[Ent6] Event 6

[Ent7] Event 7

[Ent8] Event 8

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

128

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[S;typ]

[S.typ]

Step (1 to 250)

Step Type

Select a step type.

[UStP]

Unused Step (50)

[SoAH]

Soak (87)

[W;PE]

Wait For Process or Event (1542)

[CLoc]

Wait For Time

(1543)

[Stat]

State (1515)

[Subr]

Subroutine Step

(1516)

[``JL]

Jump Loop (116)

[`End]

End (27)

[``ti]

Time (143)

[rAtE]

Rate (81)

[AUto]

Auto (10)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[MAn]

Manual (54)

Unused

[C;M1]

[C.M1]

[C;M2]

[C.M2]

[C;M3]

[C.M3]

[C;M4]

[C.M4]

Step (1 to 250)

Control Mode Loop 1

Set the control mode for this loop.

Step (1 to 250)

Control Mode Loop 2

Set the control mode for this loop.

Step (1 to 250)

Control Mode Loop 3

Set the control mode for this loop.

Step (1 to 250)

Control Mode Loop 4

Set the control mode for this loop.

[AUto]

[`oFF]

[MAn]

[AUto]

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[MAn]

Manual (54)

[AUto]

[`oFF]

[MAn]

Auto (10)

Off (62)

Manual (54)

Auto (10)

Auto (10)

Off (62)

Manual (54)

Auto

Auto

Auto

Auto

[t;SP1]

[t.SP1]

[t;SP2]

[t.SP2]

[t;SP3]

[t.SP3]

[t;SP4]

[t.SP4]

Step (1 to 250)

Target Set Point

Loop 1

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop. If Rate step, enter set point for loops 1, 2, 3 and 4.

Step (1 to 250)

Target Set Point

Loop 2

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop.

Step (1 to 250)

Target Set Point

Loop 3

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop.

Step (1 to 250)

Target Set Point

Loop 4

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5440

[offset 100]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

1

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 21001 uint

RWE

5486

[offset 100]

5488

[offset 100]

5490

[offset 100]

5492

[offset 100]

5442

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x18 (24)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x19 (25)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x1A (26)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x1B (27)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

2

5494

[offset 100]

0x79 121

1 to (250)

0x1C (28)

5496

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x1D

(29)

5498

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x1E (30)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

21024

21025

21026

21027

21002

21028

21029

21030 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE float

RWE float

RWE float

RWE float

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

129

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[hoUr]

[hoUr]

[Min]

[Min]

[~SEC]

[ SEC]

[rate]

[rAtE]

Step (1 to 250)

Hours

If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If

Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step.

Step (1 to 250)

Step Type Parameters

Minutes

If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If

Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step.

Step (1 to 250)

Seconds

If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If

Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step.

Step (1 to 250)

Rate

If step type is Rate, select the rate for ramping in degrees or units per minute.

0 to 99

0 to 59

0 to 59

0 to 9,999.000°F or units per minute

0 to 5,555.000°C per minute

0

0

0

0.0

[`P;E1]

[P.E1]

Step (1 to 250)

Step Wait For Process Enable 1

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

[`oFF]

[``L;t]

[``g;t]

(1435)

Off (62)

Less Than (1436)

Greater Than

Off

[W;P1]

[W.P1]

Step (1 to 250)

Wait For Process 1

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source E in Profile

Setup.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

[`P;E2]

[P.E2]

Step (1 to 250)

Step Wait For Process Enable 2

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

[`oFF]

[``L;t]

[``g;t]

(1435)

Off (62)

Less Than (1436)

Greater Than

Off

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5444

[offset 100]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 21003 uint

RWE

5446

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

4

5448

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

5

5450

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

6

5510

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x24 (36)

5460

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0xB (11)

5512

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x25 (37)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

21004 uint

RWE

21005 uint

RWE

21006 float

RWE

21036 uint

RWE

21011 float

RWE

21037 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

130

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[W;P1]

[W.P1]

[`P;E3]

[P.E3]

[W;P3]

[W.P3]

Step (1 to 250)

Wait For Process 2

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source F in Profile

Setup.

Step (1 to 250)

Step Wait For Process Enable 3

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

Step (1 to 250)

Wait For Process 3

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source G in Profile

Setup.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``L;t]

Less Than (1436)

[``g;t]

Greater Than

(1435)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

Off

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

[`P;E4]

[P.E4]

[W;P4]

[W.P4]

[WE;1]

[WE.1]

Step (1 to 250)

Step Wait For Process Enable 4

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

Step (1 to 250)

Wait For Process 4

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source H in Profile

Setup.

Step (1 to 250)

Wait Event 1

Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source A in Profile

Setup.

[`oFF]

[``L;t]

[``g;t]

(1435)

Off (62)

Less Than (1436)

Greater Than

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

[nonE]

[``on]

[`oFF]

None (61)

On (63)

Off (62)

Off

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

None

[WE;2]

[WE.2]

Step (1 to 250)

Wait Event 2

Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source B in Profile

Setup.

[nonE]

[``on]

[`oFF]

None (61)

On (63)

Off (62)

None

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5500

[offset 100]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x1F (31)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 21031 float

RWE

5514

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x26 (38)

5502

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x20 (32)

5516

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x27 (39)

5504

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x21 (33)

5456

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

9

5458

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0xA (10)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

21038

21032

21039

21033

21009

21010 uint

RWE float

RWE uint

RWE float

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

131

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[WE;3]

[WE.3]

[WE;4]

[WE.4]

Step (1 to 250)

Wait Event 3

Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source C in Profile

Setup.

Step (1 to 250)

Wait Event 4

Select a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source D in Profile

Setup.

Step (1 to 250)

Day of Week

If step type is Wait for Time, select day of week for profile to proceed.

[nonE]

[``on]

[`oFF]

[nonE]

None (61)

On (63)

Off (62)

None (61)

[``on]

On (63)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

None

None

[dow]

[doW]

[``Ed]

Every Day (1567)

[`Wd]

Week Days (1566)

[Mon]

Monday (1559)

[`tue]

Tuesday (1560)

[Wed]

Wednesday (1561)

[thUr]

Thursday (1562)

[`Fri]

Friday (1563)

[`Sat]

Saturday (1564)

[`sun]

Sunday (1565)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

Every

Day

[gSE1]

[gSE1]

[gSE2]

[gSE2]

[gSE3]

[gSE3]

[gSE4]

[gSE4]

Step (1 to 250)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 1

Select if profile should pause while process 1 deviates from deviation band.

Step (1 to 250)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 2

Select if profile should pause while process 2 deviates from deviation band.

Step (1 to 250)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 3

Select if profile should pause while process 3 deviates from deviation band.

Step (1 to 250)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 4

Select if profile should pause while process 4 deviates from deviation band.

[`oFF]

[``on]

[`oFF]

[``on]

[`oFF]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off

Off

Off

Off

[``SS]

[ SS]

Step (1 to 250)

Subroutine Step

If step type is Subroutine, specify subroutine step to jump to next.

1 to 15 1

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5482

[offset 100]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x16 (22)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 21022 uint

RWE

5484

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x18 (24)

5520

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x29 (41)

5522

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x2A (42)

5524

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x2B(43)

5526

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x2C (44)

5528

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x2D

(45)

5506

[offset 100]

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x22 (34)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

21024 uint

RWE

21041 uint

RWE

21042 uint

RWE

21043 uint

RWE

21044 uint

RWE

21045 uint

RWE

21034 uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

132

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

[``SC]

[ SC]

[~~JS]

[ JS]

[~~JC]

[ JC]

Step (1 to 250)

Subroutine Count

If step type is Subroutine, specify number of times to execute subroutine steps.

Step (1 to 250)

Jump Step

If step type is Jump

Loop, select a step to jump next.

Step (1 to 250)

Jump Count

If step type is Jump

Loop, set the number of jumps. A value of

0 creates an infinite loop. Loops can be nested four deep.

Step (1 to 250)

End Type

If step type is End, select what the controller will do when this profile ends.

1 to 9,999

Step-1 (Minimum of 1)

0 to 9,999

1

1

1

[~End]

[ End]

[`oFF]

Control Mode set to Off (62)

[Hold]

Hold last closedloop set point in the profile (47)*

[USEr]

User, reverts to previous set point (100)

User

[Ent1]

[Ent1]

[Ent2]

[Ent2]

Step (1 to 250)

Event 1

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out A is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Step (1 to 250)

Event 2

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out B is on, unchanged or off during this step.

* End Hold does not affect the control mode, only the closed loop set point.

The profile will return to the control mode prior to starting the profile.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[Ucgd]

Unchanged (1557)

[``on]

On (63)

[`oFF]

[Ucgd]

[``on]

Off (62)

Unchanged (1557)

On (63)

Unchanged

Unchanged

[Ent3]

[Ent3]

Step (1 to 250)

Event 3

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out C is on, unchanged or off during this step.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[Ucgd]

Unchanged (1557)

[``on]

On (63)

Unchanged

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

5508

[offset 100]

5462

[offset 100]

5464

[offset 100]

5466

[offset 100]

5452

[offset 100]

5454

[offset 100]

5470

[offset 100]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x23 (35)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0xC (12)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0xD (13)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0xE (14)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

7

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

8

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x10 (16)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

21035

21012

21013

21014

21007

21008

21016 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

133

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[Ent4]

[Ent4]

[Ent5]

[Ent5]

[Ent6]

[Ent6]

[Ent7]

[Ent7]

Step (1 to 250)

Event 4

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out D is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Step (1 to 250)

Event 5

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out E is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Step (1 to 250)

Event 6

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out F is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Step (1 to 250)

Event 7

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out G is on, unchanged or off during this step.

[`oFF]

[Ucgd]

[``on]

[`oFF]

Off (62)

Unchanged (1557)

On (63)

Off (62)

[Ucgd]

Unchanged (1557)

[``on]

On (63)

[`oFF]

[Ucgd]

Unchanged (1557)

[``on]

On (63)

[`oFF]

[Ucgd]

[``on]

Off (62)

Off (62)

Unchanged (1557)

On (63)

Unchanged

Unchanged

Unchanged

Unchanged

[Ent8]

[Ent8]

[S;typ]

[S.typ]

Step (1 to 250)

Event 8

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out H is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Step Type

Select a step type.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[Ucgd]

Unchanged (1557)

[``on]

On (63)

[UStP]

Unused Step (50)

[SoAH]

Soak (87)

[W;PE]

Wait For Process or Event (1542)

[CLoc]

Wait For Time

(1543)

[Stat]

State (1515)

[`End]

End (27)

[``ti]

Time (143)

[rAtE]

Rate (81)

[AUto]

Auto (10)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[MAn]

Manual (54)

Unchanged

Unused

[C;M1]

[C.M1]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Control Mode Loop 1

Set the control mode for this loop.

Auto

[C;M2]

[C.M2]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Control Mode Loop 2

Set the control mode for this loop.

[AUto]

[`oFF]

[MAn]

Auto (10)

Off (62)

Manual (54)

Auto

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

5472

[offset 100]

5474

[offset 100]

5476

[offset 100]

5478

[offset 100]

5480

[offset 100]

30440

[offset 86]

30442

[offset 86]

30444

[offset 86]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x11 (17)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x12 (18)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x13 (19)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x14 (20)

0x79

(121)

1 to (250)

0x15 (21)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

1

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

2

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

3

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

21017

21018

21019

21020

21021

5001

5002

5003 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

134

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[C;M3]

[C.M3]

[C;M4]

[C.M4]

[t;SP1]

[t.SP1]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Control Mode Loop 3

Set the control mode for this loop.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Control Mode Loop 4

Set the control mode for this loop.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Target Set Point

Loop 1

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop. If Rate step, enter set point for loops 1, 2, 3 and 4.

[AUto]

[`oFF]

[MAn]

[AUto]

[`oFF]

[MAn]

Auto (10)

Off (62)

Manual (54)

Auto (10)

Off (62)

Manual (54)

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Auto

Auto

0.0

[t;SP2]

[t.SP2]

[t;SP3]

[t.SP3]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Target Set Point

Loop 2

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Target Set Point

Loop 3

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0

0.0

[t;SP4]

[t.SP4]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Target Set Point

Loop 4

If step type is Time or

State - enter set point for this loop.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0

[hoUr]

[hoUr]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Hours

If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If

Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step. If step type is Wait for Time, enter time to wait on.

0 to 23 0

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

30446

[offset 86]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

4

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 5004 uint

RWE

30448

[offset 86]

30450

[offset 86]

30452

[offset 86]

30454

[offset 86]

30456

[offset 86]

30458

[offset 86]

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

5

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

6

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

7

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

8

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

9

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0xA (10)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

5005

5006

5007

5008

5009

5010 uint

RWE float

RWE float

RWE float float

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

135

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[Min]

[Min]

[~SEC]

[ SEC]

[rate]

[rAtE]

[`P;E1]

[P.E1]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Minutes

If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If

Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step. If step type is Wait for Time, enter time to wait on.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Seconds

If step type is Time, enter time over which set point changes. If

Soak or State Step, enter time to maintain this step. If step type is Wait for Time, enter time to wait on.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Rate

If step type is Rate, select the rate for ramping in degrees or units per minute.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Step Wait For Process Enable 1

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

0 to 59

0 to 59

0 to 9,999.000°F or units per minute

0 to 5,555.000°C per minute

[`oFF]

[``L;t]

[``g;t]

(1435)

Off (62)

Less Than (1436)

Greater Than

0

0

0.0

Off

[W;P1]

[W.P1]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait For Process 1

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source E in Profile

Setup.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

30460

[offset 86]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0xB (11)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 5011 uint

RWE

30462

[offset 86]

30464

[offset 86]

30490

[offset 86]

30498

[offset 86]

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0xC (12)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0xD (13)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x1A (26)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x1E (30)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

5012

5013

5026

5030 uint

RWE float

RWE uint

RWE float

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

136

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[`P;E2]

[P.E2]

[W;P1]

[W.P1]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Step Wait For Process Enable 2

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait For Process 2

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source F in Profile

Setup.

[`oFF]

[``L;t]

[``g;t]

(1435)

Off (62)

Less Than (1436)

Greater Than

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Off

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

[`P;E3]

[P.E3]

[W;P3]

[W.P3]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Step Wait For Process Enable 3

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait For Process 3

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source G in Profile

Setup.

[`oFF]

[``L;t]

[``g;t]

(1435)

Off (62)

Less Than (1436)

Greater Than

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

Off

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

[`P;E4]

[P.E4]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Step Wait For Process Enable 4

If step type is Wait for Process or Event, select whether process value must be Less

Than or Greater Than the value of Wait for

Process to satisfy the wait-for condition.

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``L;t]

Less Than (1436)

[``g;t]

Greater Than

(1435)

Off

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

30492

[offset 86]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x1B (27)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 5027 uint

RWE

30500

[offset 86]

30494

[offset 86]

30502

[offset 86]

30496

[offset 86]

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x1F (31)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x1C (28)

0x69

(105)

1 to (250)

0x20 (32)

0x69

(105)

1 to (250)

0x1D

(29)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

5031

5028

5032

5029 float

RWE uint

RWE float

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

137

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Range Default

[W;P4]

[W.P4]

[WE;1]

[WE.1]

[WE;2]

[WE.2]

[WE;3]

[WE.3]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait For Process 4

Enter a value that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source H in Profile

Setup.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait Event 1

Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source A in Profile

Setup.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait Event 2

Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source B in Profile

Setup.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait Event 3

Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source C in Profile

Setup.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F or units

-1,128.000 to 5,537.000°C

[nonE]

None (61)

[``on]

On (63)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[nonE]

[``on]

On (63)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[nonE]

[``on]

[`oFF]

None (61)

None (61)

On (63)

Off (62)

0.0°F or units

-18.0°C

None

None

None

[WE;4]

[WE.4]

[dow]

[doW]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Wait Event 4

Enter a state that must be satisfied which is specified by

Source D in Profile

Setup.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Day of Week

If step type is Wait for Time, select day of week for profile to proceed.

[nonE]

None (61)

[``on]

On (63)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``Ed]

Every Day (1567)

[`Wd]

Week Days (1566)

[Mon]

Monday (1559)

[`tue]

Tuesday (1560)

[Wed]

Wednesday (1561)

[thUr]

Thursday (1562)

[`Fri]

Friday (1563)

[`Sat]

Saturday (1564)

[`sun]

Sunday (1565)

None

Every

Day

[gSE1]

[gSE1]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 1

Select if profile should pause while process 1 deviates from deviation band.

[`oFF]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

30504

[offset 86]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x69

(105)

1 to (250)

0x21 (33)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 5033 float

RWE

30482

[offset 86]

30484

[offset 86]

30486

[offset 86]

30488

[offset 86]

30508

[offset 86]

30510

[offset 86]

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x16 (22)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x17 (23)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x18 (24)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x19 (25)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x23 (35)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x24 (36)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

5022

5023

5024

5025

5035

5036 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

138

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[gSE2]

[gSE2]

[gSE3]

[gSE3]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 2

Select if profile should pause while process 2 deviates from deviation band.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 3

Select if profile should pause while process 3 deviates from deviation band.

[`oFF]

[``on]

[`oFF]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off

Off

[gSE4]

[gSE4]

[Ent1]

[Ent1]

[Ent2]

[Ent2]

[Ent3]

[Ent3]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Guaranteed Soak

Enable 4

Select if profile should pause while process 4 deviates from deviation band.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 1

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out A is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 2

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out B is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 3

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out C is on, unchanged or off during this step.

[`oFF]

[``on]

[Ucgd]

[`oFF]

[``on]

[Ucgd]

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

[Ucgd]

[`oFF]

[``on]

Off (62)

On (63)

Unchanged (1557)

Off (62)

On (63)

Unchanged (1557)

Unchanged (1557)

Off (62)

On (63)

Off

Unchanged

Unchanged

Unchanged

[Ent4]

[Ent4]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 4

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out D is on, unchanged or off during this step.

[Ucgd]

Unchanged (1557)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

Unchanged

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

30512

[offset 86]

30514

[offset 86]

30516

[offset 86]

30466

[offset 86]

30468

[offset 86]

30470

[offset 86]

30472

[offset 86]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x25 (37)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 5037 uint

RWE

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x26 (38)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x27 (39)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0xE (14)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0xF (15)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x10 (16)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x11 (17)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

5038

5039

5014

5015

5016

5017 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

139

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

RMC Module •

Profile Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

Range Default

[Ent5]

[Ent5]

[Ent6]

[Ent6]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 5

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out E is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 6

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out F is on, unchanged or off during this step.

[Ucgd]

[`oFF]

[``on]

[Ucgd]

Unchanged (1557)

Off (62)

On (63)

Unchanged (1557)

[`oFF]

Off (62)

[``on]

On (63)

Unchanged

Unchanged

[Ent7]

[Ent7]

[Ent8]

[Ent8]

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 7

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out G is on, unchanged or off during this step.

Subroutine Step (1 to

150)

Event 8

Select whether output programmed as Profile Event Out H is on, unchanged or off during this step.

[Ucgd]

[`oFF]

[``on]

[Ucgd]

[`oFF]

[``on]

Unchanged (1557)

Off (62)

On (63)

Unchanged (1557)

Off (62)

On (63)

Unchanged

Unchanged

Note: Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with other interfaces .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

30474

[offset 86]

30476

[offset 86]

30478

[offset 86]

30480

[offset 86]

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x12 (18)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 5018 uint

RWE

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x13 (19)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x14 (20)

0x69

(105)

1 to (150)

0x15 (21)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

5019

5020

5021 uint

RWE uint

RWE uint

RWE

R: Read

W: Write

E: EEPROM

S: User Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

140

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

[UStP]

[UStP]

[``ti]

[ ti]

[rAtE]

[rAtE]

Step Type

Description

Step Types

Unused Step

This is an empty step that can be used to plan for future steps to be inserted or temporarily deactivate a step in a profile. Change step type back when the step should be active again.

Step Types

Time

If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Time, control loop 1 to 4 may be part of the profile and all enabled control loops follow independent set points over the specified time.

The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Step Types

Rate

If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Rate, control loop

1 must be part of the profile and all other enabled control loops follow the same set point and rate in degrees or units per minute. Ensure all control loops have the same units of measure. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Parameters in Step Type

- - - -

[CM;1]

Control Mode Loop 1

[CM;2]

Control Mode Loop 2

[CM;3]

Control Mode Loop 3

[CM;4]

Control Mode Loop 4

[tg;S1]

Target Set Point Loop 1

[tg;S2]

Target Set Point Loop 2

[tg;S3]

Target Set Point Loop 3

[tg;S4]

Target Set Point Loop 4

[hoUr]

Hours

[Min]

Minutes

[`SEC]

Seconds

[gSE1]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1

[gSE2]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 2

[gSE3]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 3

[gSE4]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 4

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

[CM;1]

Control Mode Loop 1

[CM;2]

Control Mode Loop 2

[CM;3]

Control Mode Loop 3

[CM;4]

Control Mode Loop 4

[tg;S1]

Target Set Point Loop 1

[gSE1]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1

[gSE2]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 2

[gSE3]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 3

[gSE4]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 4

[rAtE]

Rate

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

141

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

[SoAH]

[SoAk]

[CLoc]

[CLoc]

[W;PE]

[W.PE]

Step Types

Soak

Step Type

Description

A Soak Step maintains the last Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Parameters in Step Type

Step Types

Wait For Time

A Wait for Time Step is available with an Access module having the real-time calendar clock feature. This allows the program to wait for a specified day and time before proceeding to the next step. Used to have the profile execute steps everyday or only weekdays. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Step Types

Wait For Process or Event

A Wait For Process or Event Step will wait for four process values to match the Wait for Process Values (1 to 4), and/ or for the four Wait For Event states (1 to 4) to match the specified state. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

[CM;1]

Control Mode Loop 1

[CM;2]

Control Mode Loop 2

[CM;3]

Control Mode Loop 3

[CM;4]

Control Mode Loop 4

[hoUr]

Hours

[Min]

Minutes

[`SEC]

Seconds

[gSE1]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1

[gSE2]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 2

[gSE3]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 3

[gSE4]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 4

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

[hoUr]

Hours

[Min]

Minutes

[`SEC]

Seconds

[dow]

Day of Week

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

[P;E1]

Step Wait For Process Enable 1

[WP;1]

Wait For Process 1

[P;E2]

Step Wait For Process Enable 2

[WP;2]

Wait For Process 2

[P;E3]

Step Wait For Process Enable 3

[WP;3]

Wait For Process 3

[P;E4]

Step Wait For Process Enable 4

[WP;4]

Wait For Process 4

[WE;1]

Wait Event 1

[WE;2]

Wait Event 2

[WE;3]

Wait Event 3

[WE;4]

Wait Event 4

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

142

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

Display

[StAt]

[StAt]

[Subr]

[Subr]

[``JL]

[ JL]

[`End]

[ End]

Step Types

State

Step Type

Description

A State Step changes set points instantly to the specified values then maintains the Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Parameters in Step Type

Step Types

Subroutine

A Subroutine Step jumps to a set of subroutine steps that are common to many profiles. This allows efficiency by utilizing several steps to be accessed and called upon. Once the subroutine is complete, control is passed back to the main profile at the next step. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type not available in subroutine.

Step Types

Jump Loop

A Jump Loop step will repeat previous steps a number of times designated in Jump Count. Jump Loops can be nested up to four deep. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type not available in subroutine. Note: Use the Subroutine step type to jump forward to a set of common steps.

Step Types

End

An End Step will end the profile and set the control modes and set points to match the End Type. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. The event outputs will not be set off unless specifically stated in this step. If a profile does not have an End Step, the profile continues until step 250, then stops and maintains the last set points and control modes. In Subroutines, the End Step returns control back to the next profile step following the call.

[CM;1]

Control Mode Loop 1

[CM;2]

Control Mode Loop 2

[CM;3]

Control Mode Loop 3

[CM;4]

Control Mode Loop 4

[tg;S1]

Target Set Point Loop 1

[tg;S2]

Target Set Point Loop 2

[tg;S3]

Target Set Point Loop 3

[tg;S4]

Target Set Point Loop 4

[gSE1]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1

[gSE2]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 2

[gSE3]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 3

[gSE4]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 4

[hoUr]

Hours

[Min]

Minutes

[`SEC]

Seconds

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

[``SS]

Subroutine Step

[``SC]

Subroutine Count

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

[``JS]

Jump Step

[``JC]

Jump Count

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

[`End]

End Type

[Ent1]

Event 1

[Ent2]

Event 2

[Ent3]

Event 3

[Ent4]

Event 4

[Ent5]

Event 5

[Ent6]

Event 6

[Ent7]

Event 7

[Ent8]

Event 8

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

143

Chapter 5 Profiling Page

6

Chapter 6: Factory Pages

Control Module Factory Page Parameters

To navigate to the Factory Page using the RUI, follow the steps below:

1. From the Home Page, press and hold both the Advance

‰ and Infinity ˆ keys for six seconds.

2. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to view available menus.

3. Press the Advance Key choice.

to enter the menu of

4. If a submenu exists (more than one instance), press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to select and then press the Advance Key

to enter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to move through available menu prompts.

6. Press the Infinity Key ˆ to move backwards through the levels: parameter to submenu; submenu to menu; menu to Home Page.

7. Press and hold the Infinity Key ˆ for two seconds to return to the Home Page.

On the following pages, top level menus are identified with a yellow background color.

Note:

Some of these menus and parameters may not appear, depending on the controller's options. See model number information in the Appendix for more information. If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear.

Note:

Some of the listed parameters may not be visible. Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number.

[CUSt]

[FCty]

Custom Setup Menu

[```1]

to [``20]

[CUSt]

Custom Setup

[`par] Parameter

[`iid] Instance ID

[`LoC]

[FCty]

Security Setting Menu

[`LoC]

Security Setting

[LoC;o] Operations Page

[LoC;P] Profiling Page

[pas;e] Password

[RloC]

Read Lock

[SLoC] Write Security

[loC;l] Locked Access Level

[roll] Rolling Password

[pas;u] User Password

[pas;a] Administrator Password

[ULoC]

[FCty]

Security Setting Menu

[`LoC]

Security Setting

[CoDE] Public Key

[pass] Password

[diAg]

[FCty]

Diagnostics Menu

[diAg]

Diagnostics

[``Pn]

Part Number

[`rEu]

Software Revision

[S;bld]

Software Build Number

[``Sn]

Serial Number

[dAtE]

Date of Manufacture

[`CAL]

[FCty]

Calibration Menu

[```1]

[`ACt]

Calibration 1 (to 4)

[`Mu] Electrical Measurement

[ELi;o] Electrical Input Offset

[ELi;S] Electrical Input Slope

[ELo;o] Electrical Output Offset

[ELo;S] Electrical Output Slope

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

144

Chapter 6 Factory Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Factory Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

[CUSt]

[FCty]

Custom Setup Menu

[`par]

[ Par]

[`iid] iid]

Custom Menu

Parameter 1 to 20

Select the parameters that will appear in the

Home Page.

The Parameter 1 value will appear in the upper display of the

Home Page. It cannot be changed with the

Up and Down Keys in the Home Page.

The Parameter 2 value will appear in the lower display in the

Home Page. It can be changed with the Up and Down Keys, if the parameter is a writable one.

Scroll through the other

Home Page parameters with the Advance

Key

.

nonE]

None

[`l;st]

Limit Status

[`L;hy]

Limit Hysteresis

[`Lh;S]

Limit High Set Point

[`LL;S]

Limit Low Set Point

[gSd1]

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1

[P;ACr]

Profile Action Request

[P;Str]

Profile Start

[idLE]

Idle Set Point

[t;tUn]

TRU-TUNE+

®

Enable

[`r;rt]

Ramp Rate

[`C;hy]

Cool Hysteresis

[`C;Pb]

Cool Proportional Band

[`h;hy]

Heat Hysteresis

[`h;Pb]

Heat Proportional Band

[``db]

Dead Band

[``td]

Time Derivative

[``ti]

Time Integral

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power

[`C;M]

User Control Mode

[`AUt]

Autotune

[``op]

Open Loop Set Point

[AC;SP]

Active Set Point

[AC;pu]

Active Process Value

[StPt]

Set Point

CUSt]

Custom Menu

[`A;hy]

Alarm Hysteresis

[`A;hi]

Alarm High Set Point

[`A;Lo]

Alarm Low Set Point

[USr;r]

User Restore Set

[`C_F]

Display Units

[`i;CA]

Input Calibration Offset

[`Pro]

Process

Custom Setup (1 to 20)

Instance ID

Select the instance of the parameter selected above to be displayed.

1 to 24

- - - -

- - - -

[`LoC]

[FCty]

Security Setting Menu

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

14005 uint

RWES

14003 uint

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E: EE-

PROM

S: User

Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

145

Chapter 6 Factory Page

Display

[LoC;o]

[LoC.o]

[LoC;P]

[LoC.P]

[pas;e]

[LoC.P]

[rLoC]

[rLoC]

Parameter Name

Description

Security Setting

Operations Page

Use to change the required security level clearance required to gain access to the Operations Page.

Security Setting

Profiling Page

Use to change the required security level clearance required to gain access to the Profiling Page.

Security Setting

Password Enable

Turn Password Enable ON if a Password access feature is desired. This is in addition to Read Lock or

Write Security..

Security Setting

Read Lock

Set the read security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.

Applies regardless of

Password Enable setting. Set the Read

Lock clearance level.

The user can have read access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the

Write Security level is higher than the Read

Lock, the Read Lock level takes priority.

1 to 3

1 to 3

[`off]

Off

[``on]

On

1 to 5

RMC Module • Factory Page

Range Default

2

Modbus

Relative

Address

43342

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x67 (103)

1

2

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 3002 unit

RWE

3

Off

5

43354

- - - -

0x67 (103)

1

8

- - - -

- - - 0x67 (103)

1

0x0A (10)

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

3008

- - - -

3010 uint

RWE

- - - uint

RWE

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

R: Read

W: Write

E: EE-

PROM

S: User

Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

146

Chapter 6 Factory Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Factory Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

- - - -

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x67 (103)

1

0x0B (11)

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 3011 uint

RWE

[SLoC]

[SLoC]

[loC;l]

[LoC.L]

[roll]

[roLL]

Security Setting

Write Security

Set the write security clearance level. The user can access the selected level and all lower levels.

Applies regardless of

Password Enable setting. Set the Write

Security clearance level. The user can have write access to the selected level and all lower levels. If the

Write Security level is higher than the Read

Lock, the Read Lock level takes priority.

Security Setting

Locked Access Level

Determines user level menu visibility when

Password is enabled.

See Features section under Password Security. This setting is in addition to Read Lock and Write Security.

Consider using only

Locked Access Level and Set Read Lock and Write Security to 5.

Security Setting

Rolling Password

Applies if Password

Enable is ON. When power is cycled a new

Public Key will be displayed.

0 to 5

1 to 5

[`off]

[``on]

Off

On

5

5

Off

[pas;u]

[PAS.u]

Security Setting

User Password

Applies if Password

Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the

Locked Access Level setting. Do not forget the password as it is required to change

Locked Access Level,

Read Lock or Write

Security.

10 to 999 63

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

R: Read

W: Write

E: EE-

PROM

S: User

Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

147

Chapter 6 Factory Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Factory Page

Range Default

Modbus

Relative

Address

- - - -

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

- - - -

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - - - - -

- - - -

[pas;a]

[PAS.A]

Security Setting

Administrator Password

Applies if Password

Enable is ON. Used to acquire access to menus made available through the

Locked Access Level setting. Do not forget the password as it is required to change

Locked Access Level,

Read Lock, Write Security and the ability to change the Passwords.

[ULoC]

[FCty]

Security Setting Menu

[Code]

[CodE]

[pass]

[PASS]

Security Setting

Public Key

If Rolling Password is turned ON, generates a random number when power is cycled.

If Rolling Password is

OFF, a fixed number will be displayed. The

Public Key is only required if the assigned

Password is unknown.

Provide the key to the

OEM or technical support to gain access.

Security Setting

Password

Applies if Password

Enable is set to ON.

Enter the 4-digit assigned password. If unknown, contact your supervisor, the

OEM or technical support to gain access.

10 to 999

Customer Specific

-1999 to 9999

156

0

0

[diAg]

[FCty]

Diagnostics Menu

[``Pn]

[ Pn]

[`rEu]

[ rEu]

Diagnostics Menu

Part Number

Display this controller's part number.

Diagnostics Menu

Software Revision

Display this controller's firmware revision number.

24

5

- - - -

- - - -

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

4

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

0x65

(101)

1

9

0x65

(101)

1 to 5

0x11 (17)

- - - -

- - - -

115

116

- - - -

- - - -

1009

1003

- - - -

- - - int

RWE int

R

R: Read

W: Write

E: EE-

PROM

S: User

Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

148

Chapter 6 Factory Page

Display

[S;bLd]

[S.bLd]

[``Sn]

[ Sn]

[dAtE]

[dAtE]

Parameter Name

Description

Diagnostics Menu

Software Build

Number

Display the firmware build number.

Diagnostics Menu

Serial Number

Display the serial number.

Diagnostics Menu

Date of Manufacture

Display the date code.

0 to 2,147,483,647

0 to 2,147,483,647

0 to 2,147,483,647

RMC Module • Factory Page

Range Default

- - - 8

Modbus

Relative

Address

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x65

(101)

1 to 5

5

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 1005 float

R

- - - -

- - - -

12

14

0

0x65

(101)

1

7

0x65

(101)

1

8

0x65

(101)

1

1

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

1007

1008

1001 float

RWE float

RWE signed

32-bit

R

No Display

Diagnostics Menu

Hardware ID

Read the hardware

ID.

23 or 116 23

[`CAL]

[FCty]

Calibration Menu

[`Mu]

[ Mv]

[ELi;o]

[ELi.o]

Calibration Menu (1 to 4)

Electrical Measurement

Read the raw electrical value for this input in the units corresponding to the Sensor Type (Setup Page,

Analog Input Menu) setting.

Calibration Menu (1 to 4)

Electrical Input

Offset

Change this value to calibrate the low end of the input range.

-3.4e38 to 3.4e38

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

0.0

[ELi;S]

[ELi.S]

[ELo;o]

[ELo.o]

Calibration Menu (1 to 4)

Electrical Input

Slope

Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the input value.

Calibration Menu (1,

3, 5, 7)

Electrical Output

Offset

Change this value to calibrate the low end of the output range.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

1.0

0.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

400

[offset

90]

378

[offset

90]

380

[offset

90]

848 (1)

938 (5)

0x68

(104)

1 to 4

0x15 (21)

0x68

(104)

1 to 4

0xA (10)

0x68

(104)

1 to 4

0xB (11)

0x76

(118)

1 to 4

5

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

4021

4010

4011

18005 float

R float

RWES float

RWES float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E: EE-

PROM

S: User

Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

149

Chapter 6 Factory Page

Display

Parameter Name

Description

RMC Module • Factory Page

Range Default

[ELo;S]

[ELo.S]

Calibration Menu (1,

3, 5, 7)

Electrical Output

Slope

Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the output value.

-1,999.000 to 9,999.000

1.0

Note:

Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four-character display . Full values can be read with another interface .

If there is only one instance of a menu, no submenus will appear .

Modbus

Relative

Address

850 (1)

896 (3)

940 (5)

986 (7)

CIP

Class

Instance

Attribute hex (dec)

0x76

(118)

1 to 4

6

Profibus

Index

Parameter

ID

Data

Type

& Read/

Write

- - - 18006 float

RWES

R: Read

W: Write

E: EE-

PROM

S: User

Set

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

150

Chapter 6 Factory Page

7

Chapter 7: Features

Saving and Restoring User Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Tuning the PID Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Autotuning with TRU-TUNE+

® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Calibration Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Sensor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Sensor Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Set Point Low Limit and High Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Scale High and Scale Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Range High and Range Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Receiving a Remote Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Ten Point Linearization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

NO-ARC Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Cool Output Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Control Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Output Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

On-Off Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Proportional (P) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Proportional plus Integral (PI) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Dead Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Variable Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Single Set Point Ramping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Cascade Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Compressor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Differential Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Ratio Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Motorized Valve Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Process and Deviation Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Alarm Set Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Alarm Hysteresis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Alarm Latching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Alarm Silencing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Alarm Blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Resetting a Tripped Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Current Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Open Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Programming the EZ Key/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Using Password Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Modbus - Using Programmable Memory Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

151

Chapter 7 Features

7

Chapter 7: Features

(cont .)

Software Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Function Block Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Action Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Alarm Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Analog Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Compare Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Control Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Counter Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Custom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Diagnostic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Digital Input/Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Global Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Limit Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Linearization Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Logic Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Math Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Profile Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Process Value Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Security Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Special Output Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Timer Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Variable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

152

Chapter 7 Features

Saving and Restoring User Settings

Recording setup and operations parameter settings for future reference is very important. If you unintentionally change these, you will need to program the correct settings back into the controller to return the equipment to operational condition.

After you program the controller and verify proper operation, use User Settings Save [USr;S] (Setup

Page, Global Menu) to save the settings into either of two files in a special section of memory.

Note:

Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one user set.

If the settings in the controller are altered and you want to return the controller to the saved values, use

User Settings Restore [USr;r] (Setup Page, Global

Menu) to recall the previously saved settings.

A digital input or the Function Key can also be configured to restore parameters.

CAUTION:

If a Digital Input or Function Key is programmed for

User Setting Restore, the operator may select Factory Restore and the Digital Input or Function Key may no longer be programmed for User Setting Restore.

Note:

Only perform the above procedure when you are sure that all the correct settings are programmed into the controller. Saving the settings overwrites any previously saved collection of settings. Be sure to document all the controller settings. totune feature is rerun, the PID values are manually adjusted or TRU-TUNE+ ® is enabled.

Note:

Do not perform an autotune while a profile is running.

To initiate an autotune follow the steps below:

1. Using an RUI, from the Home Page, push the up or down keys to enter the desired Closed Loop Set

Point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set points that you want to tune for.

2. Navigate to the Operations Page, Loop Menu (push and hold the up and down arrow for approximately 3 seconds) and select the Autotune Set Point

[a ; tsp]

. The Autotune Set Point is expressed as a percent of the Closed Loop Set Point.

3. Set Autotune Request [`AUt] to [`YES]. If the autotune cannot be completed in 60 minutes, the autotune will time-out and the original settings will take effect.

Once started, the lower RUI display will flash between [tUnE] and the set point while the autotuning is underway. The temperature must cross the Autotune Set Point five times to complete the autotuning process. Once complete, the controller controls at the normal set point, using the new parameters.

If you need to adjust the tuning procedures aggressiveness, use Autotune Aggressiveness [T;Agr]

(Setup Page, Loop Menu). Select Under Damped

[Undr]

to bring the process value to the set point quickly. Select over damped [ouer] to bring the process value to the set point with minimal overshoot.

Select critical damped [Crit] to balance a rapid response with minimal overshoot.

Process Set Point

Autotune begins Autotune complete

Tuning the PID Parameters

Autotune

When an autotune is performed on the RMC module, the Closed Loop Set Point is used to calculate the tuning set point.

For example, if the active set point is 200° and autotune Set Point [A;tSP] (Operations Page, Loop

Menu) is set to 90 percent, the auto-tune function utilizes 180° for tuning. Changing the set point after an autotune has been started has no affect on the current tuning process. Set point changes can occur while the control is auto tuning. When the autotune is initially started it will use the current set point and will disregard all set point changes until the tuning process is complete. Once complete, the controller will then use the new set point. This is why it is a good idea to enter the active set point before initiating an autotune.

Auto tuning calculates the optimum heating and/ or cooling PID parameter settings based on the systems response. Autotuning can be enabled whether or not TRU-TUNE+

®

is enabled. The PID settings generated by the autotune will be used until the au-

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Autotune Set Point

(90 percent of Process Set Point)

Time

Manual Tuning

In some applications, the autotune process may not provide PID parameters for the process characteristics you desire. If that is the case, you may want to tune the controller manually.

1. Apply power to the controller and establish a set point typically used in your process.

2. Go to the Operations Page, Loop Menu, and set

153

Chapter 7 Features

Heat Proportional Band [`h;Pb] and/or Cool Proportional Band [`C;Pb] to 5. Set Time Integral

[``ti]

to 0. Set Time Derivative [``td] to 0.

3. When the system stabilizes, watch the process value. If it fluctuates, increase the Heat Proportional Band or Cool Proportional Band value in 3 to 5° increments until it stabilizes, allowing time for the system to settle between adjustments.

4. When the process has stabilized, watch Heat

Power [`h;Pr] or Cool Power [`C;Pr] (Operations

Page, Monitor Menu). It should be stable ±2%. At this point, the process temperature should also be stable, but it will have stabilized before reaching the set point. The difference between the set point and actual process value can be eliminated with Integral.

5. Start with an Integral value of 6,000 and allow

10 minutes for the process temperature to reach the set point. If it has not, reduce the setting by half and wait another 10 minutes. Continue reducing the setting by half every 10 minutes until the process value equals the set point. If the process becomes unstable, the Integral value is too small. Increase the value until the process stabilizes.

6. Increase Derivative to 0.1. Then increase the set point by 11° to 17°C. Monitor the system’s approach to the set point. If the process value overshoots the set point, increase Derivative to 0.2.

Increase the set point by 11° to 17°C and watch the approach to the new set point. If you increase

Derivative too much, the approach to the set point will be very sluggish. Repeat as necessary until the system rises to the new set point without overshoot or sluggishness.

For additional information about autotune and PID control, see related features in this chapter.

Once the Process Value has been at set point for a suitable period (about 30 minutes for a fast process to roughly two hours for a slower process) and if no further tuning of the PID parameters is desired or needed, TRU-TUNE+ may be turned off. However, keeping the controller in the adaptive mode allows it to automatically adjust to load changes and compensate for differing control characteristics at various set points for processes that are not entirely linear.

Once the PID parameters have been set by the

TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm, the process, if shut down for any reason, can be restarted in the adaptive control mode.

Turn TRU-TUNE+ on or off with TRU-TUNE+ Enable [t;tUn] (Setup Page, Loop Menu).

Use TRU-TUNE+ Band [t;bnd] (Setup Page,

Loop Menu) to set the range above and below the set point in which adaptive tuning will be active.

Adjust this parameter only in the unlikely event that the controller is unable to stabilize at the set point with TRU-TUNE+ Band set to auto (0). This may occur with very fast processes. In that case, set

TRU-TUNE+ Band to a large value, such as 100.

Use TRU-TUNE+ Gain [`t;gn] (Setup Page, Loop

Menu) to adjust the responsiveness of the adaptive tuning calculations. Six settings range from 1, with the most aggressive response and most potential overshoot (highest gain), to 6, with the least aggressive response and least potential for overshoot (lowest gain). The default setting, 3, is recommended for loops with thermocouple feedback and moderate response and overshoot potential.

Autotuning with TRU-TUNE+

®

The TRU-TUNE+ adaptive algorithm will optimize the controller's PID values to improve control of dynamic processes. TRU-TUNE+ monitors the Process

Value and adjusts the control parameters automatically to keep your process at set point during set point and load changes. When the controller is in the adaptive control mode, it determines the appropriate output signal and, over time, adjusts control parameters to optimize responsiveness and stability. The

TRU-TUNE+ feature does not function for on-off control.

The preferred and quickest method for tuning a loop is to establish initial control settings and continue with the adaptive mode to fine tune the settings.

Setting a controller's control mode to tune starts this two-step tuning process. (See Autotuning in this chapter.) This predictive tune determines initial, rough settings for the PID parameters. Then the loop automatically switches to the adaptive mode which fine tunes the PID parameters.

Before Tuning

Before autotuning, the controller hardware must be installed correctly, and these basic configuration parameters must be set:

• Sensor Type [`SEn] (Setup Page, Analog Input

Menu), and scaling, if required;

• Function [``Fn] (Setup Page, Output Menu) and scaling, if required.

How to Autotune a Loop

1. Enter the desired set point or one that is in the middle of the expected range of set points that you want to tune for.

2. Enable TRU-TUNE+.

3. Initiate an autotune. (See Autotuning in this chapter.)

When autotuning is complete, the PID parameters should provide good control. As long as the loop is in the adaptive control mode, TRU-TUNE+ continuously tunes to provide the best possible PID control for the process.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

154

Chapter 7 Features

ç

WARNING! During autotuning, the controller sets the output to 100 percent and attempts to drive the Process Value toward the set point . Enter a set point and heat and cool power limits that are within the safe operating limits of your system .

Inputs

Calibration Offset

Calibration offset allows a user to compensate for an inaccurate sensor, lead resistance or other factors that affect the input value. A positive offset increases the input value, and a negative offset decreases the input value.

The input offset value can be viewed or changed with Calibration Offset [`i;CA] (Operations Page,

Analog Input Menu).

Temperature Reading from Sensor

Negative Calibration Offset will compensate for the difference between the Sensor Reading and the Actual Temperature

Actual input values do NOT have to be exactly the recommended values, but it IS critical that the actual value of the signal connected to the controller be accurately known to at least four digits.

Calibration of Analog Inputs:

To calibrate an analog input, you will need to provide a source of two electrical signals or resistance values near the extremes of the range that the application is likely to utilize. See recommended values below:

Sensor Type

thermocouple millivolts volts milliamps

100 Ω RTD

1,000 Ω RTD

Precision

Source Low

0.000 mV

0.000 mV

Precision

Source High

50.000 mV

50.000 mV

0.000V 10.000V

0.000 mA 20.000 mA

50.00 Ω

500.0 Ω thermistor 5 kΩ 50.00

thermistor 10 kΩ 150.0

350.0 Ω

3,500 Ω

5,000

10,000 thermistor 20 kΩ 1,800 thermistor 40 kΩ 1,700 potentiometer 0.000

20,000

40,000

1,200

Actual Process Temperature

Time

Calibration

Before performing any calibration procedure, verify that the displayed readings are not within published specifications by inputting a known value from a precision source to the analog input. Next, subtract the displayed value with the known value and compare this difference to the published accuracy range specification for that type of input.

Use of the Calibration Offset [`i;CA] parameter found in the Operations Page [oPEr] , Analog Input

Menu [``Ai] shifts the readings across the entire displayed range by the offset value. Use this parameter to compensate for sensor error or sensor placement error. Typically this value is set to zero.

Equipment required while performing calibra-

tion: Obtain a precision source for millivolts, volts,

milliamperes or resistance depending on the sensor type to be calibrated. Use copper wire only to connect the precision source to the controller’s input. Keep leads between the precision source and controller as short as possible to minimize error. In addition, a precision volt/ohm meter capable of reading values to

4 decimal places or better is recommended. Prior to calibration, connect this volt/ohm meter to the precision source to verify accuracy.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

155

Note:

The user may only calibrate one sensor type. If the calibrator interferences with open thermocouple detection, set Sensor Type [`SEn] in Setup Page [`SEt],

Analog Input Menu [``Ai] to millivolt [`Mu] instead of Thermocouple [``tC] to avoid interference between the calibrator and open thermocouple detect circuit for the duration of the calibration process. Be sure to set sensor type back to the thermocouple type utilized.

1. Disconnect the sensor from the controller.

2. Record the Calibration Offset [`i;CA] parameter

value in the Operations Page [oPEr] , Analog In-

put Menu [``Ai] then set value to zero.

3. Wire the precision source to the appropriate con-

troller input terminals to be calibrated. Do not

have any other wires connected to the input ter-

minals. Please refer to the Install and Wiring sec-

tion of this manual for the appropriate connec-

tions.

4. Ensure the controller sensor type is programmed

to the appropriate Sensor Type [`SEn] to be uti-

lized in the Setup Page [`SEt] , Analog Input

[``Ai]

.

5. Enter Factory Page [FCty] , Calibration Menu

[`CAL] via RUI or EZ-ZONE Configurator Soft-

ware.

6. Select the Calibration [CAL] input instance to be

calibrated. This corresponds to the analog input to

be calibrated.

7. Set Electrical Input Slope [ELi;S] to 1.000 and

Electrical Input Offset [ELi;o] to 0.000 (this will

cancel any prior user calibration values)

Chapter 7 Features

8. Input a Precision Source Low value. Read Elec-

trical Measurement value [`Mu] of controller via

EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will be referred to

as Electrical Measured Low.

Record low value ______________

9. Input a Precision Source High value.

10. Read Electrical Measurement value [`Mu] of

controller via EZ-Configurator or RUI. This will

be referred to as Electrical Measured High.

Record high value ______________

11. Calculated Electrical Input Slope = (Precision

High – Precision Low) / (Electrical Measured High

– Electrical Measured Low)

Calculated Slope value ___________

12. Calculated Electrical Input Offset = Precision

Low – (Electrical Input Slope * Measured Low)

Calculated Offset value ___________

13. Enter the calculated Electrical Input Slope

[ELi;S] and Electrical Input Offset [ELi;o] into

the controller.

14. Exit calibration menu.

15. Validate calibration process by utilizing a calibra-

tor to the analog input.

16. Enter calibration offset as recorded in step 2 if re-

quired to compensate for sensor error.

Setting Electrical Input Slope [ELi;S] to 1.000 and

Electrical Input Offset [ELi;o] to 0.000, restores factory calibration as shipped from factory.

Sensor Selection

You need to configure the controller to match the input device, which is normally a thermocouple, RTD or process transmitter.

Select the sensor type with Sensor Type [`Sen]

(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).

Sensor Backup

The Process Value function can be set for sensor backup which would maintain closed-loop control after an input failure by switching the control input to another input sensor of choice. Turn sensor backup on or off via the Setup Page, Process Value Menu.

Source Function A must select a backup sensor from the same module (zone) where Source Function B through D can select a sensor as the backup from another zone (module).

Set Point Low Limit and High Limit

The controller constrains the set point to a value between a set point low limit and a set point high limit.

Set the set point limits with Low Set Point [`L;SP] and High Set Point [`h;SP] (Setup Page, Loop Menu).

There are two sets of set point low and high limits: one for a closed-loop set point, another for an open-loop set point.

High Limit of selected functional range

Range High Range (between High Limit of Sensor and Range Low)

Set Point High

Set Point Range (must be between Range High and Range Low)

Set Point Low

Filter Time Constant

Filtering smooths an input signal by applying a firstorder filter time constant to the signal. Filtering the displayed value makes it easier to monitor. Filtering the signal may improve the performance of PID control in a noisy or very dynamic system.

Adjust the filter time interval with Filter Time

[`FiL]

(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu). Example:

With a filter value of 0.5 seconds, if the process input value instantly changes from 0 to 100 and remained at

100, the display will indicate 100 after five time constants of the filter value or 2.5 seconds.

Unfiltered Input Signal

Filtered Input Signal

Time

Time

Filter Time Constant

Range Low Range (between Low Limit of Sensor and Range High)

Low Limit of selected functional range

Range Low and Range High

Scale High and Scale Low

When an analog input is selected as process voltage or process current input, you must choose the value of voltage or current to be the low and high ends. For example, when using a 4 to 20 mA input, the scale low value would be 4.00 mA and the scale high value would be 20.00 mA. Commonly used scale ranges are:

0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5V, 1 to 5V and 0 to 10V.

You can create a scale range representing other units for special applications. You can reverse scales from high values to low values for analog input signals that have a reversed action. For example, if 50 psi causes a 4 mA signal and 10 psi causes a 20 mA signal.

Scale low and high low values do not have to match the bounds of the measurement range. These along with range low and high provide for process scaling and can include values not measurable by the controller. Regardless of scaling values, the measured value will be constrained by the electrical measurements of the hardware.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

156

Chapter 7 Features

Select the low and high values with Scale Low

[`S;Lo]

and Scale High [`S;hi]. Select the displayed range with Range Low [`r;Lo] and Range High

[`r;hi]

(Setup Page, Analog Input Menu).

Range High and Range Low

With a process input, you must choose a value to represent the low and high ends of the current or voltage range. Choosing these values allows the controller’s display to be scaled into the actual working units of measurement. For example, the analog input from a humidity transmitter could represent 0 to 100 percent relative humidity as a process signal of 4 to 20 mA. Low scale would be set to 0 to represent 4 mA and high scale set to 100 to represent 20 mA. The indication on the display would then represent percent humidity and range from 0 to 100 percent with an input of 4 to 20 mA.

Select the low and high values with Range Low

[`r;Lo]

and Range High [`r;hi] (Setup Page, Analog

Input Menu).

sate for differences between the source value read

(input point) and the desired value (output point).

Multiple data points enable compensation for nonlinear differences between the sensor readings and target process values over the thermal or process system operating range. Sensor reading differences can be caused by sensor placement, tolerances, an inaccurate sensor or lead resistance.

The user specifies the unit of measurement and then each data point by entering an input point value and a corresponding output point value. Each data point must be incrementally higher than the previous point. The linearization function will interpolate data points linearly in between specified data points.

Reading from Sensor without Linearization

(Actual Value)

Input Point 1

2

3

4

5 6

7

8

9

Offset Zone

Input Point 10

Output Point 10

Receiving a Remote Set Point

The remote set point feature allows the controller to use a thermocouple, RTD, 1k potentiometer or process signal (from any RM module) as the second input to establish the set point, which allows its set point to be manipulated by an external source. A common application would use one ramping controller with a set-point retransmit output to ramp multiple controllers using the remote set point. Or you could use an analog output from a PLC to send set point values to an EZ-ZONE RMC. The controller must have at least two process inputs to use the remote set point feature.

You may select between local and remote set points at the front panel, with an event input, from a remote computer using the communications feature or from an external switch using an event input.

Make sure all input and output impedances are compatible.

Switch to the remote set point with Remote Enable [`r;En] (Operations Page, Loop Menu). Select whether the remote set point controls an open- or closed-loop set point with Remote Set Point Type

[`r;ty]

.

Assign the function of switching to a remote set point to an Action Function [``Fn] (Setup Page, Action Menu).

Assign the function of switching to a remote set point to the EZ Key with Digital Input Function

[``Fn]

(Setup Page, Function Key Menu).

Ten Point Linearization

The linearization function allows a user to re-linearize a value read from an analog source. The function selections are Off, Interpolated and Stepped. When set to Off the output will match the Source A value plus offset. There are 10 data points used to compen-

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Output Point 1

Outputs

Reading from Sensor with Linearization

(Displayed Value)

Time

No Offset

NO-ARC Relay

A NO-ARC relay provides a significant improvement in the life of the output relay over conventional relays.

Conventional mechanical relays have an expected life of 100,000 cycles at the rated full-load current.

The shorter life for conventional relays is due to the fact that when contacts open while current is flowing metal degradation occurs. This action produces unavoidable electrical arcing causing metal to transfer from one contact to the other. The arcing conditions continue on each subsequent contact opening until over time the resistance through the contacts increases causing the contacts to increase in temperature. Eventually, the contacts will weld together and the relay remains in the on state.

The Watlow NO-ARC relay is a hybrid relay. It uses a mechanical relay for the current load and a triac

(solid-state switch) to carry the turn-on and turn-off currents. NO-ARC relays extend the life of the relay more than two million cycles at the rated full-load current.

Although a NO-ARC relay has significant life advantages, a few precautions must be followed for acceptable usage:

Do not use:

• Hybrid relays for limit contactors. A limit or safety device must provide a positive mechanical break on all hot legs simultaneously;

157

Chapter 7 Features

• DC loads with hybrid relays. The triacs used for arc suppression will turn off only with ac line voltage;

• Hybrid switches to drive any inductive loads, such as relay coils, transformers or solenoids;

• Cycle times less than five seconds on hybrid switches;

• On loads that exceed 264V ac through relay;

• On loads that exceed 15 amperes load;

• On loads less than 100 mA;

• NO-ARC relays in series with other BO-ARC relays.

Cool Output Curve

A nonlinear output curve may improve performance when the response of the output device is nonlinear.

If a cool output uses one of the nonlinear curves a

PID calculation yields a lower actual output level than a linear output would provide.

These output curves are used in plastics extruder applications: curve 1 for oil-cooled extruders and curve 2 for water-cooled extruders.

100

80

Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point

The retransmit feature allows a process output to provide an analog signal that represents the set point or process value. The signal may serve as a remote set point for another controller or as an input for a chart recorder documenting system performance over time.

In choosing the type of retransmit signal the operator must take into account the input impedance of the device to be retransmitted to and the required signal type, either voltage or milliamperes.

Typically, applications might use the retransmit option to record one of the variables with a chart recorder or to generate a set point for other controls in a multi-zone application.

Outputs 1, 3, 5 and 7 can be ordered as process outputs. Assign an analog source to Output Function to accomplish retransmit of a process or set point value.

60

40

20

0

Curve 1

PID Calculation

Curve 2

Select a nonlinear cool output curve with Cool Output Curve [`C;Cr] (Setup Menu, Loop Menu).

Note:

The active set point is not retransmitted, only the user requested closed loop set point which may not be the closed loop set point in control. Retransmitting a profiling closed loop set point is not allowed.

Range High

Control Methods

Output Configuration

Controller outputs can be configured as a heat output, a cool output, an alarm output or deactivated and driven by any available control loop. No dependency limitations have been placed on the available combinations. The outputs can be configured in any combination. For instance, all three could be set to cool.

Heat and cool outputs use the set point and Operations parameters to determine the output value. All heat and cool outputs use the same set point value.

Heat and cool each have their own set of control parameters. All heat outputs use the same set of heat control parameters and all cool outputs use the same set of cool output parameters. Each alarm output has its own set of configuration parameters and set points, allowing independent operation.

Range Low

Scale Low

Retransmit Source

Scale High

Retransmit

Set the range of the process output with Scale

Low [`S;Lo] and Scale High [`S;hi]. Scale the retransmit source to the process output with Range

Low [`r;Lo] and Range High [`r;hi].

When the retransmit source is at the Range Low value, the retransmit output will be at its Scale Low value. When the retransmit source is at the Range

High value, the retransmit output will be at its Scale

High value.

Auto (closed loop) and Manual (open loop) Control

The controller has two basic modes of operation, auto mode and manual mode. Auto mode allows the controller to decide whether to perform closed-loop control or to follow the settings of Input Error Failure

[FAiL]

(Setup Page, Loop Menu). The manual mode only allows open-loop control. The RMC module is normally used in the auto mode. The manual mode is usually only used for specialty applications or for troubleshooting. Manual mode is open-loop control

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

158

Chapter 7 Features

that allows the user to directly set the power level to the controller’s output load. No adjustments of the output power level occur based on temperature or closed loop set point in this mode.

In auto mode, the controller monitors the input to determine if closed-loop control is possible. The controller checks to make certain a functioning sensor is providing a valid input signal. If a valid input signal is present, the controller will perform closedloop control. Closed-loop control uses a process sensor to determine the difference between the process value and the closed loop set point. Then the controller applies power to a control output load to reduce that difference. If a valid input signal is not present, the controller will indicate an input error message in the upper display and [Attn] in the lower display and respond to the failure according to the setting of

Input Error Failure [FAiL]. You can configure the controller to perform a “bumpless” transfer [bPLS], switch power to output a preset fixed level [MAn], or turn the output power off.

Bumpless transfer will allow the controller to transfer to the manual mode using the last power value calculated in the auto mode if the process had stabilized at a ±5 percent output power level for the time interval of Time Integral or 10 seconds, which ever is larger (Operations Page, Loop), prior to sensor failure, and that power level is less than 75 percent.

Reverse Bumpless functionality will take effect when the control is changed from Manual to Auto mode. The control will preload the Open Loop Set

Point value into the Integral Term, which will allow for a bumpless transition. The normal PID action will then take over to control the output to the Closed

Loop Set Point value.

Set Point

Actual Temperature

The Manual Control Indicator Light % is on when the controller is operating in manual mode.

If using an RUI switching between modes is easy if the Control Mode [`C;M] parameter is selected to appear in the Home Page.

To transfer to manual mode from auto mode, press the Advance Key

until [`C;M] appears in the lower display. The upper display will display

[AUto]

for auto mode. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select [Man]. The manual set point value will be recalled from the last manual operation.

To transfer to auto mode from manual mode, press the Advance Key

until [`C;M] appears in the lower display. The upper display will display

[MAn]

for manual mode. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to select [AUto]. The automatic set point value will be recalled from the last automatic operation.

Changes take effect after three seconds or immediately upon pressing either the Advance Key

or the Infinity Key ˆ.

On-Off Control

On-off control switches the output either full on or full off, depending on the input, set point and hysteresis values. The hysteresis value indicates the amount the process value must deviate from the set point to turn on the output. Increasing the value decreases the number of times the output will cycle.

Decreasing hysteresis improves controllability. With hysteresis set to 0, the process value would stay closer to the set point, but the output would switch on and off more frequently, and may result in the output

“chattering.” On-off control can be selected with Heat

Algorithm [`h;Ag] or Cool Algorithm [`C;Ag] (Setup

Page, Loop Menu). On-off hysteresis can be set with

Heat Hysteresis [`h;hY] or Cool Hysteresis [`C;hY]

(Operations Page, Loop Menu).

Sensor

Break

100%

Output Power

Note:

Input Error Failure Mode

[faIl]

does not function in on-off control mode. The output goes off.

40%

0%

2 minutes

Locks in

Output

Power

Time

Bumpless Transfer

Input Error Latching [`i;Er] (Setup Page, Analog Input Menu) determines the controller’s response once a valid input signal returns to the controller.

If latching is on, then the controller will continue to indicate an input error until the error is cleared.

To clear a latched alarm, press the Advance Key

‰ then the Up Key ¿.

If latching is off, the controller will automatically clear the input error and return to reading the temperature. If the controller was in the auto mode when the input error occurred, it will resume closed-loop control. If the controller was in manual mode when the error occurred, the controller will remain in open-loop control.

The heating action switches off when the process temperature rises above the set point.

Set Point

Hysteresis

Process Temperature

The heating action switches on at startup.

The heating action switches on when the process temperature drops below the set point minus the hysteresis.

Time

The cooling action switches on at startup.

The cooling action switches on when the process temperature rises above the set point plus the hysteresis.

Process Temperature

Set Point

The cooling action switches off when the process temperature drops below the set point.

Time

On/Off System Cycles

Hysteresis

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

159

Chapter 7 Features

Proportional (P) Control

Some processes need to maintain a temperature or process value closer to the set point than on-off control can provide. Proportional control provides closer control by adjusting the output when the temperature or process value is within a proportional band. When the value is in the band, the controller adjusts the output based on how close the process value is to the set point.

The closer the process value is to the set point, the lower the output power. This is similar to backing off on the gas pedal of a car as you approach a stop sign. It keeps the temperature or process value from swinging as widely as it would with simple on-off control. However, when the system settles down, the temperature or process value tends to “droop” short of the set point.

With proportional control the output power level equals (set point minus process value) divided by the proportional band value.

In an application with one output assigned to heating and another assigned to cooling, each will have a separate proportional parameter. The heating parameter takes effect when the process temperature is lower than the set point, and the cooling parameter takes effect when the process temperature is higher than the set point.

Adjust the proportional band with Heat Proportional Band [`h;Pb] or Cool Proportional Band

[`C;Pb]

(Operations Page, Loop Menu).

temperature or process value. Too much derivative

(rate) will make the system sluggish.

Adjust the derivative with Time Derivative

[``td]

(Operations Page, Loop Menu).

Reduced Overshoot

Set Point

Heating Slows

Proportional Band

Proportional Band x 2

Time

PID Control

Dead Band

In a PID application the dead bands above and below the set point can save an application’s energy and wear by maintaining process temperature within acceptable ranges. Use Dead Band to set an offset for the proportional band. With a negative value both the heating and cooling outputs are active when the process value is near the set point. A positive value prevents heating and cooling outputs from being on at the same time.

Proportional action ceases when the process value is within the dead band. Integral action continues to bring the process temperature to the set point.

Set Point

Overshoot

Cool Output Active

Proportional Band

Droop

Set Point

Heat Output Active

Set Point

Cool Output Active

Heat Output Active

Positive Dead Band

Time

Proportional Control

Proportional plus Integral (PI) Control

The droop caused by proportional control can be corrected by adding integral (reset) control. When the system settles down, the integral value is tuned to bring the temperature or process value closer to the set point. Integral determines the speed of the correction, but this may increase the overshoot at startup or when the set point is changed. Too much integral action will make the system unstable. Adjust the integral with Time Integral [``ti] (Operations

Page, Loop Menu).

Time

When the dead band value is zero, the heating output activates when the temperature drops below the set point, and the cooling output switches on when the temperature exceeds the set point.

Proportional, Integral and Derivative (PID) Control

Use derivative (rate) control to minimize the overshoot in a PI-controlled system. Derivative (rate) adjusts the output based on the rate of change in the

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

160

Time

Zero Dead Band

Chapter 7 Features

When the dead band value is a negative val-

ue, both heating and cooling outputs are active when

the temperature is near the set point.

50 percent output

3 ON, 3 OFF

Set Point

Cool Output Active

Heat Output Active

Negative Dead Band

Time

Adjust the dead band with Dead Band [``db]

(Operations Page, Loop Menu).

Variable Time Base

Variable time base is the preferred method for controlling a resistive load, providing a very short time base for longer heater life. Unlike phase-angle firing, variable-time-base switching does not limit the current and voltage applied to the heater.

With variable time base outputs, the PID algorithm calculates an output between 0 and 100%, but the output is distributed in groupings of three ac line cycles. For each group of three ac line cycles, the controller decides whether the power should be on or off. There is no fixed cycle time since the decision is made for each group of cycles. When used in conjunction with a zero cross (burst fire) device, such as a solid-state power controller, switching is done only at the zero cross of the ac line, which helps reduce electrical noise (RFI).

Variable time base should be used with solid-state power controllers, such as a solid-state relay (SSR) or silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) power controller.

Do not use a variable time base output for controlling electromechanical relays, mercury displacement relays, inductive loads or heaters with unusual resistance characteristics.

The combination of variable time base output and a solid-state relay can inexpensively approach the effect of analog, phase-angle fired control.

Select the AC Line Frequency [AC;LF] (Setup Page,

Global Menu), 50 or 60 Hz.

66 percent output

6 ON, 3 OFF

Single Set Point Ramping

Ramping protects materials and systems that cannot tolerate rapid temperature changes. The value of the ramp rate is the maximum degrees per minute or hour that the system temperature can change.

Ramping to set point starts from the process value and increments or decrements to the closed loop set point at the defined rate.

Select Ramp Action [``rP] (Setup Page, Loop

Menu):

[`oFF]

ramping not active.

[`Str]

ramp at startup.

[StPt]

ramp at a set point change.

[both]

ramp at startup or when the set point changes.

Select whether the rate is in degrees per minute or degrees per hour with Ramp Scale [`r;SC]. Set the ramping rate with Ramp Rate [`r;rt] (Setup Page,

Loop Menu).

Set Point

Temperature reaches Set Point quickly

Time

Heating System without Ramping

100 percent output

10 ON, 0 OFF

Set Point per minute degrees

Temperature ramps to Set Point at a set rate

Time

Heating System with Ramping

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

161

Chapter 7 Features

Cascade Control

Cascade control is a control strategy in which one control loop provides the set point for another loop. It allows the process or part temperature to be reached quickly while minimizing overshoot. Cascade is used to optimize the performance of thermal systems with long lag times. The graph on the next page illustrates a thermal system with a long lag time.

Curve A represents a single loop control system with PID parameters that allow a maximum heat up rate. Too much energy is introduced and the set point is overshot. In most systems with long lag time, the process value may never settle out to an acceptable error. Curve C represents a single control system tuned to minimize overshoot. This results in unacceptable heat up rates, taking hours to reach the final value. Curve B shows a cascade system that limits the energy introduced into the system, allowing an optimal heat up rate with minimal overshoot.

Cascade control uses two control loops (outer and inner) to control the process. The outer loop (analog input 2) monitors the process or part temperature, which is then compared to the closed loop set point.

The result of the comparison, the error signal, is acted on by the PID settings in the cascade outer loop, which then generates a power level for the outer loop. The set point for the inner loop is determined by the outer loop power level. The inner loop input

(any input) monitors the energy source (heating and cooling), which is compared to the inner loop set point generated by the outer loop. The result of the comparison, the error signal, is acted on by the PID settings in the cascade inner loop, which generates an output power level between -100% to +100%. If the power level is positive the heat will be on; if the power level is negative the cool will come on. Power from the energy sources are supplied by the outputs of choice.

Compressor Control

The compressor control can save wear on a compressor and prevent it from locking up from short cycling.

A bypass valve operated by a control output regulates how the process is cooled, while another output switches the compressor on and off. The compressor will not turn on until the output power exceeds the

Compressor On % Power for a time longer than the

Compressor On Delay. The compressor will not turn off until the output power exceeds the Compressor

Off % Power for a time longer than the Compressor

Off Delay.

Heat

% Power

100%

2%

0%

Cool

-100%

Cascade

2% Compressor

Off Power

0% Compressor

On Power

Time In Seconds

Curve A (PID)

Compressor

On

Off

Compressor On Delay = 45 Seconds

Set

Point

Compressor Off Delay = 20 Seconds

Curve B (Cascade)

Curve C (Single-control)

Differential Control

After configuring the appropriate inputs and their associated internal functions Differential Control allows the RMC to drive an output based on the difference between those analog inputs.

Time

Cascade

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

162

Input 1

Output 1

Input 2

Chapter 7 Features

Ratio Control

Ratio control is commonly used to ensure that two or more flows are kept at the same ratio even if the flows are changing; especially useful in applications that mix materials.

Applications of ratio control:

• Blending two or more flows to produce a mixture with specified composition.

• Blending two or more flows to produce a mixture with specified physical properties.

• Maintaining correct air and fuel mixture to combustion.

Input 1 Output 1 mixed paint

Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points.

Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output.

Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software.

Process and Deviation Alarms

A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points to define an alarm condition.

A deviation alarm uses one or two set points that are defined relative to the control set point. High and low alarm set points are calculated by adding or subtracting offset values from the control set point.

If the set point changes, the window defined by the alarm set points automatically moves with it.

Select the alarm type [`A;ty] via the Setup Page,

Alarm Menu.

controlled flow of pigment flow transmitter flow transmitter

Input 2

Mixing Tank

Motorized Valve Control

A motorized valve is used is to regulate the flow of fluid which in turn impacts the loop process value. A valve is opened or closed by closing contacts to drive the value in the intended direction. This feature is configured by selecting Motorized Valve as the function in the Setup Page, Special Output Function menu. Source Function A is selected for either Heat or Cool Power then entering the Valve Travel Time and Deadband.

Lastly, program the outputs which will open and close the valve. The algorithm will calculate Dead

Time which is the minimum on time that the valve will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band / 100

* Valve Travel Time.

Alarm Set Points

The alarm high set point defines the process value or temperature that will trigger a high side alarm.

The alarm low set point defines the temperature that will trigger a low side alarm. For deviation alarms, a negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point. A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point. View or change alarm set points with Alarm Low [`A;Lo] and Alarm High Set

Points [`A;hi] (Operations Page, Alarm Menu).

Alarm Hysteresis

An alarm state is triggered when the process value reaches the alarm high or alarm low set point. Alarm

Hysteresis defines how far the process must return into the normal operating range before the alarm can be cleared.

Alarm Hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set point. This zone is defined by adding the hysteresis value to the alarm low set point or subtracting the hysteresis value from the alarm high set point. View or change Alarm Hysteresis [`A;hy] via the Setup

Page, Alarm Menu.

® motorized valve uncontrolled flow of unmixed paint

Gas Furnace

Output 1 = Close

Output 2 = Open

Valve

Actuator

Temperature

Sensor

High Side Alarm Range

Alarm High Set Point

Alarm Hysteresis

Gas Flow

Alarms

Alarms are activated when the output level, process value or temperature leaves a defined range. A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered, what action it takes and whether it turns off automatically when the alarm condition is over.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

163

Normal Operating Range

Alarm Hysteresis

Alarm Low Set Point

Low Side Alarm Range

Time

Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis

Chapter 7 Features

Alarm Latching

A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm condition has passed. It can only be deactivated by the user and only when the alarm condition no longer exists.

If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and [Attn] in the lower display. To clear a latched alarm:

1. Push the Advance Key

to display [ignr] in the upper display and the message source in the lower display.

2. Use the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear [`CLr] or Silence

[`SiL]

.

3. Push the Advance

or Infinity ˆ key to execute the action.

Without an RUI, silencing aa alarm can be accomplished by configuring an Action function within the control to silence the alarm. Do this by setting the

Action Function to Silence and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function A.

Turn Alarm Silencing [`A;Si] on or off via the

Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

2. Use the Up ¿ or Down ¯ keys to scroll through possible responses, such as Clear [`CLr] or Silence

[`SiL]

.

3. Push the Advance

or Infinity ˆ key to execute the action.

Without an RUI, a latched alarm can be reset by cycling power to the module or configuring an Action function within the control to perform a reset.

Do this by setting the Action Function to alarm and trigger the Action to occur through Source Function

A.

An alarm that is not latched (self-clearing) will deactivate automatically when the alarm condition has passed. Turn Alarm Latching [`A;LA] on or off via the Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

Alarm Blocking

Alarm blocking allows a system to warm up after it has been started up. With alarm blocking on, an alarm is not triggered when the process temperature is initially lower than the alarm low set point or higher than the alarm high set point. The process temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm function.

If the RMC module has an output that is functioning as a deviation alarm, the alarm is blocked when the set point is changed, until the process value reenters the normal operating range.

Turn Alarm Blocking [`A;bL] on or off via the

Setup Page, Alarm Menu.

The alarm state begins when the temperature reaches the Alarm High Set Point

Process

Temperature

Alarm Hysteresis

Normal Operating Range

The alarm state continues until the temperature drops to the Alarm High

Set Point minus the hysteresis. A latching alarm could be turned off by the operator at this point. A non-latching alarm would turn off automatically.

Time

Alarm Response with Hysteresis

Alarm High

Set Point

Alarm Low

Set Point

Resetting a Tripped Limit

When a limit controller is ordered (RMC[5,6] _ [5,6] _

[5,6] _ [5,6] _ _ _ _ _) output 2 (digit 4), output 4 (digit

6), output 6 (digit 8) or output 8 (digit 10) will always be a Form A (normally open) Mechanical Relay and it will always be internally tied to the limit function.

When the limit is in a safe state the internal coil for this relay will be energized, therefore the relay will be closed. When a condition occurs that causes the limit to trip, the internal coil will deengerize causing the relay to latch open. When the condition that caused the limit to trip has been resolved, the relay will remain latched open until reset. The process to reset a latched limit can be different from control to control and is dependent upon the controller firmware version.

Alarm Silencing

If alarm silencing is on the operator can disable the alarm output while the controller is in an alarm state. The process value or temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm output function again.

If using an RUI an active message, such as an alarm message, will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and [Attn] in the lower display. To silence an alarm:

To check the firmware revision of your control do one of the following:

If Used in Conjunction with an Remote User Interface

1. Navigate to the RMC Factory Page by simultaneously pushing and holding the Advance Key

‰ and the Infinity ˆ for approximately 8 seconds

1. Push the Advance Key

to display [ignr] in the

upper display and the message source in the lower display.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

164

and then use the up or down arrow key to navigate to the Diagnostic Menu. Once there, push the Advance Key twice where the revision [`reu] will be shown in the lower display and the upper display will indicate the current firmware revision.

Chapter 7 Features

Execute One of the Following Steps to Reset a

Tripped Limit Prior to Firmware Release 6.0:

1. Push the Advance Key

and then push the Up ¿

or Down ¯ keys and select Clear [`Clr].

2. Configure an Action Function to Limit Reset assigning the Source Function to a digital input

(navigate to the Setup Page under the Action

Menu).

3. Use a field bus protocol, i.e., Modbus, EtherNet/

IP, etc...where a value of zero would be written to the associated address (to find the appropriate address, navigate to the Operations Page and then the Limit Menu. Under the Limit Menu look for

Limit Clear Request).

4. Cycle the power to the controller.

Execute One of the Following Steps to Reset a

Tripped Limit with Firmware Release 6.0 and above:

1. Push the

Advance Key

and then push the Up ¿

or Down ¯ keys and select Clear [`Clr].

2. Follow the steps below:

2a. Navigate to the Setup Page and then the Limit Menu

2b. Set Source Function A to the desired device that will reset the limit (Digital I/O, Variable or Function Key)

2c. Define the Source Instance and Zone

3. Use a field bus protocol, i.e., Modbus, EtherNet/

IP, etc...where a value of zero would be written to the associated address (navigate to the Operations Page and look for Limit Clear Request under the Limit Menu to find appropriate address).

4. Cycle the power to the controller.

Current Sensing

Open heater circuit detection

Current Error [`C;Er] (Operations Page, Current

Menu) detects an open load circuit if no current is flowing through the current transformer when the output associated with the current sense input is active and the load is supposed to be on.

Shorted heater circuit detection

Current Error detects a shorted load circuit if current is flowing through the current transformer when the output is inactive and the load is supposed to be off.

Set the current detect set points with High Set

Point [`C;hi] and Low Set Point [`C;Lo] (Operations

Page, Current Menu).

View the current level and most recent faults with Read, Current Error [`C;Er] (Operations Page,

Current Menu) and Heater Error [`h;Er] (Operations Page, Current Menu).

Open Loop Detection

When Open Loop Detection is enabled [`l;de] , the controller will look for the power output to be at

100%. Once there, the control will then begin to monitor the Open Loop Detect Deviation [`l;dd] as it relates to the value entered for the Open Loop Detect

Time [`l;dt]. If the specified time period expires and the deviation does not occur, an Open Loop Error will be triggered. Once the Open Loop Error condition exists the control mode will go off.

Note:

All prompts identified in this section can be found in the Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

Programming the EZ Key/s

If using an RUI, the EZ Key can be configured either in the Setup Menu or with EZ-ZONE configurator software, using a personal computer.

The following examples show how to program the

EZ Key to start and stop a profile.

1. To go to the Setup Page from the Home Page, press both the Up ¿ and Down ¯ keys for six seconds. [``Ai] will appear in the upper display and

[`Set]

will appear in the lower display.

2. Press the Up Key ¿ until [`Fun] appears in the upper display and [`SEt] will appear in the lower display.

3. Press the Advance Key

until Digital Input Level

[`leu]

appears in the lower display. Use an arrow key to specify the state of the key (high or low) when the controller is powered up. Functions will toggle with each press of the EZ Key, such as Profile Start/Stop.

4. Press the Advance Key

. The lower display will show Digital Function [``Fn]. Press the Up ¿ or

Down ¯ key to scroll through the functions that can be assigned to the EZ Key

When Profile Start/Stop [P;StS] appears in the upper display and [``Fn] appears in the lower display, press the Advance Key

once to select that function and move to the Function Instance

[``Fi] parameter.

5. Press the Up ¿ or Down ¯ key to scroll to the profile that you want the EZ Key to control.

6. The instance tells the controller which of the numbered functions should be acted upon. For profiles, there are 25 instances. Press the Infinity Key ˆ once to return to the submenu, twice to return to the main menu or three times to return to the Home Page.

Using Lockout to Hide Pages and Menus

If unintentional changes to parameter settings might raise safety concerns or lead to downtime, your can use the lockout feature to make them more secure.

These settings will affect any access using Standard

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

165

Chapter 7 Features

Bus, including the RUI. This does not affect field protocol access.

Each of the menus in the Factory Page and each of the pages, except the Factory Page, has a security level assigned to it. You can change the read and write access to these menus and pages by using the parameters in the Lockout Menu (Factory Page).

Lockout Menu

There are five parameters in the Lockout Menu (Factory Page):

• Lock Operations Page [LoC;o] sets the security

level for the Operations Page. (default: 2)

Note:

The Home and Setup Page lockout levels are fixed and cannot be changed.

• Lock Profiling Page [LoC;P] sets the security level

for the Profiling Page. (default: 3)

• Password Security Enable [pas;e] will turn on or

off the Password security feature. (default: off)

• Read Lockout Security [rLoC] determines which

pages can be accessed. The user can access the se-

lected level and all lower levels. (default: 5)

• Set Lockout Security [SLoC] determines which

parameters within accessible pages can be written

to. The user can write to the selected level and all

lower levels. (default: 5)

The table that follows represents the various levels of lockout for the Set Lockout Security prompt and the Read Lockout Security prompt. The Set Lockout has 6 levels (0-5) of security where the Read Lockout has 5 (1-5). Therefore, level "0" applies to Set Lockout only. "Y" equates to yes (can write/read) where "N" equates to no (cannot write/read). The colored cells simply differentiate one level from the next.

Lockout Security [SLoC] & [rloC]

Lockout Level 0 1 2 3 4 5

Home Page Y Y Y Y Y Y

Operations Page N N Y Y Y Y

Setup Page

Profile Page

N N N N Y Y

N N N Y Y Y

Custom Menu

Factory Page

N N N N N Y

Diagnostic Menu N Y Y Y Y Y

Calibration Menu N N N N N Y

Lockout Menu

[LoC;O]

[ loC; p]

[ pas ; e]

N Y Y Y Y Y

N Y Y Y Y Y

N Y Y Y Y Y

[rloC]

[sloC]

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

The following examples show how the Lockout Menu parameters may be used in applications:

1. You can lock out access to the Operations Page but allow an operator access to the Profile Menu, by changing the default Profile Page and Operations Page security levels. Change Lock Operations Page [LoC;o] to 3 and Lock Profiling Page

[LoC;P]

to 2. If Set Lockout Security [SLoC] is set to 2 or higher and the Read Lockout Security

[rLoC]

is set to 2, the Profiling Page and Home

Pages can be accessed, and all writable parameters can be written to. Pages with security levels greater than 2 will be locked out (inaccessible).

2 If Set Lockout Security [SLoC] is set to 0 and

Read Lockout Security [rLoC] is set to 5, all pages will be accessible, however, changes will not be allowed on any pages or menus, with one exception: Set Lockout Security [SLoC] can be changed to a higher level.

3. The operator wants to read all the menus and not allow any parameters to be changed.

In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read

Lockout Security [rLoC] to 5 and Set Lockout

Security [SLoC] to 0.

4. The operator wants to read and write to the

Home Page and Profiling Page, and lock all other pages and menus.

In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read

Lockout Security [rLoC] to 2 and Set Lockout

Security [SLoC] to 2.

In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Lock

Operations Page [LoC;O] to 3 and Lock Profiling

Page [LoC;P] to 2.

5. The operator wants to read the Operations

Page, Setup Page, Profiling Page, Diagnostics

Menu, Lock Menu, Calibration Menu and Custom Menus. The operator also wants to read and write to the Home Page.

In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Read

Lockout Security [rLoC] to 1 and Set Lockout

Security [SLoC] to 5.

In the Factory Page, Lockout Menu, set Lock

Operations Page [LoC;O] to 2 and Lock Profiling

Page [LoC;P] to 3.

Using Password Security

It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of security to the control where a limited number of menus are visible and not providing access to others without a security password. Without the appropriate password those menus will remain inaccessible.

If Password Enabled [pas;e] in the Factory Page under the [`loC] Menu is set to on, an overriding

Password Security will be in effect. When in effect, the only Pages that a User without a password has visibility to are defined in the Locked Access Level

[ loC;L]

prompt. On the other hand, a User with a password would have visibility restricted by the Read

Lockout Security [rloC]. As an example, with Password Enabled and the Locked Access Level [loC;L]

166

Chapter 7 Features

set to 1 and [rloC] is set to 3, the available Pages for a User without a password would be limited to the Home and Factory Pages (locked level 1). If the

User password is entered all pages would be accessible with the exception of the Setup Page as defined by level 3 access.

How to Enable Password Security

Go to the Factory Page by holding down the Infinity

ˆ

key and the Advance

key for approximately six seconds. Once there, push the Down ¯ key one time to get to the [`loC] menu. Again push the Advance

key until the Password Enabled [pas;e] prompt is visible. Lastly, push either the up or down key to turn it on. Once on, 4 new prompts will appear:

1. [loC;l] , Locked Access Level (1 to 5) correspond

ing to the lockout table above.

2. [roll] , Rolling Password will change the Cus-

tomer Code every time power is cycled.

3. [pas;u] , User Password which is needed for a Us-

er to acquire access to the control.

4. [pas;a] , Administrator Password which is need-

ed to acquire administrative access to the control.

The Administrator can either change the User and or the Administrator password or leave them in the default state. Once Password Security is enabled they will no longer be visible to anyone other than the

Administrator. As can be seen in the formula that follows either the User or Administrator will need to know what those passwords are to acquire a higher level of access to the control. Back out of this menu by pushing the Infinity ˆ key. Once out of the menu, the Password Security will be enabled.

How to Acquire Access to the Control

To acquire access to any inaccessible Pages or

Menus, go to the Factory Page and enter the [UloC] menu. Once there follow the steps below:

Note:

If Password Security (Password Enabled [pas;e]

is On) is enabled the two prompts mentioned below

in the first step will not be visible. If unknown,

call the individual or company that originally set-

up the control.

1. Acquire either the User Password [pas;u] or the

Administrator Password [pas;a].

2. Push the Advance

key one time where the Code

[Code] prompt will be visible.

Note:

a. If the the Rolling Password is off push the Ad-

vance key one more time where the Password

[pass] prompt will be displayed. Proceed to

either step 7a or 8a. Pushing the Up ¿ or Down

¯ arrow keys enter either the User or Adminis-

trator Password. Once entered, push and hold

the Infinity ˆ key for two seconds to return to

the Home Page. b. If the Rolling Password [roll] was turned on

proceed on through steps 3 - 9.

3. Assuming the Code [Code] prompt (Public Key)

is still visible on the face of the control simply

push the Advance key

to proceed to the

[ pass]

prompt. If not find your way

back to the Factory Page as described above.

4. Execute the calculation defined below (7b or 8b)

for either the User or Administrator.

5. Enter the result of the calculation in the upper

display play by using the Up ¿ and Down ¯ arrow

Software. keys or use EZ-ZONE Confgurator

6. Exit the Factory Page by pushing and holding the

ˆ

key for two seconds.

Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to calculate the Password follows:

Passwords equal:

7. User

a. If Rolling Password [roll] is Off, Password

[pass] equals User Password [pas;u].

b. If Rolling Password [roll] is On, Password

[pass] equals:

([pas;u] x code) Mod 929 + 70

8. Administrator

a. If Rolling Password [roll] is Off, Password

[pass] equals Administrator Password

[ pas ;a ]

.

b. If Rolling Password [roll] is On, Password

[pass] equals:

([pas;a] x code) Mod 997 + 1000

Differences Between a User Without Password,

User With Password and Administrator

- User without a password is restricted by the

Locked Access Level [loC;l].

- A User with a password is restricted by the

Read Lockout Security [rloC] never having ac-

cess to the Lock Menu [`loC].

- An Administrator is restricted according to the

Read Lockout Security [rloC] however, the Ad-

ministrator has access to the Lock Menu where

the Read Lockout can be changed.

Modbus - Using Programmable Memory

Blocks

When using the Modbus protocol, the RMC module features a block of addresses that can be configured by the user to provide direct access to a list of 40 user configured parameters. This allows the user easy access to this customized list by reading from or writing to a contiguous block of registers.

To acquire a better understanding of the tables found in the back of this manual ( See Appendix:

(

Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks ) please read

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

167

Chapter 7 Features

through the text below which defines the column headers used.

Assembly Definition Addresses

- Fixed addresses used to define the parameter

that will be stored in the "Working Addresses",

which may also be referred to as a pointer. The

value stored in these addresses will reflect (point

to) the Modbus address of a parameter within the

RM control.

Assembly Working Addresses

- Fixed addresses directly related to their associ-

ated "Assembly Definition Addresses" (i.e., As-

sembly Working Addresses 200 & 201 will as-

sume the parameter pointed to by Assembly Defi-

nition Addresses 40 & 41).

When the Modbus address of a target parameter is stored in an "Assembly Definition Address" its corresponding working address will return that parameter’s actual value. If it’s a writable parameter, writing to its working register will change the parameter’s actual value.

As an example, Modbus registers 726 and 727 contain the Limit 1 High Set Point (See Operations

Page, Limit Menu). If the value 726 and 727 is loaded into Assembly Definition Address 110 and 111 respectively (by default these registers are configured as

Alarm 8 State), the Limit 1 High Set Point will now be stored in Modbus registers 270 and 271.

The table (See Appendix: Modbus Programmable

Memory Blocks) identified as "Assembly Definition

Addresses and Assembly Working Addresses" reflects the assemblies and their associated addresses.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

168

Chapter 7 Features

Software Configuration

Using EZ-ZONE

®

Configurator Software

To enable a user to configure the RMC module using a personal computer (PC), Watlow has provided free software for your use. If you have not yet obtained a copy of this software insert the CD (Controller Support Tools) into your CD drive and install the software. Alternatively, if you are viewing this document electronically and have a connection to the internet simply click on the link below and download the software from the Watlow web site free of charge.

http://www.watlow.com/products/software/zone_config.cfm

Once the software is installed double click on the

EZ-ZONE Configurator icon placed on your desktop during the installation process. If you cannot find the icon follow the steps below to run the software:

1. Move your mouse to the "Start" button

2. Place the mouse over "All Programs"

3. Navigate to the "Watlow" folder and then the sub-

folder "EZ-ZONE Configurator"

4. Click on EZ-ZONE Configurator to run.

The first screen that will appear is shown below.

The available options allows the user to click on a drop down box to select a specific known communications port. Clicking on the Advanced button allows the user to define the number of EZ-ZONE devices to look for on the network. The screen that follows shows that the software is scanning for devices on the network and that progress is being made.

When complete the software will display all of the available devices found on the network as shown below.

If the PC is already physically connected to the RMC module click the next button to go on-line.

Note:

When establishing communications from PC to the

RMC module an interface converter will be required.

The Standard Bus network uses EIA-485 as the interface. Most PCs today would require a USB to EIA-485 converter. However, some PCs may still be equipped with EIA-232 ports, therefore an EIA-232 to EIA-485 converter would be required.

As can be seen in the above screen shot the software provides the user with the option of downloading a previously saved configuration as well as the ability to create a configuration off-line to download later.

The screen shots that follow will take the user online.

After clicking the next button above, it is necessary to define the communications port on the PC to use.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

169

Chapter 7 Features

In the previous screen shot the RMC is shown highlighted to bring greater clarity to the control in focus.

Any EZ-ZONE device on the network will appear in this window and would be available for the purpose of configuration or monitoring. After clicking on the control of choice simply click the next button once again. The next screen appears below.

brought to an individual parameter (single click of mouse) as is the case for Analog Input 1 in the left column, all that can be setup related to that parameter will appear in the center column. The grayed out fields in the center column simply mean that this does not apply for the type of sensor selected. As an example, notice that when TC Linearization is select

In the screen shot above notice that the device part number is clearly displayed at the top of the page

(green highlight added for emphasis). When multiple

EZ-ZONE devices are on the network it is important that the part number be noted prior to configuring so as to avoid making unwanted configuration changes to another control.

Looking closely at the left hand column (Parameter

Menus) notice that it displays all of the available menus and associated parameters within the control.

The menu structure as laid out within this software follows:

- Setup

- Operations

- Factory

- Profile

Navigating from one menu to the next is easy and clearly visible. Simply slide the scroll bar up or down to display the menu and parameter of choice. As an alternative, clicking on the negative symbol next to

Setup will collapse the Setup Menu where the Operations Menu will appear next and perhaps deliver more clarity for the area of focus by not displaying unwanted menus and parameters. Once the focus is

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

-ed, RTD Leads does not apply and is therefore grayed out. To speed up the process of configuration notice that at the bottom of the center column there is an option to copy settings. If Analog Input 1, 2 and

3 are the same type of sensor click on "Copy Settings" where a copy from/to dialog box will appear allowing for quick duplication of all settings.

Notice too, that by clicking on any of those items in the center column that context sensitive help will appear for that particular item in the right hand column.

170

Chapter 7 Features

Lastly, when the configuration is complete click the

"Finish" button at the bottom right of the previous screen shot. The screen that follows this action can be seen below.

Although the RMC module now contains the configuration (because the previous discussion focused on doing the configuration on-line) it is suggested that after the configuration process is completed that the user save this file on the PC for future use. If for some reason someone inadvertently changed a setting without understanding the impact it would be easy and perhaps faster to download a saved configuration back to the control versus trying to figure out what was changed.

Of course, there is an option to exit without saving a copy to the local hard drive.

After selecting Save above, click the "Finish" button once again. The screen below will than appear.

When saving the configuration note the location where the file will be placed (Saved in) and enter the file name (File name) as well. The default path for saved files follows:

\My Documents\Watlow\EZ-ZONE CONFIGURA-

TOR\Saved Configurations

The user can save the file to any folder of choice.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

171

Chapter 7 Features

Function Block Descriptions

Each of the next several pages graphically shows each of the RMC function blocks. Note that as you view each you will find text that is black and text that appears gray. The gray text represents inputs that are not currently available based on the functions defined use (red text). For instance, when the defined use of the Analog Input function is set for RTD, TC Linearization will appear gray. Ranges specified are in units or degrees F, if expressed in degrees C, the range will be smaller.

Alarm Function

The Alarm function will cause the output to change states when Alarm Source exceeds Alarm Set Points.

Alarm

Alarm Hysteresis

Alarm Bloc

Alarm Sides

Type hing king oint oint

Action Function

The Action Function will cause the action selected to occur when Source Function A = ON and Active

Level = High. The active level specifies when the action occurs. A digital value that is high causes the action function when Active Level = High. A digital value that is low causes the action function when Active Level = Low. Based on a given input (Digital I/O,

Event output, Logic function, etc), the Action function can cause other functions to occur. To name a few, starting and stopping a profile, silencing alarms, turn control loops off and placing alarms in nonalarm state.

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Control Loop

Alarm Working Set Point

Alarm

Overview

Instances - 8 per RMC

Error

Output Value

[ALM]

Alarm Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

Note:

Note: Action Function selection is module type and part number dependant.

Function Instance

Active Level

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Event Status

Action

Overview

Instances - 8 per RMC

[`ACt]

Action Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``fn]

Action Function : None, User Set Restore, Limit Reset

*

,

Alarm,

Silence Alarms, Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non-alarm

State, Force Alarm to Occur, Idle Set Point, Tune, Manual,

Switch Control Loop Off, Remote Set Point, TRU-TUNE+

Disable, Profile Disable, Profile Hold/Resume, Start Profile,

[``Fi]

Function Instance : 0 to 25

[sfn;a]

Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital

I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[`Leu]

Active Level : High, Low

*

Not available in firmware release 6.0 and above

[`ACt]

Action Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`E;iS]

Event Status : On, Off

[`A;ty]

Alarm Type : Off, Deviation, Process

[`sr;a]

Alarm Source : Analog Input, Current,

Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Variable, Current Read

[`iS;A]

Alarm Source Instance : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Alarm Source Zone : 0 to 16

[LooP]

Control Loop : 1 to 4

[`A;hy]

Alarm Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000

[`A;Lg]

Alarm Logic : Close on Alarm, Open on Alarm

[`A;Sd]

Alarm Sides : Both, High, Low

[`A;Lo]

Alarm Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F

[`A;hi]

Alarm High Set Point: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000°F

[`A;LA]

Alarm Latching : Non-Latching, Latching

[`A;bL]

Alarm Blocking : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both

[`A;Si]

Alarm Silencing : Off, On

[A;dSP]

Alarm Display : Off, On

[`A;dL]

Alarm Delay Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[a;Clr]

Alarm Clear Request : 0

[a;sir]

Alarm Silence Request : 0

[`a;st]

Alarm State: Startup, None, Blocked, Alarm Low,

Alarm High, Error

[ALM]

Alarm Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`A;Lo]

Alarm Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`A;hi]

Alarm High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Alarm Clear Request : Ignore, Clear

Alarm Silence Request : Ignore, Silence

Alarm State : Startup, None, Blocked, Alarm Low,

Alarm High, Error

Alarm Latched : No, Yes

Alarm Silenced : No, Yes

Alarm Clearable : No, Yes

Alarm Working Process Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Alarm Working Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Error : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad

Cal Data, Ambient Error, Fail, Not Sourced

Output Value : On, Off

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

172

Chapter 7 Features

Alarm

Alarm Hysteresis

Alarm Bloc

Alarm Sides

Type hing king

Alarm Dela

Alarm Displa y y Time oint oint

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Control Loop

Alarm

Off

Alarm Working Set Point

Error

Output Value

When function = Off THEN Output Value =

OFF Alarm State = None Alarm Indication =

None

Alarm

Alarm Hysteresis

Control Loop

Type hing king y y Time oint oint

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Control Loop

Alarm

Process

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Alarm Working Set Point

Error

Output Value

When function= Process THEN Alarm

Variable = Process Value

Alarm

Alarm Hysteresis

Alarm Latc

Alarm Sides

Type hing king y y Time oint oint

Alarm Source

Alarm Source Instance

Alarm Source Zone

Alarm Source Error

Alarm State

Alarm Latched

Alarm Silenced

Alarm Clearable

Alarm Working Process Value

Control Loop

Alarm Working Set Point

Alarm

Deviation

Error

Output Value

When function = Deviation THEN Alarm

Variable = Process Value - Closed Loop Set

Point + Alarm Set Point

Analog Input Function

Note:

This Function configures and connects physical inputs to internal functions. Control Loop primary source instance must match Process Value or Analog Input instance.

TC Linearization

Sensor

Type

Scale Low

Units Value

Displa

Filter

Clear Latc y Precision hing h Request

Analog Input

Analog Input

Overview

Instances - 1 to 4 per RMC

Analog Input Value

Input Error

[``Ai]

Analog Input Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[`sen]

Sensor Type : Off, Thermocouple, Millivolts, Volts, Milliamps,

RTD 100 Ohm, RTD 1000 Ohm, 1K Potentiometer,

Thermistor (optional)

[`rt;l]

Number of RTD Leads: 2 or 3

[`Lin]

TC Linearization : B, C, D, E, F, J, K, N, R, S, T

[Unit]

Units : Absolute Temperature, Power, Process, Relative

Humidity

[`S;Lo]

Scale Low : -100.00 to 1000.00

[`S;hi]

Scale High : -100.00 to 1000.00

[`r;Lo]

Range Low : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`r;hi]

Range High : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`P;EE]

Process Error Enable : Off, Low

[`P;EL]

Process Error Low Value : -100.00 to 1,000.00

[``t;C]

Thermistor Curve : Curve A, Curve B, Curve C, Custom

[``r;r]

Resistance Range : 5k, 10k, 20k, 40k

[`FiL]

Filter : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds

[`i;Er]

Input Error Latching : Off, On

[`dEC]

Display Precision : Whole, Tenths, Hundredths, Thousandths

[`i;CA]

Calibration Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Ain]

Analog Input Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[``Ai]

Analog Input Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`Ain]

Analog Input Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`i;er]

Input Error : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad

Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Not Sourced

[`i;CA]

Calibration Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Clear Latch Request : Clear, Ignore

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

173

Chapter 7 Features

TC Linearization

Sensor

Type

Scale Low

Units Value

Displa

Filter

Clear Latc y Precision hing h Request

Analog Input

Analog Input

Off

Analog Input Value

Input Error

TC Linearization

Sensor

Type

Scale Low

Units

Process Error Low

Value

Filter y Precision hing h Request

Analog Input

Analog Input

Thermocouple

Analog Input Value

Input Error

TC Linearization

Sensor

Type

Scale Low

Units

Process Error Low

Displa

Calibration Offset y Precision h Request

ValueFilter hing

Analog Input

Analog Input

Analog Input Value

Process & Potentiometer

Input Error

Resistance Range

Displa

Clear Latc

Filter y Precision hing h Request

Compare Function

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad

Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Tolerance is expressed in the same units as Source

A. For the function to work properly Source A and

Source B must be without errors.

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare

Overview

Instances - 4 per RMC

Output Value

Error

[`CPE]

Compare Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``fn]

Function : Off, Greater Than, Less Than, Equal To, Not Equal

To,

[`toL]

Tolerance : 0.0 to 9,999.000 units or F

[SFn;a]

Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point

Closed, Set Point Open, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A

] Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[SFn;b]

Source Function B : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point

Closed, Set Point Open, Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[`Er;h]

Error Handling : False Bad, False Good, True Bad, True Good

[`CPE]

Compare Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`Su;A]

Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F

[`Su;b]

Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 units or F

[``o;u]

Output Value : Off, On

Error Handling

Analog Input

Analog Input

Thermistor

Analog Input Value

Input Error

TC Linearization

Sensor

Type

Scale Low

Units

Process Error Low

Displa

Value

Filter y Precision hing h Request

Analog Input

Analog Input

RTD

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Analog Input Value

Input Error

174

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Compare

Off

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

No Compare, Output Value = OFF

Chapter 7 Features

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Compare

Greater Than

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

A>B, Output Value = ON

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Compare

Less Than

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

A<B, Output Value = ON

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Compare

Equal To

A=B, Output Value = ON

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Compare

Not Equal To

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

A not equal B, Output Value = ON

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Compare

Greater or Equal

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Output Value

Error

A>=B, Output Value = ON

Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Compare

Less or Equal

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value

Error

A<=B, Output Value = ON

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

175

Chapter 7 Features

Control Function

Heat

Cool Output Curve

Algorithm

Autotune

TRU-TUNE+ Enable

Aggressiveness y

User F

Input Error F ailure

Type

Fixed P

Action ailure ower

Time

Ramp

Action

Set P

Set P

Profiling Enable

Ramp Rate oint oint

Open oint

Remote Set P

Open

Limit oint

Limit

Low

High oint

Idle Set P

Heat Hysteresis oint oint

Loop Error Clear Request

Open Loop Set P

Deadband oint

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control

Overview

Instances - 1 to 4 per RMC

[LooP]

Loop Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[SFn;A]

Source Function A : Analog Input, Process Value

[`iS;A]

Source Instance A : (not changeable)*

`[h;Ag]

Heat Algorithm : Off, PID, On/Off

[`C;Ag]

Cool Algorithm : Off, PID, On/Off

`[C;Cr]

Cool Output Curve : Off, Non-linear curve 1, Non-linear curve 2

[t;tUn]

TRU-TUNE+ Enable : No, Yes

[t;bnd]

TRU-TUNE+ Band : 0 to 100

[`t;gn]

TRU-TUNE+ Gain : 1 to 6

[t;Agr]

Autotune Aggressiveness : Under, Critical, Over

[`P;dL]

Peltier Delay : 0.0 to 5.0

[`r;En]

Remote Set Point Enable : No, Yes

[SFn;b]

Source Function B : (Remote Set Point Source) : None, Analog

Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat Power, Power, Linearization,

Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open, Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B (Remote Set Point Source Instance) : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[`r;ty]

Remote Set Point Type : Auto, Manual

[`Ufa]

User Failure Action : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Manual Power,

User

[fail]

Input Error Failure : Off, Bumpless Transfer, Manual Power,

User

[MAn]

Fixed Power : -100.0 to 100.0 %

[`L;dE]

Open Loop Detect Enable : No, Yes

[`L;dt]

Open Loop Detect Time : 0 to 3,600 seconds

[`L;dd]

Open Loop Detect Deviation : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[``rP]

Ramp Action : Off, Startup, Set Point, Both

[`r;SC]

Ramp Scale : Hours, Minutes

[`r;rt]

Ramp Rate : 0.000 to 9,999.000

[Pro;E]

Profiling Enable: No, Yes

[`L;SP]

Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`h;SP]

High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[SP;Lo]

Set Point Open Limit Low : -100.0 to 100.0 %

[SP;hi]

Set Point Open Limit High : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Note: Control Loop primary source instance must match

Process Value or Analog Input instance.

[Mon]

Monitor Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[C;MA]

Control Mode Active : Off, Auto, Manual

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power : 0.0 to 100.0 %

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power : 0.0 to 100.0 %

[`C;SP]

Closed Loop Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Pu;A]

Process Value Active : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[LooP]

Loop Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`r;En]

Remote Set Point Enable : No, Yes

[`C;M]

Control Mode : Off, Auto, Manual

[A;tSP]

Autotune Set Point : 50 to 200 %

[`AUt]

Autotune : No, Yes

[`C;SP]

Closed Loop Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`id;S]

Idle Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`h;Pb]

Heat Proportional Band : 0.001 to 9,999.000

[`h;hy]

Heat Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000

[`C;Pb]

Cool Proportional Band : 0.001 to 9,999.000

[`C;hy]

Cool Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000

[``ti]

Time Integral : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[``td]

Time Derivative : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[``db]

Deadband : -1,000.000 to 1,000.000

[`o;SP]

Open Loop Set Point : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Loop Power : -100.0 to 100.0 %

Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power

Closed Loop Set Point

Open Loop Set Point

Process Value Active

Loop Power

Loop Error: None, Open Loop, Reversed Sensor

Loop Error Clear Request : Ignore, Clear

Tune Status : Off, Cross 1 Positive, Cross 1 Negative,

Cross 2 Positive, Cross 2 Negative, Cross 3 Positive,

Cross 3 Negative, Measuring Max, Measuring Min,

Calculating, Complete, Timeout

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

176

Chapter 7 Features

Heat

Cool Output Curve

Algorithm

Autotune

Peltier Dela

User F

Input Error F y ailure

Type

Action

Fixed P ower

Time

Ramp

Action

Set P

Set P

Profiling Enable

Ramp Rate oint oint

Open oint

Remote Set P

Open

Limit oint

Limit

Low

High

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control

Off oint

Idle Set P

Heat Hysteresis oint oint

If Control Mode = Off : Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = 0%

Loop Error Clear Request

Open Loop Set P

Deadband oint

Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power

Closed Loop Set Point

Open Loop Set Point

Process Value Active

Loop Power

Autotune

TRU-TUNE+ Enable

Heat

Cool

Algorithm

Peltier Dela

User F

Input Error F y ailure oint

Type

Action

Fixed P ailure ower Time

Ramp

Profiling Enable

Ramp Scale

Action

Set P

Set P oint oint

Remote Set P

Open oint

Open

Limit oint

Limit

Low

High oint oint oint

Loop Error Clear Request

Open Loop Set P

Deadband oint

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control

Open Loop

Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power

Closed Loop Set Point

Open Loop Set Point

Process Value Active

Loop Power

If Control Mode = Open Loop :

Open Loop Set Point = user entered value

Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = Open Loop Set Point

Heat

Cool Output Curve

Algorithm

Autotune

Peltier Dela

User F

Input Error F y ailure

Type

Action

Fixed P ailure ower Time

Ramp

Action

Set P

Set P

Profiling Enable

Ramp Rate oint oint

Open oint

Remote Set P

Open

Limit oint

Limit

Low

High oint

Heat Hysteresis oint oint

Loop Error Clear Request

Open Loop Set P

Time Derivative

Deadband oint

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control

Closed Loop

Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power

Closed Loop Set Point

Open Loop Set Point

Process Value Active

Loop Power

If Control Mode = Closed Loop :

Closed Loop Set Point = user entered value

Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = PID calculated power

Heat

Cool Output Curve

Algorithm

Autotune

Peltier Dela

User F

Input Error F y ailure

Type

Action

Fixed P ailure ower

Time

Ramp

Action

Set P

Set P oint

Profiling Enable

Ramp Scale oint

Open

Open oint

Remote Set P

Limit oint

Limit

Low

High

Idle Set P

Autotune oint oint oint

Loop Error Clear Request

Open Loop Set P

Time Integral

Deadband oint

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Control

Profile Engine

Loop Error

Tune Status

Control Mode Active

Heat Power

Cool Power

Closed Loop Set Point

Open Loop Set Point

Process Value Active

Loop Power

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

If Control Mode = Profiling :

Closed Loop Set Point = Profile Step

Heat Power, Cool Power and Loop Power = PID calculated power

177

Chapter 7 Features

Counter Function

Function counts up or down from Load Value and produces

Output Value = On when Count = Target Value.

Note:

Count value clears on power loss.

Load Value restored on power up.

Counter Operation:

Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs without an error on source B the count will be equal to the Load Value.

If Function is an Up Counter:

Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs without an error on Source A the count will increment by

+1. If the count is equal to 9,999 when the transition occurs count will be 1 after transition.

If Function is a Down Counter:

Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs without an error on Source A the count will decrement by

-1. If the count is equal to 0 when the transition occurs the count will be 9,999 after transition.

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,

Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,

Stale

Source Source

Active State

Function

A

Load

Target

Value Value

Latc hing

Custom Function

Custom

Overview

Instances - 20 per RMC

[CUSt]

Custom Menu

[FAct]

Factory Page

[`par]

Parameter : None, Process, Calibration

Offset, Display Units, User Settings Restore,

Alarm Low Set Point, Alarm High Set Point,

Alarm Hysteresis, Set Point, Active Process

Value, Active Set Point, Open-Loop Set Point,

Autotune, Control Mode, Heat Power, Cool

Power, Time Integral, Time Derivative, Dead band, Heat Proportional Band, Heat

Hysteresis, Cool Proportional Band, Cool

Hysteresis, Ramp Rate, TRU-TUNE+ Enable,

Idle Set Point, Custom, Profile Start, Profile

Action Request, Guaranteed Soak Deviation

Value, Current, Limit Low Set Point, Limit

High Set Point, Limit Hysteresis, Limit Status

[`iid]

Instance ID : 1 to 24

Diagnostic Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Count

Source Value A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value B

Output Value

Counter

Overview

Instances - 4 per RMC

Error

[`Ctr]

Counter Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``Fn]

Function : Up, Down

[SFn;A]

Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[sas;a]

Source Active State A (Active State Clock) : High (rising), Low (falling),

Both (rising & falling)

[SFn;A]

Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[SAS;b]

Source Active State B (Active State Load) : High, Low

[LoAd]

Load Value : 0 to 9,999

[trgt]

Target Value : 0 to 9,999

[`LAt]

Latching : No, Yes

[`Ctr]

Counter Menu

[`SEt]

Operation Page

[`Cnt]

Count : 0 to 9,999

[`Su;A]

Source Value A : Off, On

[`Su;b]

Source Value B : Off, On

[``o;u]

Output Value : Off, On

Part Number

Software Revision

Software Build Number

Serial Number

Date of Manufacture

Diagnostics

Overview

Instances - 1 per RMC

Hardware ID

Device Status

Device Name

[diAg]

Diagnostics Menu

[FAct]

Factory Page

[``Pn]

Part Number: scrolls on display

[`rEu]

Software Revision: 1.00, ...

[S;bLd]

Software Build Number : 0, 1, 2, ...

[``Sn]

Serial Number : xxxxxx

[dAtE]

Date of Manufacture : YWW format

Hardware ID : 23 (RMC)

Device Status : OK, Fail

Device Name : EZ-ZONE RM

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

178

Chapter 7 Features

Digital Input/Output Function

Note:

Input Value is passed to either profile event inputs or action function blocks.

Out

put Value determined by Source A and Digital Output Function.

Direction

Direction

Digital Input Value

Input State

Digital I/O Value

Digital IO as Input

Error

Output Function

Output Function Instance

Source Zone A

Output State

Digital I/O Value

Digital IO

Overview

Instances - 0 or 6 per RMC

Error

[`dio]

Digital I/O Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[`dir]

Direction : Output, Input Voltage, Input Dry

[``fn]

Output Function : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat

Power,

Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H,

Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Special

Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable

[``Fi]

Output Function Instance : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[`o;Ct]

Output Control : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base

[`o;tb]

Output Time Base : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds

[`o;Lo]

Output Low Power Scale : 0.0 to 100.0 %

[`o;hi]

Output High Power Scale : 0.0 to 100.0 %

[`dio]

Digital I/O Menu

[`SEt]

Operation Page

[`di;S]

Input State : On, Off

[`do;S]

Output State : On, Off

Global Function

Direction

Output Function

Output Function Instance

Source Zone A

Output State

Digital I/O Value

Digital IO as Output

AC Line F

Displa

User Settings Sa

Displa y Plairs ve

Error

Digital Input Value : On, Off

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,

Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,

Stale

Global

Overview

Instances - 1 per RMC

Output Value

[gLbL]

Global Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[C_F]

Display Units : F, C

[AC;Lf]

AC Line Frequency : 50 Hz, 60 Hz

[d;PrS]

Display Pairs : 1 to 10

[USr;S]

User Settings Save : None, User Set 1, User Set 2*

[USr;r]

User Settings Restore : None, User Set 1, User Set 2, Factory

* Starting with firmware release 6, there is only one User Set.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

179

Chapter 7 Features

Limit Function

This function uses a dedicated input and the output will change state when Source A exceeds limit set points. The limit, when tripped, must be manually cleared to reset the output and clear the message.

The Analog Input and mechanical relay output are dedicated to each limit loop and are located in same module.

Set P oint (Maximum) High Limit

Limit Hysteresis

Limit Sides

Low

Limit oint oint

Linearization Function

This function will take an analog Source A and relinearize using a 10-point offset, then add Offset and produce an Output Value.

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad

Cal Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Function

Input P

Units oint 1 oint 1 oint 2 oint 2

Output P oint 3 oint 3 oint 4

Output P oint 4 oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8

Output P oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Limit Message

Limit State

Limit Status

Limit

Overview

Instances - 0 to 4 per RMC

Output Value

Source Function A : Analog Input

Source Instance A : fixed to 1, 2, 3, or 4

[LiM]

Limit Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[L;Sd]

Limit Sides : Both, High, Low

[L;hy]

Limit Hysteresis : 0.001 to 9,999.000

[SP;Lh]

Set Point (Maximum) High Limit : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[SP;LL]

Set Point (Minimum) Low Limit : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`lh;s]

Limit High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`ll;s]

Limit Low Set Point: -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[Sfn;a]

Source Function: Digital I/O, Function Key, Variable

[`si;a]

Source Instance: 1 to 250

[`s2;a]

Source Zone: 0 to 16

[`lCr]

Limit Clear Request: Ignore or Clear

[`l;st]

Limit State: Off, None, Limit High, Limit Low, Error

[LiM]

Limit Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`LL;S]

Limit Low Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Lh;S]

Limit High Set Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`lCr]

Limit Clear Request

[`l;st]

Limit State: Off, None, Limit High, Limit Low, Error

Limit Message : Limit High, Limit Low, Limit Error

Limit Status : Fail, Safe

Output Value : On, Off

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization

Overview

Instances - 4 per RMC

[`Lnr]

Linearization

[`SEt]

Setup Page

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

[``Fn]

Function : Off, Interpolated, Stepped

[SFn;A]

Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat Power,

Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,

Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[Unit]

Units : Source, None, Absolute Temperature, Relative Temperature, Power,

Process, Relative Humidity

[`iP;1]

Input Point 1 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;1]

Output Point 1 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;2]

Input Point 2 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;2]

Output Point 2 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;3]

Input Point 3 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;3]

Output Point 3 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;4]

Input Point 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;4]

Output Point 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;5]

Input Point 5 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;5]

Output Point 5 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;6]

Input Point 6 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;6]

Output Point 6 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;7]

Input Point 7 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;7]

Output Point 7 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;8]

Input Point 8 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;8]

Output Point 8 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`iP;9]

Input Point 9 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`oP;9]

Output Point 9 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[iP;10]

Input Point 10 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[oP;10]

Output Point 10 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Lnr]

Linearization Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`Su;A]

Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[oFSt]

Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[``o;u]

Output Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Function

Input P

Units oint 1

Output P

Output P oint 1 oint 2 oint 2 oint 3 oint 3 oint 4

Output P

Output P oint 4 oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization

Off

Output Value equals Source A Value

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

180

Chapter 7 Features

Function

Input P

Units oint 1 oint 1 oint 2 oint 2 oint 3 oint 3 oint 4 oint 4

Output P Output P oint 5 oint 5 oint 6 oint 6 oint 7 oint 7 oint 8

Output P oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Logic Function

IF Source A < Input Point 1 THEN Output Value =

Output Point 1 + Offset

ELSE WHILE ((Source A > Input Point n) AND (Input Point n < Input Point n+1)) n = n+1 UNTIL n is largest valid value. IF ((Source A >= Input Point n-1)

AND (Input Value < Input Point n)) THEN Output

Value = (Source A - Input Point n-1) * (Output Point n

- Output Point n-1) / (Input Point n - Input Point n-1)

+ Output Point n-1 + Offset ELSE Output Value =

Output Point n + Offset WHERE n = 1 to 10

Function

Input P

Units oint 1

Output P oint 1 oint 2

Output P oint 2 oint 3 oint 3 oint 4 oint 4 oint 5

Output P oint 5 oint 6

Output P oint 6 oint 7

Output P Output P oint 7 oint 8 oint 8 oint 9 oint 9 oint 10 oint 10Offset

Error Handling

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Linearization

Interpolated

Linearization

Stepped

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

Source Value A

Output Value

Error

WHILE (Source A < Input Point n) n = n+1 FROM n

= 2 UNTIL n is largest valid value

Output Value = Output Point n-1 + Offset

Note: if Source A < Input Point 2 then Output Value

= Output Point 1; if Source A < Input Point 3 then out = Output Point 2; etc If Source A > last Input

Point the Output Value = last Output Point.

The list of Input Point values are assumed to be in increasing order. If Input Point n < Input Point n-1

THEN Output Value = Output Point n-1

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

Overview

Instances - 4 per RMC

Output Value

Error

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal

Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error,

Not Sourced, Stale

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

181

Chapter 7 Features

[`LgC]

Logic Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``fn]

Function : Off, AND, OR, Equal To, NAND, NOR, Not Equal To, Latch, RS

Flip Flop

[SFn;A]

Source Function A : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[SFn;b]

Source Function B : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[SFn;C]

Source Function C : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C : 1 to 250

[`S2;C]

Source Zone C : 0 to 16

[SFn;d]

Source Function D : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;d]

Source Instance D : 1 to 250

[`S2;d]

Source Zone D : 0 to 16

[SFn;e]

Source Function E : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E : 1 to 250

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E : 0 to 16

[SFn;f]

Source Function F : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;F]

Source Instance F : 1 to 250

[`S2;F]

Source Zone F : 0 to 16

[SFn;g]

Source Function G : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;g]

Source Instance G : 1 to 250

[`S2;g]

Source Zone G : 0 to 16

[SFn;h]

Source Function H : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O, Profile

Event Out A to H, Function Key, Limit, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4,

Timer, Variable

[`Si;h]

Source Instance H : 1 to 250

[`S2;h]

Source Zone H : 0 to 16

[`Er;h]

Error Handling : True Good, True Bad, False Good, False Bad

[`Su;A]

Source Value A : Off, On

[`Su;b]

Source Value B : Off, On

[`Su;C]

Source Value C : Off, On

[`Su;d]

Source Value D : Off, On

[`Su;E]

Source Value E : Off, On

[`Su;F]

Source Value F : Off, On

`[Su;g]

Source Value G : Off, On

`[Su;h]

Source Value H : Off, On

[``o;u]

Output Value : Off, On

[`LgC]

Logic Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

182

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

AND

Output Value

Error

A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

NAND

Output Value

Error

A * B * C * D * E * F * G * H = ON

Chapter 7 Features

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

OR

Output Value

Error

A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

NOR

Output Value

Error

A + B + C + D + E + F + G + H = ON

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

Not Equal

Output Value

Error

If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

Equal

Output Value

Error

If A = B = C = D = E = F = G = H then ON

183

Chapter 7 Features

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

Latch

Output Value

Error

Output Value follows A, unless B = ON

Latch Output while B = ON

Function Error Handling

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

RS Flip Flop

Output Value

Error

A Sets Output Value ON

B Resets Output Value OFF

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

184

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Value F

Source Value G

Source Value H

Logic

Off

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Off

Error Handling

Math Function

The Math function block accepts up to 4 Analog Inputs and performs a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied. One digital input is used for enabling or disabling Process and Deviation

Scale and some math operations must be performed in the user's units.

Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the same as

Source A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by constants and process inputs.

Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calculations.

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,

Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,

Stale

Chapter 7 Features

Range Low

Altitude Units

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Math

Overview

Instances - 8 per RMC

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Output Value

Error

[MAt]

Math Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``fn]

Function : Off, Average, Process Scale, Deviation Scale, Switch Over,

Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum,

Maximum, Square Root, Sample and Hold, Pressure to Altitude,

Dewpoint

[sfn;a]

Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[sfn;b]

Source Function B : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[sfn;C]

Source Function C : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C : 1 to 250

[`S2;C]

Source Zone C : 0 to 16

[sfn;D]

Source Function D : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed,

Set Point Open, Variable

[`S;id]

Source Instance D : 1 to 250

[`S2;d]

Source Zone D : 0 to 16

[sfn;e]

Source Function E : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O,

Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E : 1 to 250

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E : 0 to 16

[`S;Lo]

Scale Low : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

[`S;hi]

Scale High : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

[Unit]

Units : Source, None, Absolute Temperature, Relative Temperature, Power,

Process, Relative Humidty

[`r;Lo]

Range Low : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

[`r;hi]

Range High : -1,999.0 to 9,999.0

[P;unt]

Pressure Units : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal

[A;unt]

Altitude Units : Feet, Kilofeet

[`FiL]

Filter : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds

[MAt]

Math Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`Su;A]

Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;b]

Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;C]

Source Value C : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;d]

Source Value D : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;E]

Source Value E : Off, On

[``o;u]

Output Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[oFSt]

Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Error : None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,

Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced, Stale

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Off

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Process Scale

Output Value

Error

If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [(Range

High - Range Low) / (Scale High - Scale

Low) * (A - Scale Low) + Range Low +

Offset] If E = ON, Output Value = Filter

[B + Offset] Scale Low/High and Range

Low/High follows Source A display units.

185

Chapter 7 Features

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Average

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C +

D)) + Offset] Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Switch Over

Output Value

Error

If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A +

Offset] If E = ON, Output Value =

Filter [B + Offset] Display units follows active source.

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Deviation Scale

Output Value

Error

If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter

[((Range High - Range Low) / (Scale High

- Scale Low)) * (A - Scale Low) + Range

Low + B + Offset] If E = ON, Output

Value = Filter [B + Offset] Scale Low/High and Range Low/High follows Source A display units.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Ratio

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]

If display units of Source A = Source B, no display units on output value, else follow Source A

186

Chapter 7 Features

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Differential

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]

Display units follows Source A plus relative Source B

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Multiply

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) +

Offset] Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Add

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) +

Offset] Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

187

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Minimum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value

(A : B : C : D) + Offset] Display units follows Source with minimum value.

Chapter 7 Features

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Math

Absolute Difference

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [| A - B | +

Offset] Display units follow Source A plus relative Source B

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Square Root

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A +

Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Maximum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Maximum

Value (A : B : C : D) + Offset]

Display units follows Source with maximum value.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Math

Pressure to Altitude

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in

Pressure to Altitude + Offset]

Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the International Standard Atmosphere 1976.

Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in

PSI units for the calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to 90,000 feet. It can be used beyond this range in both directions, but with loss of accuracy. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet (sea level) pressure of

14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F.

Result of calculation is in feet.

188

Chapter 7 Features

Range Low

Altitude Units

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Sample and Hold

Output Value

Error

If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

If E = ON, Output Value = Filter [last value of A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Range Low

Altitude Units

Output Function

This function configures and connects physical outputs to internal functions.

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Math

Dewpoint

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [427.26 * (CP *

B / 8.8618)

/ (17.27- (CP * B / 8.8618)) + 32 +

Offset]

Source A is used for Calculated

Pressure or CP ;

Note: For dewpoint, Source A is temperature (F) and Source B is RH

(%). Saturation pressure calculation is identical to that used in wet/dry bulb. Result is in degrees F.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

189

Note:

Digital Outputs not included on these sheets

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,

Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,

Stale

High P

Output Function

Output Function Instance

Output Source Zone

Output Source Error

Output

Overview

Output Value

Error

Instances - 0 to 8 per RMC

[otPt]

Output Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``Fn]

Output Function : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O. Profile Event Out A to H,

Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Special

Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable, Limit

[``Fi]

Output Function Instance : 1 to 250

[``S2]

Output Source Zone : 0 to 16

[`o;Ct]

Output Control : Fixed Time Base, Variable Time Base

[`o;tb]

Output Time Base : 0.1 to 60.0 seconds

[`o;Lo]

Output Low Power Scale : 0 to 100 %

[`o;hi]

Output High Power Scale : 0 to 100 %

[`o;ty]

Output Type : Volts, Milliamps

[``Fn]

Output Function : Off, Analog Input, Alarm, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Compare, Counter, Digital I/O. Profile Event Out A to H,

Function Key, Logic, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Special

Function Output 1 to 4, Timer, Variable

[``Fi]

Output Function Instance : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[`S;Lo]

Scale Low : 0.0 to 20.00

[`S;hi]

Scale High : 0.0 to 20.00

[`r;Lo]

Range Low : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`r;hi]

Range High : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`o;CA]

Calibration Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[``o;u]

Output Value : On, Off

[``o;u]

Output Value : 0 to 10.0 volts or 0 to 20.00 milliamperes

Chapter 7 Features

High P

Output Function

Output Function Instance

Output Source Zone

Output Source Error

Output

Off

Output Value

Error

High P

Output Function

Output Function Instance

Output Source Zone

Output Source Error

Output

Digital

Output Value

Error

Output

Scale Low

Type

Calibration Offset

Output Function

Output Function Instance

Source Zone A

Output Source Error

Output

Analog

Output Value

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

190

Chapter 7 Features

Profile Function

The the RMC module supports up to 25 profiles with each having up to 10 steps each. In some applications there is a need to execute a profile multiple times with varying frequency within multiple Profiles. When and if this need arises, rather than creating the same steps over and over again it would be wise to think of using a Subroutine. There can be a maximum of 15 Subroutines having up to 10 steps each. Subroutines can be called from within any Profile. The logic is, create it just once and execute it as needed from any given profile.

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode oint Loop 1 to 4

Step

Type

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait for Process 1 to 4

Da y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Profiling

Overview

1 instance per RMC

25 Files @

10 Steps Each (250 steps total)

15 Subroutines @ 10 Steps Each (150 steps total)

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

191

Chapter 7 Features

[`Pro]

Profile Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[r;tyP]

Ramping Type : Rate, Time

[P;tyP]

Profile Type : Set Point, Process

[`gSE]

Guaranteed Soak Enable : Off, On

[gSd1] [gSd2] [gSd3] [gSd4]

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4 : 0 to 9,999.000

[CM;E]

Control Mode Enable : Off, On

[W;M]

Wait for Mode : Once, Complete

[sfn;a]

Source Function A (Wait Event Input 1) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital

I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[sfn;b]

Source Function B (Wait Event Input 2) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital

I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[sfn;C]

Source Function C (Wait Event Input 3) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital

I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C : 1 to 250

[`S2;C]

Source Zone C : 0 to 16

[sfn;d]

Source Function D (Wait Event Input 4) : None, Alarm, Compare, Counter, Digital

I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function Key, Logic, Timer, Variable

[`Si;d]

Source Instance D : 1 to 250

[`S2;d]

Source Zone D : 0 to 16

[sfn;e]

Source Function E (Wait Analog 1) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,

Variable

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E : 1 to 250

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E : 0 to 16

[sfn;f]

Source Function F (Wait Analog 2) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,

Variable

[`Si;F]

Source Instance F : 1 to 250

[`S2;F]

Source Zone F : 0 to 16

[sfn;g]

Source Function G (Wait Analog 3) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,

Variable

[`Si;g]

Source Instance G : 1 to 250

[`S2;g]

Source Zone G : 0 to 16

[sfn;h]

Source Function H (Wait Analog 4) : None, Analog Input, Current, Cool Power, Heat

Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process Value, Set Point Closed, Set Point Open,

Variable

[`Si;h]

Source Instance H : 1 to 250

[`S2;h]

Source Zone H : 0 to 16

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

192

Chapter 7 Features

[P;StA]

Profile Status Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[P;Str]

Profile Start : 1 to 25

[P;ACr]

Profile Action Request : None, Profile, Pause, Resume, Terminate

[`StP]

Current Step : 0 to 250

[SUb;S]

Current Subroutine Step : 0 to 150

[styp]

Current Step Type : Unused Step, Time or Rate, Soak, Wait For Process or Event, Wait for Time,

State, Subroutine Step, Jump Loop, End

[t;SP1] [t;SP2] [t;SP3] [t;SP4]

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

[P;SP1] [P;SP2] [P;SP3] [P;SP4]

Produced SP ( Active Set Point) 1 to 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Sti]

Step Time Remaining : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[Ent1] [Ent2] [Ent3] [Ent4] [Ent5] [Ent6] [Ent7] [Ent8]

Event (State Output) 1 to 8 : Off, On

[``JC]

Jump Count Remaining : 0 to 9,999

[``P_]

Profile Menu

[ProF]

Profiling Page

[StPt]

Step Number : 1 to 250

[styp]

Step Type : Unused Step, Time or Rate, State, Soak, Wait For Process & Event, Wait for Time,

Subroutine Step, Jump Loop, End

[CM;1] [CM;2] [CM;3] [CM;4]

Control Mode Loop 1 to 4 : Off, Auto, Manual

[t;SP1] [t;SP2] [t;SP3] [t;SP4]

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[hoUr]

Hours : 0 to 99

[Min]

Minutes : 0 to 59

[SEC]

Seconds : 0 to 59

[rAtE]

Rate : 0 to 9,999.000

[P;E1] [P;E2] [P;E3] [P;E4]

Step Wait For Process Enable 1 to 4 : Off, Greater Than, Less Than

[W;P1] [W;P2] [W;P3] [W;P4]

Wait For Process 1 to 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[WE;1] [WE;2] [WE;3] [WE;4]

Wait Event 1 to 4 : None, Off, On

[dow]

Day of Week : Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Week Days,

Every Day

[gSE1] [gSd2] [gSd3] [gSd4]

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4 : Off, On

[``SS]

Subroutine Step : 1 to 15

[``SC]

Subroutine Count : 1 to 9,999

[``JS]

Jump Step : 1 to 250

[``JC]

Jump Count : 0 to 9,999

[`End]

End Type : Off, Hold, User

[Ent1] [Ent2] [Ent3] [Ent4] [Ent5] [Ent6] [Ent7] [Ent8]

Event 1 to 8 : Off, On, Unchanged

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

193

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Ramping

Profile

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Step oint Loop 1 to 4

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait for Process 1 to 4

Da y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

End

Type

Profiling

Unused Step Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

This is an empty step that can be used to plan for future steps to be inserted or temporarily deactivate a step in a profile. Change step type back when the step should be active again.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

194

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Ramping

Profile

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Step oint Loop 1 to 4

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Wait State Event 1 to 4

Rate

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Profiling

Da

Time Step Type

y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Time, control loop 1 to 4 may be part of the profile and all enabled control loops follow independent set points over the specified time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

195

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Ramping

Profile

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Control Mode 1 to 4

Step oint Loop 1 to 4

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait State Event 1 to 4

Rate

Da y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Profiling

Rate Step Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

If Ramping Type in Setup Profile is set for Rate, control loop 1 must be part of the profile and all other enabled control loops follow the same set point and rate in degrees or units per minute. Ensure all control loops have the same units of measure. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

196

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4

Step

Type

HoursMinutesSeconds

Rate

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait State Event 1 to 4

Da y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Profiling

Soak Step Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

A Soak Step maintains the last Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

197

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Ramping

Profile

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Control Mode 1 to 4

Step oint Loop 1 to 4

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Wait for Process 1 to 4

Rate

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Profiling

Da y of

Week

State Step Type

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

End

Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

A State Step changes set points instantly to the specified values then maintains the Target Set Points for the designated time. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

198

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Step oint Loop 1 to 4

Type

HoursMinutesSeconds Rate

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait State Event 1 to 4

Da y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Profiling

Wait Process & Wait Event Step Type

Before using this step, ensure that Wait for

Mode and Source Functions are correctly configured in the Profile Menu,

Setup Page.

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

A Wait For Process or Event Step will wait for four process values to match the Wait for Process Values (1 to

4), and/or for the four Wait For Event states (1 to 4) to match the specified state. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

199

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Type

Control Mode Enable

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4

Step

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait for Process 1 to 4

Profiling

Da

Jump Step Type

y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

A Jump Loop step will repeat previous steps a number of times designated in Jump Count. Jump Loops can be nested up to four deep. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type not available in subroutine. Note: Use the Subroutine step type to jump forward to a set of common steps.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

200

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4

Step

Type

HoursMinutesSeconds

Rate

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait State Event 1 to 4

Da y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Profiling

Wait Time

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

A Wait for Time Step is available with an Access module having the real-time calendar clock feature. This allows the program to wait for a specified day and time before proceeding to the next step. Used to have the profile execute steps everyday or only weekdays. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

201

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Control Mode 1 to 4 oint Loop 1 to 4

Step

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait for Process 1 to 4

Profiling

Da y of

Week

Subroutine Step Type

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

A Subroutine Step jumps to a set of subroutine steps that are common to many profiles. This allows efficiency by utilizing several steps to be accessed and called upon. Once the subroutine is complete, control is passed back to the main profile at the next step. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. This step type is not available within a subroutine.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

202

Chapter 7 Features

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 1 to 4

Guaranteed Soak Enable

Control Mode Enable

Type

Type

Target Set P

Wait for Mode

Step oint Loop 1 to 4

Type

HoursMinutesSeconds Rate

Guaranteed Soak Enable 1 to 4

Wait State Event 1 to 4

Da y of

Week

Event (Output State) 1 to 8

Profile

Subroutine Count

Jump Step

End

Type

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Function F

Source Instance F

Source Zone F

Source Error F

Source Function G

Source Instance G

Source Zone G

Source Error G

Source Function H

Source Instance H

Source Zone H

Source Error H

Profiling

End Step Type

Current Step

Current Subroutine Step

Step Type

Target Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Active Set Point Loop 1 to 4

Step Time Remaining

Profile Event Out A to H (Event 1 to 8)

Jump Count Remaining

Produced Control Mode Loop 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Produced SP (Active Set Point) 1 to 4

(used by control loop 1 to 4)

Before creating profiles within any given loop, ensure that all applicable profile settings are made in the Profile Menu of the

Setup Page. Settings made here are then made available to all profiles. Also, each loop that is to use a profile must first be enabled to do so in the Control Loop Menu of the Setup Page.

An End Step will end the profile and set the control modes and set points to match the End Type. The state of up to 8 event outputs may be set or maintained. The event outputs will not be set off unless specifically stated in this step. If a profile does not have an End Step, the profile continues until step 250, then stops and maintains the last set points and control modes. In Subroutines, the End Step returns control back to the next profile step following the call.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

203

Chapter 7 Features

Process Value Function

The Process Value (PV) function block accepts up to 4 analog inputs and one digital input to perform a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and

Offset values applied. It is assumed that no input error conditions apply. Some PV operations must be performed in the user's units. Functions may combine multiple inputs. Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view. As a result, unless otherwise indicated, the presentation of the output value is the same as Source

A. This accommodates temperatures being multiplied, divided and offset by constants and process inputs. Only inputs that have a source associated to them are used in the calculations.

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,

Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,

Stale

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Process Value

Overview

Instances - 4 per RMC

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Output Value

Error

[``Pu]

Process Value Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``fn]

Function : Off, AIN Backup Enable, Average, Crossover, Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb,

Switch Over, Differential, Ratio, Add, Multiply, Absolute Difference, Minimum,

Maximum, Square Root, Vaisala, Altitude

[sfn;a]

Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[sfn;b]

Source Function B : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[sfn;C]

Source Function C : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Variable

[`Si;C]

Source Instance C : 1 to 250

[`S2;C]

Source Zone C : 0 to 16

[sfn;d]

Source Function D : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Variable

[`S;id]

Source Instance D : 1 to 250

[`S2;d]

Source Zone D : 0 to 16

[sfn;e]

Source Function E : None, Analog Input, Linearization, Math, Process Value,

Variable

[`Si;E]

Source Instance E : 1 to 250

[`S2;E]

Source Zone E : 0 to 16

[``C;P]

Cross Over Point : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[``C;b]

Cross Over Band : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[P;unt]

Pressure Units : PSI, Torr, mBar, Atmosphere, Pascal

[A;unt]

Altitude Units : Feet, Kilofeet

[`b;Pr]

Barometric Pressure : 10.0 to 16.0

[`FiL]

Filter : 0.0 to 60.0 seconds

[``Pu]

Process Value Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`Su;A]

Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;b]

Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;C]

Source Value C : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;d]

Source Value D : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[`Su;E]

Source Value E : Off, On

[``o;u]

Output Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[oFSt]

Offset : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

204

Chapter 7 Features

Function

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units oint

Filter

Offset

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Off

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Sensor Backup

Output Value

Error

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [first assigned Source without an error + Offset]

Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Cross Over P

Function oint

Filter Offset

Cross Over P

Function oint

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Average

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Crossover

Output Value

Error

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Output Value

Error

If A <= Cross Over Point - (Cross Over Band / 2) THEN Output

Value = Filter [(A + Offset)] If A >= Cross Over Point + (Cross

Over Band / 2) THEN Output Value = Filter[(B + Offset)]

Output Value = Filter [((A * X) + (B * (1-X))) + Offset] Where variable X = (Cross Over Point + (Cross Over Band / 2) - A) /

Cross Over Band

Output Value = Filter [(Average (A + B + C + D)) + Offset]

Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

205

Chapter 7 Features

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter Offset

Cross Over P

Function oint

Barometric Pressure

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Wet Bulb/Dry Bulb

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Calculated Humidity + Offset] where Source A is the Dry Bulb and Source B is the

Wet Bulb

Note: Wet/Dry bulb temperatures are in degrees F and pressures are in PSI. Output Value is % relative humidity. Useful temperature range is 10 to 350F

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Differential

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A - B) + Offset]

Display units follows Source A plus relative

Source B

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Switch Over

Output Value

Error

If E = OFF, Output Value = Filter [A + Offset]

If E = ON, Output Value = Filter [B + Offset]

Display units follows active source.

Cross Over P

Function oint

Barometric Pressure

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Ratio

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A / B) + Offset]

If display units of Source A = Source B, no display units on output value, else follow Source A

206

Chapter 7 Features

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Add

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A + B + C + D) + Offset]

Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Absolute

Difference

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [| A - B | + Offset]

Display units follow Source A plus relative

Source B

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Multiply

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [(A * B * C * D) + Offset]

Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A

Cross Over P

Function oint

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Minimum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Minimum Value (A : B : C : D) +

Offset]

Display units follows Source with minimum value.

207

Chapter 7 Features

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter Offset

Function

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units oint

Filter

Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Maximum

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Maximum Value (A : B : C : D) +

Offset]

Display units follows Source with maximum value.

Barometric Pressure

Pressure Units

Function oint

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Square Root

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Sqr Root A + Offset]

Display units follows Source A

Cross Over P

Function oint

Filter Offset

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Vaisala RH

Compensation

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Calculated RH compensated for temperature + Offset].

Note: Source A is RH measured value from an uncompensated Vaisala RH sensor. Source B is temperature of the RH sensor in degrees F. The result is a "corrected" RH measured value. This calculation is effective over the temperature range of -75F to

350F.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Function C

Source Instance C

Source Zone C

Source Error C

Source Function D

Source Instance D

Source Zone D

Source Error D

Source Function E

Source Instance E

Source Zone E

Source Error E

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Value C

Source Value D

Source Value E

Process Value

Pressure to

Altitude

Output Value

Error

Output Value = Filter [Convert Source A in Pressure to

Altitude + Offset]

Note: Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the

International Standard Atmosphere 1976. Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the calculation. The calculation is accurate from sea level to

90,000 feet. The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet

(sea level) pressure of 14.6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F. Result of calculation is in feet.

208

Chapter 7 Features

Security Function

Note:

Set on a Zone by Zone basis affecting any access using

Standard Bus communications. Does not affect field protocols.. This is independent of the RUI Security

Setting.

If the Password is enabled, the user must enter the Password to get to menus that have been blocked due to lock level settings. Rolling passwords require a new password each time the power has been cycled to the controller. It will be different for every controller. The administrator password is required to change the security settings even if the user enters their password to override the security settings.

Operations P

Loc

Write Security

Read Loc

Administrator P ked

Rolling P

Access Level age age k ey

Security Function Block - Overview

[LoC;o]

[LoC;P]

[PAS;E]

[roL;L]

[PAS;u]

[PAS;A]

[CodE]

[PASS]

Instances - 1 per RMC

[LoC]

Lock Menu

[FAct]

Operations Page : 1 to 3

Profiling Page : 1 to 3

Password Enable : Off, On

[r;LoC]

Read Lock : 1 to 5

[S;LoC]

Write Security: 1 to 5

[LoC;L]

Locked Access Level : 1 to 5

Rolling Password : Off, On

User Password : 10 to 999

Administrator Password : 10 to 999

[ULoC]

[FAct]

Factory Page

Unlock Menu

Factory Page

Public Key : xxx

Password : xxx

ing: None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal

Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not

Sourced, Stale

Function

Minimum On

Valve

Tra

Time vel

Time y

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

Special Output

Overview

Instances - 4 per RMC

[`SoF]

Special Output Function Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``fn]

Function : Off, Compressor, Motorized Valve,

Sequencer

[sfn;a]

Source Function A : None, Analog Input, Cool Power,

Heat Power, Power, Linearization, Math, Process

Value, Special Function Output 1, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[sfn;b]

Source Function B : None, Cool Power, Heat Power,

Power, Linearization, Math, Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[Pon;A]

Power On Level 1 : -100.0 to 100.0 %

[PoF;A]

Power Off Level 1 : -100.0 to 100.0 %

[Pon;b]

Power On Level 2 : -100.0 to 100.0 %

[PoF;b]

Power Off Level 2 : -100.0 to 100.0 %

[`on;t]

On Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[`oF;t]

Off Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[``t;t]

Valve Travel Time : 10 to 9,999 seconds

[``db]

Dead Band : 1.0 to 100.0 %

[`o;S1]

Output 1 Size : 0 to 9,999

[`o;S2]

Output 2 Size : 0 to 9,999

[`o;S3]

Output 3 Size : 0 to 9,999

[`o;S4]

Output 4 Size : 0 to 9,999

[`t;dL]

Time Delay : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[`ot;o]

Output Order : Linear, Progressive

[`SoF]

Special Output Function Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[Su;A]

Source Value A : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[Su;b]

Source Value B : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[o;u1]

Output Value 1 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

[o;u2]

Output Value 2 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

[o;u3]

Output Value 3 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

[o;u4]

Output Value 4 : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000 %

Special Output Function

This function is used to configure outputs when used with compressors, motorized valves or sequencers

An error (1 - 4), when read, can indicate any of the follow-

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

209

Chapter 7 Features

Function

Minimum On Valve

Tra

Time vel

Time

Output 2 Size

Output 4 Size y

Function

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output

Off

Minimum On

Valve

Tra

Time vel

Time

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4 y

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output

Compressor

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

Note:

Typical use scenario for compressor control

is for cooling and/or dehumidification. The

application may have one or two loops of control

which utilize the compressor to accomplish the

cooling and/or dehumidificaition (negative power

levels). Because the compressor is a mechanical

device, it is desirable to minimize starts and stops.

Either loop can attempt to start or stop the

compressor, but this algorithm will make the

determination when it should or should not run.

Because you may not turn the compressor off

until the loop is in the heat or humidify region, the

input values to the compressor algorithm must be

loop power (+/- 100%).

Function

Power On Level 2

Minimum Off

Tra

Time vel

Time

Output 2 Size

Output 4 Size y

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

Special Output

Motorized Valve

Current Position is an approximation of the valve's position as it relates to a power level (0 - 100%) where 0% is fully closed and 100% is fully open.

Dead Time is the minimum on time that the valve will travel once it is turned on in either the closed or open direction. Dead Time = Valve Dead Band

/ 100 * Valve Travel Time. On Time is the amount of time the valve needs to be turned on (either open or close) to eliminate the error between the estimated valve position and the desired power level. A positive On Time value indicates the need to open the valve while a negative value indicates the need to close the valve. On Time = (Source A

Value - Current Position) / 100 * Valve Travel Time.

When power is applied to the controller, the valve is closed and time is set to 0. Output Value 1 is the close signal to the valve. Output Value 2 is the open signal to the valve.

Function

Valve

Tra

Time vel

Time

Output 4 Size

Output Order y

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Special Output

Sequencer

Source Value A

Source Value B

Output Value 1

Output Value 2

Output Value 3

Output Value 4

Error 1 to 4

A sequencer takes a single input power signal and splits it up into multiple output signals. Each output represents a portion of the total output capacity.

The primary output which is often referred to as the vernier output represents a larger portion of the total output capacity than any of the other outputs.

The vernier output is always a proportional signal while the other outputs are ON/OFF.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

210

Chapter 7 Features

Timer Function

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal Data,

Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error, Not Sourced,

Stale

Source

Source

Function

A

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer

Overview

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Instances - 4 per RMC

Error

[tMr]

Timer Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[``Fn]

Function : Off, On Pulse, Delay, One Shot, Retentive

[sfn;a]

Source Function A (Timer Run) : None, Alarm, Compare,

Counter, Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function

Key, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4, Variable

[`Si;A]

Source Instance A : 1 to 250

[`S2;A]

Source Zone A : 0 to 16

[SAS;A]

Source Active State A (Timer Run) : High (rising), Low (falling)

[sfn;b]

Source Function B (Timer Reset) : None, Alarm, Compare,

Counter, Digital I/O, Profile Event Out A to H, Function

Key, Logic, Special Function Output 1 to 4, Timer,

Variable

[`Si;b]

Source Instance B : 1 to 250

[`S2;b]

Source Zone B : 0 to 16

[SAS;b]

Source Active State B (Timer Reset) : High (rising), Low (falling)

[``ti]

Time : 0 to 9,999 seconds

[`LEu]

Active Level : High, Low

[tMr]

Timer Menu

[oPEr]

Operation Page

[`Su;A]

Source Value A : Off, On

`[Su;b]

Source Value B : Off, On

[``E;t]

Elapsed Time : 0.0 to 9,999.000 seconds

[``o;u]

Output Value : Off, On

Source

Source

Active State

Function

Active State B

Active Level

A

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer

Off

Output Value = OFF

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

211

Chapter 7 Features

Source A (Run) [Sr;A]

Source Active State A [SAS;A] : High

Source Value A [uS;A] high low on

Active Level [Leu] : [High]

Output Value [o;u] off on

Active Level [Leu] : Low

Output Value [o;u] off

Source Source

Active State

Function

Active Level

A

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

Timer

On Pulse

An On Pulse Timer is used to produce an output pulse of a constant duration. It can be used as a minimum on time for compressor control or other devices that do not want excessive cycling.

Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state rising edge

Time Time

Elapsed Time [E;t]

Time [ti]

0

0

Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state falling edge

Source A (Run) [Sr;A]

Source Active State A [SAS;A] : Low

Source Value A [uS;A] high low on

Active Level [Leu] : High

Output Value [o;u] off on

Active Level [Leu] : Low

Output Value [o;u]

Elapsed Time [E;t]

Time [ti]

0 off

0

Time Time

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

212

Chapter 7 Features

Source A

Source

Source

Active State

Function

Active State B

A

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer

Delay

Source Value A

Source Value B

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

A delay timer is used to cause a delaying action. The delay can be made to happen on either the leading or trailing edge. This can be used to keep short input pulses from propagating or to have a secondary action occur at a known amount of time after the primary action; such as, turning on successive output devices.

Source A

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

213

Chapter 7 Features

Source

Source

Active State

Function

Active State B

A

Active Level

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer

One Shot

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

The One Shot timer functions like a simple oven timer. The time value gets set by the user and it counts down to zero without retaining the original time (hence the name one-shot). This is intended to be used in applications where the user will manually set different times for each process.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

214

Chapter 7 Features

Source

Source

Active State

Function

Active State B

Active Level

A

Time

Source Function A

Source Instance A

Source Zone A

Source Error A

Source Value A

Source Value B

Source Function B

Source Instance B

Source Zone B

Source Error B

Timer

Retentive

Elapsed Time

Output Value

Error

A retentive timer is used to keep track of how much time something has been in a particular state.

This can be used to time how long something has been in an alarm state for example or how long it has been since a profile or step ran. The output can be used to trigger an event if the elapsed time has grown excessive.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

215

Chapter 7 Features

Variable Function

This function simply passes the stored value to its output.

An error, when read, can indicate any of the following:

None, Open, Shorted, Measurement Error, Bad Cal

Data, Ambient Error, RTD Error, Fail, Math Error,

Not Sourced, Stale

A variable function block is used to store a user supplied value and provide a source input to another function block with that value. As an example, you could use a variable function value as one input to a compare function. The other input to the compare function would determine the output value based on the user's supplied value.

Value

Data

Value

Type

Units

Output Value

Variable

Overview

Error

Instances - 8 per RMC

[`uAr]

Variable Menu

[`SEt]

Setup Page

[tyPE]

Data Type : Analog, Digital

[`Dig]

Digital Value : On, Off

[AnLg]

Analog Value : -1,999.000 to 9,999.000

[Unit]

Units : None, Absolute Temperature,

Relative Temperature, Power, Process

Relative Humidity

[``ou]

Output Value : -1,999.000 to

9,999.000 or On or Off

Value

Data

Value

Type

Units

Output Value

Variable

Digital

Error

Value

Data

Value

Type

Units

Output Value

Variable

Analog

Error

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

216

Chapter 7 Features

Chapter 8: Appendix

Troubleshooting Alarms, Errors and Control Issues

Indication Description Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action

Alarm won’t clear or reset

Alarm won’t occur

Alarm will not clear or reset with keypad or digital input

• Alarm latching is active

• Alarm set to incorrect output

Alarm will not activate output • Alarm silencing is active

Alarm state cannot be determined due to lack of sensor input

• Alarm is set to incorrect source

• Sensor input is out of alarm set point range

• Alarm set point is incorrect

• Alarm is set to incorrect type

• Digital input function is incorrect

• Alarm blocking is active

• Alarm is set to incorrect output

• Alarm is set to incorrect source

• Alarm set point is incorrect

• Alarm is set to incorrect type

• Sensor improperly wired or open

• Incorrect setting of sensor type

• Calibration corrupt

• Reset alarm when process is within range or disable latching

• Set output to correct alarm source instance

• Set alarm source to correct input instance

• Correct cause of sensor input out of alarm range

• Set alarm set point to correct trip point

• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power

• Set digital input function and source instance

• Disable alarm silencing, if required

• Disable alarm blocking, if required

• Set output to correct alarm source instance

• Set alarm source to correct input instance

• Set alarm set point to correct trip point

• Set alarm to correct type: process, deviation or power

• Correct wiring or replace sensor

• Match setting to sensor used

• Check calibration of controller

Alarm Error

[AL;E1]

[AL;E2]

[AL;E3]

[AL;E4]

Alarm Low

[AL;L1]

[AL;L2]

[AL;L3]

[AL;L4]

Alarm High

[AL;h1}

[AL;h2]

[AL;h3]

[AL;h4]

Error Input

[Er;i1]

[Er;i2]

[Er;i3]

[Er;i4]

Limit Error

[Li;E1]

[Li;E2]

[Li;E3]

[Li;E4]

Limit won’t clear or reset

Sensor input below low alarm set point

Sensor input above high alarm set point

Sensor does not provide a valid signal to controller

Limit will not clear or reset with keypad or digital input

Limit state cannot be determined due to lack of sensor input, limit will trip

• Temperature is less than alarm set point

• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Incorrect alarm source

• Temperature is greater than alarm set point

• Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Incorrect alarm source

• Sensor improperly wired or open

• Incorrect setting of sensor type

• Calibration corrupt

• Sensor input is out of limit set point range

• Limit set point is incorrect

• Digital input function is incorrect

• Sensor improperly wired or open

• Incorrect setting of sensor type

• Calibration corrupt

• Check cause of under temperature

• Clear latched alarm

• Establish correct alarm set point

• Set alarm source to proper setting

• Check cause of over temperature

• Clear latched alarm

• Establish correct alarm set point

• Set alarm source to proper setting

• Correct wiring or replace sensor

• Match setting to sensor used

• Check calibration of controller

• Correct cause of sensor input out of limit range

• Set limit set point to correct trip point

• Set digital input function and source instance

• Correct wiring or replace sensor

• Match setting to sensor used

• Check calibration of controller

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

217

Chapter 8 Appendix

Indication

Limit Low

[Li;L1]

[Li;L2]

[Li;L3]

[Li;L4]

Description

Sensor input below low limit set point

Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action

• Temperature is less than limit set point

• Limit outputs latch and require reset

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Check cause of under temperature

• Clear limit

• Establish correct limit set point

Limit High

[Li;h1]

Loop Open Error

[LP;o1]

[LP;o2]

[LP;o3]

[LP;o4]

Loop Reversed Error

[LP;r1]

[LP;r2]

[LP;r3]

[LP;r4]

Sensor input above high limit set point

Open Loop Detect is active and the process value did not deviate by a user-selected value in a user specified period with PID power at

100%.

• Temperature is greater than limit set point

• Limit outputs latch and require reset

• Incorrect alarm set point

• Setting of Open Loop Detect Time incorrect

• Setting of Open Loop Detect Deviation incorrect

• Thermal loop is open

• Open Loop Detect function not required but activated

• Check cause of over temperature

• Clear limit

• Establish correct limit set point

• Set correct Open Loop Detect Time for application

• Set correct Open Loop Deviation value for application

• Determine cause of open thermal loop: misplaced sensors, load failure, loss of power to load, etc.

• Deactivate Open Loop Detect feature

Open Loop Detect is active and the process value is headed in the wrong direction when the output is activated based on deviation value and user-selected value.

Controller is ramping to new set point

• Setting of Open Loop Detect Time incorrect

• Setting of Open Loop Detect Deviation incorrect

• Output programmed for incorrect function

• Thermocouple sensor wired in reverse polarity

• Set correct Open Loop Detect Time for application

• Set correct Open Loop Deviation value for application

• Set output function correctly

• Wire thermocouple correctly, (red wire is negative)

• Ramping feature is activated • Disable ramping feature if not required

Ramping

[`rP1]

[`rP2]

[`rP3]

[`rP4]

Autotuning

[tUN1]

[tUN2]

[tUN3]

[tUN4]

Controller is autotuning the control loop

• User started the autotune function

• Digital input is set to start autotune

No heat/cool action Output does not activate load • Output function is incorrectly set

• Control mode is incorrectly set

• Wait until autotune completes or disable autotune feature

• Set digital input to function other than autotune, if desired

No Display No display indication or LED illumination

• Output is incorrectly wired

• Load, power or fuse is open

• Control set point is incorrect

• Incorrect controller model for application

• Power to controller is off

• Fuse open

• Breaker tripped

• Safety interlock switch open

• Separate system limit control activated

• Wiring error

• Incorrect voltage to controller

• Set output function correctly

• Set control mode appropriately (Open vs Closed Loop)

• Correct output wiring

• Correct fault in system

• Set control set point in appropriate control mode and check source of set point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open loop

• Obtain correct controller model for application

• Turn on power

• Replace fuse

• Reset breaker

• Close interlock switch

• Reset limit

• Correct wiring issue

• Apply correct voltage, check part number

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

218

Chapter 8 Appendix

Indication

No Serial Communication

Description

Cannot establish serial communications with the controller

Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action

• Address parameter incorrect

• Incorrect protocol selected

• Baud rate incorrect

• Parity incorrect

• Wiring error

• EIA-485 converter issue

• Incorrect computer or PLC communications port

• Incorrect software setup

• Wires routed with power cables

• Termination resistor may be required

• Set unique addresses on network

• Match protocol between devices

• Match baud rate between devices

• Match parity between devices

• Correct wiring issue

• Check settings or replace converter

• Set correct communication port

• Correct software setup to match con- troller

• Route communications wires away from power wires

• Place 120 Ω resistor across EIA-485 on last controller

Process doesn’t control to set point

Process is unstable or never reaches set point

• Controller not tuned correctly

• Control mode is incorrectly set

• Control set point is incorrect

• Perform autotune or manually tune system

• Set control mode appropriately (Open vs Closed Loop)

• Set control set point in appropriate control mode and check source of set point: remote, idle, profile, closed loop, open loop

• Verify output function is correct (heat or cool)

Temperature runway Process value continues to increase or decrease past set point.

• Controller output incorrectly programmed

• Thermocouple reverse wired • Correct sensor wiring (red wire negative)

• Controller output wired incorrectly • Verify and correct wiring

Device Error

[`100]

[rEtn]

[`h;Er]

[`C;Er]

Heater Error

Current Error

Controller displays internal malfunction message at power up.

Heater Error

Load current incorrect.

• Short in heater

• Power controller connection to controller defective

• Controller output defective

• Controller defective

• Sensor input over driven

• Replace heater

• Replace or repair power controller

• Replace or repair controller

• Replace or repair controller

• Check sensors for ground loops, reverse wiring or out of range values.

• Current through load is above current trip set point

• Check that the load current is proper.

Correct cause of overcurrent and/or ensure current trip set point is correct.

• Current through load is below current trip set point

• Check that the load current is proper.

Correct cause of undercurrent and/or ensure current trip set point is correct.

• Shorted solid-state or mechanical relay

• Replace relay

• Open solid-state or mechanical relay • Replace relay

• Current transformer load wire associated to wrong output

• Route load wire through current transformer from correct output, and go to the [`C;Si] Source Output Instance parameter (Setup Page, Current

Menu) to select the output that is driving the load.

• Replace or repair sensor or controller • Defective current transformer or controller

• Noisy electrical lines • Route wires appropriately, check for loose connections, add line filters

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

219

Chapter 8 Appendix

Indication

Remote User Interface (RUI) menus inaccessible

RUI value to low

[ual;l]

RUI value to high

[ual;h]

Description Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action

Unable to access [`SEt],

[OPEr]

, [FCty] or [ProF] menus or particular prompts in Home Page

• Security set to incorrect level • Check [`loC] settings in Factory Page

• Enter appropriate password in [UloC] setting in Factory Page

• Digital input set to lockout keypad • Change state of digital input

• Custom parameters incorrect • Change custom parameters in Factory

Page

• Check scaling of source data Value to low to be displayed in 4 digit LED display

<-1999

Value to high to be displayed in 4 digit LED display

>9999

• Incorrect setup

• Incorrect setup • Check scaling of source data

Detection of and Rules Around Abnormal Sensor Conditions

Inputs Detection of Abnormal Conditions

Shorted

Open

Reversed

Thermocouple

No direct detection, Open loop firmware detection.

Yes, Parasitic pull-up

Yes, firmware detection

Shorted

Open

Reversed

Current Source

Range limiting only

Range limiting only

Range limiting only

Open

Shorted

Reversed

Voltage Source

Range limiting only

Range limiting only

Range limiting only

RTD

S1 open Yes, pulled up.

S2 open Not implemented.

S3 open Yes, pulled up.

S1 short to S2 Yes, pulled up

S1 short to S3 Yes, pulled down to under range.

S2 shorted to S3 Not implemented, Possible, monitor S2 voltage.

S1 and S2 open Yes, pulled down to under range.

S1 and S3 open Yes, S1 pulled up.

S2 and S3 open Yes pulled up.

Thermistor

S1 open Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.

S3 open Yes, pulled up to sensor over range.

S1 short to S3 Yes, pulled down to sensor under range.

S1 and S3 open Yes, S1 pulled up to sensor over range.

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

220

Chapter 8 Appendix

Modbus - Programmable Memory Blocks

The Modbus assembly contains 40 pointers to the parameters of your choosing starting at Modbus register

40 (shown on the following page). The pointers are 32-bits long so are stored in two sequential registers. As an example, if we want to move an alias to the analog input of the RMC (register 360) into register 40, we perform a multiple write command (0x10 function) of 360 into register 40 and 361 into register 41 as a single multi-write command.

Once the parameters of choice have been defined and written to the pointer registers, the working registers

200 to 279 then represent those parameters. Therefore, as in the example above, if 360 is in register 40, 361 in register 41, register 200 & 201 contains the 32-bit floating point result for analog input 1.

The screen shot above was taken from a program that can be found on the Watlow Support Tools DVD

(shipped with the product) as well as on the Watlow website. On the DVD, it can be found under "Utility

Tools" and is identified as "Modbus RTU Diagnostic Program for EZ-ZONE PM, RM and ST". A similar program can be found here as well for a connection utilizing Ethernet TCP.

If it is easier to go to the web to acquire this software click on the link below and type "modbus" in the search field where both versions can be found with the same name. http://www.watlow.com/literature/software.cfm

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

221

Chapter 8 Appendix

Assembly Pointer Registers and Assembly Working Registers

Pointer Registers Working Registers

96 & 97

98 & 99

100 & 101

102 & 103

104 & 105

106 & 107

108 & 109

110 & 111

112 & 113

114 & 115

116 & 117

118 & 119

76 & 77

78 & 79

80 & 81

82 & 83

84 & 85

86 & 87

88 & 89

90 & 91

92 & 93

94 & 95

56 & 57

58 & 59

60 & 61

62 & 63

64 & 65

66 & 67

68 & 69

70 & 71

72 & 73

74 & 75

40 & 41

42 & 43

44 & 45

46 & 47

48 & 49

50 & 51

52 & 53

54 & 55

256 & 257

256 & 259

260 & 261

262 & 263

264 & 265

266 & 267

268 & 269

270 & 271

272 & 273

274 & 275

276 & 277

278 & 279

236 & 237

238 & 239

240 & 241

242 & 243

244 & 245

246 & 247

248 & 249

250 & 251

252 & 253

254 & 255

200 & 201

202 & 203

204 & 205

206 & 207

208 & 209

210 & 211

212 & 213

214 & 215

216 & 217

218 & 219

220 & 221

222 & 223

224 & 225

226 & 227

228 & 229

230 & 231

232 & 233

234 & 235

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

222

Chapter 8 Appendix

Modbus Default Assembly Structure 40-119

Assembly Pointer

Registers

Default Pointers

Registers 40 & 41

Pointer 1 = 0 & 1

Closed Loop Set Point 1

Assembly Working

Registers

Registers 200 & 201

Value of Pointer 1

Registers 202 & 203

Value of Pointer 2

Registers 42 & 43

Pointer 2 = 0 & 1

Closed Loop Set Point 2

Registers 44 & 45

Pointer 3 = 0 & 1

Closed Loop Set Point 3

Registers 46 & 47

Pointer 4 = 0 & 1

Closed Loop Set Point 4

Registers 48 & 49

Pointer 5 = 0 & 1

Open Loop Set Point 1

Registers 50 & 51

Pointer 6 = 0 & 1

Open Loop Set Point 2

Registers 52 & 53

Pointer 7 = 0 & 1

Open Loop Set Point 3

Registers 54 & 55

Pointer 8 = 0 & 1

Open Loop Set Point 4

Registers 56 & 57

Pointer 9 = 0 & 1

Control Mode 1

Registers 58 & 59

Pointer 10 = 0 & 1

Control Mode 2

Registers 60 & 61

Pointer 11 = 0 & 1

Control Mode 3

Registers 204 & 205

Value of Pointer 3

Registers 206 & 207

Value of Pointer 4

Registers 208 & 209

Value of Pointer 5

Registers 210 & 211

Value of Pointer 6

Registers 212 & 213

Value of Pointer 7

Registers 214 & 215

Value of Pointer 8

Registers 216 & 217

Value of Pointer 9

Registers 218 & 219

Value of Pointer 10

Registers 220 & 221

Value of Pointer 11

Registers 62 & 63

Pointer 12 = 0 & 1

Control Mode 4

Registers 64 & 65

Pointer 13 = 0 & 1

Alarm 1 High Set Point

Registers 66 & 67

Pointer 14 = 0 & 1

Alarm 2 High Set Point

Registers 68 & 69

Pointer 15 = 0 & 1

Alarm 3 High Set Point

Registers 70 & 71

Pointer 16 = 0 & 1

Alarm 4 High Set Point

Registers 72 & 73

Pointer 17 = 0 & 1

Alarm 1 Low Set Point

Registers 74 & 75

Pointer 18 = 0 & 1

Alarm 2 Low Set Point

Registers 222 & 223

Value of Pointer 12

Registers 224 & 225

Value of Pointer 13

Registers 226 & 227

Value of Pointer 14

Registers 228 & 229

Value of Pointer 15

Registers 230 & 231

Value of Pointer 16

Registers 232 & 233

Value of Pointer 17

Registers 234 & 235

Value of Pointer 18

Registers 76 & 77

Pointer 19 = 0 & 1

Alarm 3 Low Set Point

Registers 236 & 237

Value of Pointer 19

Registers 78 & 79

Pointer 20 = 0 & 1

Alarm 4 Low Set Point

Registers 238 & 239

Value of Pointer 20

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

223

Registers 100 & 101

Pointer 31 = 0 & 1

Alarm 3 State

Registers 102 & 103

Pointer 32 = 0 & 1

Alarm 4 State

Registers 104 & 105

Pointer 33 = 0 & 1

Alarm 5 State

Registers 106 & 107

Pointer 34 = 0 & 1

Alarm 6 State

Registers 108 & 109

Pointer 35 = 0 & 1

Alarm 7 State

Registers 110 & 111

Pointer 36 = 0 & 1

Alarm 8 State

Registers 112 & 113

Pointer 37 = 0 & 1

Control Loop 1 Output Power

Registers 114 & 115

Pointer 38 = 0 & 1

Control Loop 2 Output Power

Registers 116 & 117

Pointer 39 = 0 & 1

Control Loop 3 Output Power

Registers 118 & 119

Pointer 40 = 0 & 1

Control Loop 4 Output Power

Assembly Pointer

Registers

Default Pointers

Registers 80 & 81

Pointer 21 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 1

Registers 82 & 83

Pointer 22 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 1 Error Status

Registers 84 & 85

Pointer 23 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 2

Registers 86 & 87

Pointer 24 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 2 Error Status

Registers 88 & 89

Pointer 25 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 3

Registers 90 & 91

Pointer 26 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 3 Error Status

Registers 92 & 93

Pointer 27 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 4

Registers 94 & 95

Pointer 28 = 0 & 1

Analog Input 4 Error Status

Registers 96 & 97

Pointer 29 = 0 & 1

Alarm 1 State

Registers 98 & 99

Pointer 30 = 0 & 1

Alarm 2 State

Assembly Working

Registers

Registers 240 & 241

Value of Pointer 21

Registers 242 & 243

Value of Pointer 22

Registers 244 & 245

Value of Pointer 23

Registers 246 & 247

Value of Pointer 24

Registers 248 & 249

Value of Pointer 25

Registers 250 & 251

Value of Pointer 26

Registers 252 & 253

Value of Pointer 27

Registers 254 & 256

Value of Pointer 28

Registers 256 & 257

Value of Pointer 29

Registers 258 & 259

Value of Pointer 30

Registers 260 & 261

Value of Pointer 31

Registers 262 & 263

Value of Pointer 32

Registers 264 & 265

Value of Pointer 33

Registers 266 & 267

Value of Pointer 34

Registers 268 & 269

Value of Pointer 35

Registers 270 & 271

Value of Pointer 36

Registers 272 & 273

Value of Pointer 37

Registers 274 & 275

Value of Pointer 38

Registers 276 & 277

Value of Pointer 39

Registers 278 & 279

Value of Pointer 40

Chapter 8 Appendix

Control Module Specifications

Line Voltage/Power

• 20.4 to 30.8Vı (ac/dc), 50/60Hz, ±5 percent

• Power consumption: 7 W, 14VA

• Any external power supply used should comply with a class 2 or

SELV rating. (Safety Extra Low Voltage)

• Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory

• Compliant with Semi F47-0200, Figure R1-1 voltage sag requirements

Available Power Supplies

• AC/DC Power supply converter 90-264VÅ (ac) to 24VÎ (dc) volts.

• P/N 0847-0299-0000: 31 W

• P/N 0847-0300-0000: 60 W

• P/N 0847-0301-0000: 91 W

Environment

• 0 to 149°F (-18 to 65°C) operating temperature

• -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C) storage temperature

• 0 to 90 percent RH, non-condensing

• RMC modules are considered to be open type equipment needing to be installed in a fire and shock protection enclosure, such as a NEMA Type 1 enclosure; unless all circuit connections are

Class 2 or SELV

Agency Approvals

• UL®/EN 61010 listed; c-UL C22.2 #61010 File E185611 QUYX,

QUYX7

• ANSI/ISA 12.12.01-2007 Hazardous Locations Class 1, Div.

2-Group A, B, C, D Temperature code T4 (optional) File E184390

QUZW, QUZW7

• EN 60529 IP20; RM modules

• UL® 50, Type 4X Indoor use, EN 60529 IP66; 1⁄16 DIN RUI,

NEMA 4X

• RoHS by design, W.E.E.E.

• FM Class 3545 on limit control versions

• CE

Serial Communications

• The RMC module ships with isolated standard bus protocol for configuration and communication connection to all other EZ-

ZONE products, Modbus RTU is optional.

User Interface

• Seven-segment address LED, programmed via push-button switch

• Communication activity, 2 LEDs

• Error condition of each loop, 4 LEDs

• Output status indication, 16 LEDs

Maximum RM System Configuration

• Sixteen (16) modules, 152 loops. Maximum system capacity (all

RM modules) is 16 with one RM Access (RMA) module.

Mounting

• DIN-rail specification EN50022, 35 x 7.5 mm (1.38 x 0.30 in.)

• Can be DIN-rail mounted or chassis mounted with customersupplied fasteners

Dimensions

155.0 mm

(6.10 in)

116.08 mm

(4.57 in)

Weight

Controller:

453.59 g (16 oz.)

Wiring Termination—Touch-Safe Terminals

• Right angle and front screw type terminal blocks (slots A, B, D,

E)

- Input, power and controller output terminals, touch-safe re

movable 12 to 30 AWG

• Wire strip length 7.6 mm (0.30 in.)

• Torque 0.8 Nm (7.0 lb.-in.) right angle, 0.5 Nm (4.51 lb-in) front terminal block

• Dimensional Drawing

• Use solid or stranded copper conductors only

Connector

Standard

Straight

Ring Terminal

Dimension “A” (mm/in.)

148 (5.80)

155 (6.10)

166 (6.50)

Optional Accessories

Remote User Interface (RUI)

Basic RUI

• 1⁄16 DIN

• Dual 4 digit, 7-segment LED displays

• Keys: Advance, infinity, up, down keys, plus an EZ-KEY programmable function key

• Typical display update rate 1Hz

EZ-ZONE RMC Product Documentation

• User Manual, printed hard copy, P/N 0600-0070-0000

• Watlow Support Tools CD, P/N 0601-0001-0000

Process PID or over-temperature limit mode options

• User selectable heat/cool, on-off, P, PI, PD, PID or alarm action, not valid for limit controllers

• Auto-tune with TRU-TUNE+ adaptive control

• Control sampling rates: Input 10Hz, Output 10Hz

Profile Ramp and Soak

• 25 profiles, 15 sub-routines and 400 total steps

• Option for battery back-up and real-time clock via the access module.

Accuracy

• Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity: ±0.1% of span, ±1°C at the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage

• Types R, S, B; 0.2%

• Type T below -50°C; 0.2%

• Calibration ambient temperature at 25°C ±3°C (77°F ±5°F)

• Accuracy span: 540°C (1000°F) min.

• Temperature stability: ±0.1°C/°C (±0.1°F/°F) rise in ambient max.

Universal Input

• Thermocouple, grounded or ungrounded sensors

- >20MΩ input impedance

• Max. 2KΩ source resistance

• RTD 2- or 3-wire, platinum, 100Ω and 1000Ω @ 0°C (32°F) calibration to DIN curve (0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)

• Process, 0-20mA @100Ω, or 0-10VÎ (dc) @ 20kΩ input impedance; scalable, 0-50mV

Voltage Input Ranges

- Accuracy ±10mV ±1 LSD at standard conditions

- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum

Milliamp Input Ranges

- Accuracy ±20µA ±1 LSD at standard conditions

- Temperature stability ±100 PPM/°C maximum

Resolution Input Ranges

- 0 to 10V: 200 µV nominal

- 0 to 20 mA: 0.5 mA nominal

• Potentiometer: 0 to 1,200Ω

• Inverse scaling

• Current: input range is 0 to 50mA, 100Ω input impedance

Response time: 1 second max., accuracy ±1mA typical

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

224

Chapter 8 Appendix

Input Type

Max

Error

@ 25

Deg C

S

B

C

E

R

T

N

J

K

±1.75

±2.45

±1.55

±2.25

±2.10

±3.9

±3.9

±2.66

±3.32

D

F (PTII)

±3.32

±2.34

RTD, 100 ohm ±2.00

RTD, 1000 ohm ±2.00

mV ±0.05

Volts ±0.01

Accuracy

Range

Low

Accuracy

Range

High

0

-200

-200

0

-200

0

0

870

0

0

0

-200

-200

-50

0

750

1250

350

1250

900

1450

1450

1700

2315

2315

1343

800

800

50

10 mAdc ±0.02

±5

0

0

20

50

Units

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

DegC mV

Volts mAmps

DC mAmps AC mAac

Potentiometer,

1K range

Resistance, 5K range

Resistance,

10K range

Resistance,

20K range

Resistance,

40K range

±1

±5

±10

±20

±40

0

0

0

0

0

1000

5000

10000

20000

40000

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Input Type

E

R

S

B

T

N

J

K

C

D

F (PTII)

RTD (100 ohm)

RTD (1000 ohm) mV

Volts mAdc

Operating Range

Range Low Range High Units

0

0

0

-200

-200

0

0

-210

-270

-270

-270

-270

-50

-50

0

1200

1371

400

1300

1000

1767

1767

1816

2315

2315

1343

800

800

50

10

0 20

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C mV

Volts mAmps

DC

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Deg C

Input Type

mAac

Potentiometer,

1K range

Resistance, 5K range

Resistance, 10K range

Resistance, 20K range

Resistance, 40K range

Operating Range (cont.)

Range Low Range High Units

0 50 mAmps

AC

0

0

0

0

0

1200

5000

10000

20000

40000

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Input

Type

Thermistor Input

Max Error @ 25

Deg C

Accuracy

Range

Low

Accuracy

Range

High

Thermistor, 5K range

Thermistor, 10K range

±5

±10

0

0

5000

10000

Thermistor, 20K range

±20 0 20000

Thermistor, 40K ±40 0 40000 range

• 0 to 40KΩ, 0 to 20KΩ, 0 to 10KΩ, 0 to 5KΩ

• 2.252KΩ and 10KΩ base at 25°C

• Linearization curves built in

• Third party Thermistor compatibility requirements

Units

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Ohms

Base R

@ 25C

2.252K

10K

10K

Alpha

Techniques

Curve A

Curve A

Curve C

Beta

THERM

2.2K3A

10K3A

10K4A

YSI

004

016

006

Thermistor

Curve

A

B

C

Digital Input

• Update rate 10Hz

• DC voltage

- Max. input 36V at 3mA

- Min. high state 3V at 0.25mA

- Max. low state 2V

Dry Contact

• Update rate 10Hz

• Min. open resistance 10KΩ

• Max. closed resistance 50Ω

• Max. short circuit 13mA

Single Input Current Measurement Input

• Accepts 0-50mA (ac) signal (user programmable range)

• Displayed operating range and resolution can be scaled and are user programmable

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

225

Chapter 8 Appendix

Output Hardware

• Switched dc:

- Max. 32VÎ (dc) open circuit

- Max. current 30mA per single output

- Max. current 40mA per paired outputs (1 & 2, 3 & 4, 5 & 6, 7

& 8)

Output Hardware (cont.)

• Open Collector

- Max. 30VÎ (dc) @ 100mA max. current sink

• Solid state relay (SSR), Form A, 1A at 10°C, derated to 0.5A at

65°C @ 24VÅ (ac) min., 264VÅ (ac) max., opto-isolated, without contact suppression

• Electromechanical relay, Form C, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ

(dc) max., resistive load, 100,000 cycles at rated load. Requires a min. load of 20mA at 24V. 125VA pilot duty

• Electromechanical relay, Form A, 5A, 24 to 240VÅ (ac) or 30VÎ

(dc) max., resistive load, 100,000 cycles at rated load. Requires a min. load of 20mA at 24V, 125VA pilot duty

• NO-ARC relay, Form A, 15A @ 50°C derated to 10A @ 65°C; 85 to 264VÅ (ac), no VÎ (dc), resistive load, 2 million cycles at rated load

• Universal process/retransmit, output range selectable:

• Digital outputs

- Update rate 10Hz

- Switched DC

- Output voltage 20VÎ (dc) or 12VÎ (dc), user selectable

- Max. supply current source 40mA at 20VÎ (dc) and 80mA at

12VÎ (dc)

- Open Collector

- Switched voltage max.: 32VÎ (dc)

- Max. switched current per output: 1.5A

- Max. switched current for all 6 outputs combined: 8A

• Universal process/retransmit, Output range selectable:

- 0 to 10V Î(dc) into a min. 1,000Ω load

- 0 to 20mA into max. 800Ω load

Resolution

- dc ranges: 2.5mV nominal

- mA ranges: 5 µA nominal

Calibration Accuracy

- dc ranges: ±15 mV

- mA ranges: ±30 µA

Temperature Stability

- 100 ppm/°C

Programmable Application Blocks

Actions (events) 8 total

Alarms 8 total

Control Loop 4 total

Compare 4 total

Off, greater than, less than, equal, not equal, greater than or equal, less than or equal

Counters 4 total

Counts up or down loads, predetermined value on load signal.

Output is active when count value equals predetermined target value

Logic 4 total

Off, and, nand, or, nor, equal, not equal, Latch

Linearization 4 total

Interpolated or stepped relationship

Math 8 total

Off, average, process scale, deviation scale, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root, sample and hold

Process Value 4 total

Off, sensor backup, average, crossover, wet/dry bulb, switch over, differential (subtraction), ratio (divide), add, multiply, absolute difference, min., max., square root

Special Output Function 4 total

Compressor turns on-off compressor for one or two loops (cool and dehumidify with single compressor)

Motorized Valve turns on-off motor open/closed outputs to cause valve to represent desired power level

Sequencer turns on-off up to four outputs to distribute a single power across all outputs with linear and progressive load wearing

Timers 4 total

On Pulse produces output of fixed time on active edge of timer run signal

Delay output is a delayed start of timer run, off at same time

One Shot oven timer

Retentive measures timer run signal, output on when accumulated time exceeds target

Variable 8 total

User value for digital or analog variable

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

226

Chapter 8 Appendix

EZ-ZONE Rail-Mount Control Module Ordering Information

Control module requires a Class 2 or SELV power supply 20.4 to 30.8 V ~(ac) / (dc), communication port for configuration with EZ-ZONE Configurator software.

Code Number

1 2

EZ-ZONE

Rail Mount

Control

Module

3

Input 1

Primary

4

Function

Outputs

1 & 2

5

Hardware

Options

Input 2

6

Outputs

3 & 4

7

Hardware

Options

Input 3

8

Outputs

5 & 6

Hardware

Options

9

Input 4

10

Outputs

7 & 8

11

Hardware

Options

12

Connector

Style

13

Enhanced

Options

14 15

Additional

Options

RM C

4

Input 1

1 = Control with universal input

2 = Control with thermistor input

3 = Ramp/Soak control with universal input (R/S applies to all loops in module)

4 = Ramp/Soak control with thermistor input (R/S applies to all loops in module)

5 = Limit with universal input(Only valid Output 1 and 2, options will be B, F, L)

6 = Limit with thermistor input(Only valid Output 1 and 2, options will be B, F, L)

7 = Current transformer input(NOT valid Output 1 and 2, options are N, P, R, S)

9 = Custom

5

Output 1 and 2 Hardware Options

Output 1 Output 2

A = None

B = None

U = Switched dc/open collector

D = Switched dc/open collector

E = Switched dc/open collector

F = Switched dc/open collector

G = Switched dc/open collector

H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form

J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C NO-ARC 15A power control

K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Switched dc

L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C SSR Form A, 0.5A

N = Universal process

P = Universal process

R = Universal process

S = Universal process

T = None

Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A

Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A

None

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

None

NO-ARC 15A power control

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

None

None

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

NO-ARC 15A power control

SSR Form A, 0.5A

6

7

Input 2

A = None

1 = Control with universal input

2 = Control with thermistor input

5 = Limit with universal input (Only valid Output 3 and 4, options

will be B, F ,L)

6 = Limit with thermistor input (Only valid Output 3 and 4, options

will be B, F, L)

7 = Current transformer input (Not valid Output 3 and 4, options

are N, P, R, S)

R = Auxillary 2nd Input (Universal Input)

P = Auxillary 2nd Input (Thermistor Input)

Output 3 and 4 Hardware Options

Output 3

A = None

B = None

U = Switched dc/open collector

D = Switched dc/open collector

E = Switched dc/open collector

F = Switched dc/open collector

G = Switched dc/open collector

H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C

J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C

K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C

L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C

M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C

N = Universal process

P = Universal process

R = Universal process

S = Universal process

T = None

Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A

Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A

Output 4

None

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

None

NO-ARC 15A power control

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

None

NO-ARC 15A power control

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

None

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

NO-ARC 15A power control

SSR Form A, 0.5A

8

Input 3

A = None

1 = Control with universal input

2 = Control with thermistor input

5 = Limit with universal input(Only valid Output 5 and 6, options will be B, F, L)

6 = Limit with thermistor input(Only valid Output 5 and 6, options will be B, F, L)

7 = Current transformer input(Not valid Output 5 and 6, options are N, P, R, S)

R = Auxillary 2nd Input (Universal Input)

P = Auxillary 2nd Input (Thermistor Input)

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

9

Output 5 and 6 Hardware Options

Output 5 Output 6

A = None

B = None

U = Switched dc/open collector

D = Switched dc/open collector

None

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

None

NO-ARC 15A power control

E = Switched dc/open collector

F = Switched dc/open collector

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

G = Switched dc/open collector SSR Form A, 0.5A

H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C None

J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C NO-ARC 15A power control

K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Switched dc

L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C SSR Form A, 0.5A

N = Universal process

P = Universal process

R = Universal process

S = Universal process

T = None

Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A

Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A

None

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

NO-ARC 15A power control

SSR Form A, 0.5A

10

Input 4

A = None

1 = Control with universal input

2 = Control with thermistor input

5 = Limit with universal input(Only valid Output 7 and 8, options will be B, F, L)

6 = Limit with thermistor input(Only valid Output 7 and 8, options will be B, F, L)

7 = Current transformer input(Not valid Output 7 and 8, options are N, P, R, S)

R = Auxillary 2nd Input (Universal Input)

P = Auxillary 2nd Input (Thermistor Input)

11

Output 7 and 8 Hardware Options

Output 7 Output 8

A = None

B = None

U = Switched dc/open collector

D = Switched dc/open collector

None

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

None

NO-ARC 15A power control

E = Switched dc/open collector

F = Switched dc/open collector

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

G = Switched dc/open collector SSR Form A, 0.5A

H = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C None

J = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C NO-ARC 15A power control

K = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Switched dc

L = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

M = Mechanical relay 5A, Form C SSR Form A, 0.5A

N = Universal process

P = Universal process

R = Universal process

S = Universal process

T = None

Y = SSR Form A, 0.5A

Z = SSR Form A, 0.5A

None

Switched dc

Mechanical relay 5A, Form A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

SSR Form A, 0.5A

NO-ARC 15A power control

SSR Form A, 0.5A

12

Connector Style

A = Right angle screw connector (standard)

F = Front screw connector

13

Enhanced Options

A = Standard bus

1 =

Standard bus and Modbus ® RTU 485

14 15

Additional Options

Firmware, Overlays, Parameter Settings

AA = Standard

AB = Replacement connectors hardware only for the entered model number

12 = Class 1, Div. 2 (not available with integrated limit controller or mechanical relay options)

XX = Custom, Locked Firmware

227

Chapter 8 Appendix

Index

[`A;bL]

Alarm Blocking 86, 164

[AC;LF]

AC Line Frequency 115

[a;Clr]

Alarm Clear Request 47

[`ACt]

Action Menu 43, 72

[A;dSP]

Alarm Display 86

[`A;hi]

Alarm High Set Point 47, 86,

163

[`A;hy]

Alarm Hysteresis 85

[``Ai]

Analog Input Menu 63

[`A;iS]

Alarm Source Instance 85

[`A;LA]

Alarm Latching 86, 164

[`A;Lg]

Alarm Logic 85

[ALM]

Alarm Menu 47, 84

[`A;Lo]

Alarm Low Set Point 47, 85,

163

[`A;Sd]

Alarm Sides 85

[`A;Si]

Alarm Silencing 86, 164

[A;sir]

Alarm Silence Request 47,

87

[`a;st]

Alarm State 48, 87

[A;tSP]

Autotune Set Point 45, 77,

153

[Attn]

Attention 164

[`A;ty]

Alarm Type 84

[a;unt]

Altitude Units 62, 69, 110

[A;unt]

Altitude Units 60

[`AUt]

Autotune 45, 153

[bAUd]

Baud Rate 123

Barometric Pressure 60

[`b;pr]

Barometric Pressure 69

[`b;Pr]

Barometric Pressure 60

[`C;Ag]

Cool Algorithm 75, 159

[`CAL]

Calibration Menu 149

[`C;Cr]

Cool Output Curve 75, 158

[`C;Er]

Current Error 48, 165

[`C_F]

Display Units 115, 124

[`C;hi]

Current High Set Point 48,

165

[`C;hy]

Cool Hysteresis 45, 76, 159

[`C;Lo]

Current Low Set Point 48,

165

[`C;M]

Control Mode 44, 80

[C;MA]

Control Mode Active 43

[Code]

Public Key 148

[CoM]

Communications Menu 123

[`C;Pb]

Cool Proportional Band 45,

75, 154, 160

[`CPE]

Compare Menu 49, 90

[`C;Pr]

Cool Power 44, 154

[`C;SP]

Closed Loop Working Set

Point 44

[`Ctr]

Counter Menu 51, 94

[`CU;r]

Current Read 48

[CUrr]

Current Menu 48, 87

[CUSt]

Custom Setup 145

[dAtE]

Date of Manufacture 149

[``db]

Dead Band 46, 76, 161

[`dEC]

Decimal 64

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

[dew]

Dewpoint 106

[diAg]

Diagnostics Menu 148

[`dio]

Digital Input/Output Menu

42, 69

[`dir]

Direction 69

[`do;S]

Digital Output State 42

[d;prs]

Display Pairs 62, 115

[`Ei;S]

Event Input Status 42

[ELi;o]

Electrical Input Offset 149

[ELi;S]

Electrical Input Slope 149

[ELo;o]

Electrical Output Offset 149

[ELo;S]

Electrical Output Slope 150

[`End]

End 143

[`End]

End Type 133

[Ent1]

Active Event Output 1 57,

58

[Ent1]

Event Output 1 133, 139

[Ent2]

Event Output 2 133, 134,

139, 140

[FAiL]

Input Error Failure 78, 158,

159

[``Fi]

Digital Output Function

Instance 70

[``Fi]

Output Function Instance

81, 82, 83

[`FiL]

Filter 64

[``Fn]

Output Function 81, 83

[gLbL]

Global Menu 115

[`gSd]

Guaranteed Soak Deviation

116

[`gSE]

Guaranteed Soak Enable

116

[`h;Ag]

Heat Algorithm 75, 159

[`h;Er]

Heater Error 49, 165

[`h;hy]

Heat Hysteresis 45, 75, 159

[hoUr]

Hours 130, 135

[`h;Pb]

Heat Proportional Band 45,

75, 154, 160

[`h;Pr]

Heat Power 44, 154

[`h;SP]

Control Loop High Set Point

79

[`i;CA]

Calibration Offset 41, 65,

155–156

[`id;S]

Idle Set Point 45, 79

[`i;Er]

Input Error Latching 64

[`i;Er]

Input Error Status 41, 65

[iP;F4]

IP Fixed Address Part 4 115

[``JC]

Jump Count 133

[``JC]

Jump Count Remaining 58

[``JL]

Jump Loop 143

[``JS]

Jump Step 133

[`L;dd]

Open Loop Detect Devia-

tion 79

[`L;dE]

Open Loop Detect Enable

78

[`L;dt]

Open Loop Detect Time 78

[`LgC]

Logic Menu 51, 97

[`L;hy]

Limit Hysteresis 74

228

[Lim]

Limit Menu 43, 73

[`Lin]

Linearization 63

[`LL;S]

Limit Low Set Point 43, 74

[`Lnr]

Linearization Menu 49, 88

[`LoC]

Security Setting Menu 145,

148

[loC;l]

Locked Access Level 147

[LoC;o]

Lock Operations Page 146,

166

[LoC;P]

Lock Profiling Page 146,

147, 148, 166

[LooP]

Control Loop Menu 75

[LooP]

Loop Menu 44

[`L;Sd]

Limit Sides 73

[`L;SP]

Loop Low Set Point 79

[MAn]

Manual Power 78

[MAt]

Math Menu 52, 106

[M;hL]

Modbus Word Order 124

[min]

Minutes 57

[Min]

Minutes 130, 136

[Mon]

Monitor Menu 43

[`Mu]

Electrical Measurement 149

[`nU;S]

Non-volatile Save 124

[`o;CA]

Calibration Offset 84

[`o;Ct]

Output Control 71, 82

[`o;Fn]

Output Function 154

[`o;hi]

Output High Power Scale

71, 82

[`o;Lo]

Output Low Power Scale

71, 82

[``oP]

Open Loop Set Point 46, 80

[`o;tb]

Output Time Base 71, 82

[otPt]

Output Menu 81

[`o;ty]

Output Type 82

[`PAr]

Parity 124

[pas;a]

Administrator Password 148

[pas;e]

Password Enable 146

[pass]

Password 148

[pas;u]

User Password 147

[`p;dl]

Peltier Delay 77

[`P;EE]

Process Error Enable 64

[`P;EL]

Process Error Low 64

[``Pn]

Part Number 148

[`Pro]

Profile Menu 116

[P;StA]

Profile Status Menu 55

[P;tyP]

Profile Type 116

[`Pu;A]

Process Value Active 44

[p;unt]

Pressure Units 62, 69

[P;unt]

Pressure Units 60

[``Pu]

Process Value Menu 66

[rAtE]

Rate 130, 136, 141

[`r;En]

Remote Enable 44, 157

[`rEu]

Software Revision 148

[`r;hi]

Range High 64, 84, 157

[`r;Lo]

Range Low 64, 84, 157

[rLoC]

Read Lockout Security 146,

166

[roll]

Rolling Password 147

Chapter 8 Appendix

[``rP]

Ramp Action 79, 161

[`r;rt]

Ramp Rate 79, 161

[`r;SC]

Ramp Scale 79, 161

[`rt;L]

RTD Leads 63

[`seC]

Seconds 57

[`SEC]

Seconds 130, 136

[`SEn]

Sensor Type 63, 154, 156

[SFn;A]

Source Function A 84

[`S;hi]

Scale High 63, 84, 157

[`Si;B]

Event Input Source Instance

B 115

[`S;Lo]

Scale Low 63, 83, 157

[SLoC]

Set Lockout Security 147,

166

[``Sn]

Serial Number 149

[SoAh]

Soak 142

[`SoF]

Special Output Function

Menu 53

[SP;hi]

Set Point High Limit Open

Loop 80

[S;bLd]

Software Build 149

[SP;Lo]

Set Point Low Limit Open

Loop 80

[`StP]

Active Step 55

[S;tyP]

Active Step Type 55

[S;tyP]

Step Type 129, 134

[sutb]

Synchronized Variable Time

Base 115 sutb 115

[t;Agr]

User Tune Aggressiveness

77, 153

[t;bnd]

TRU-TUNE+™ Band 76,

154

[``td]

Time Derivative 46, 76, 154,

160

[`t;gn]

TRU-TUNE+™ Gain 76,

154

[``ti]

Time 141

[``ti]

Time Integral 46, 76, 154,

160

[tMr]

Timer Menu 50, 92

[t;tUn]

TRU-TUNE+™ Enable 76,

154

[`UFA]

User Failure Action 78

[ULoC]

Unlock 144

[USr;r]

User Restore Set 115, 153

[USr;S]

User Save Set 115, 153

[UStP]

Unused Step 141

[`uAr]

Variable Menu 114

[W;bo]

Wait For Both 142

[WE;1]

Wait Event 1 131, 132, 138

A

AC Line Frequency 115, 161

Action Menu 43, 72

Active Event Output (1 or 2) 57, 58

Active Step 55

Active Step Type 55

adaptive tuning 154

Address Standard Bus 124

Administrator Password 148

agency approvals 5, 224

alarm blocking 164

Alarm Menu 47, 84

alarms 162

Blocking 86, 164

deviation 163

Display 86

Hysteresis 85, 163

Latching 86, 164

Logic 85

process 163 set points 163

Sides 85

Silencing 86, 164

Source 84

Type 84

Altitude Units 60, 62, 110

Analog Input Function 172

Analog Input Menu 41, 63

Assembly Definition Addresses 168

Assembly Working Addresses 168

auto (closed loop) control 158

Autotune 153

Autotune Aggressiveness 77

Autotune Request 45

Autotune Set Point 45, 77, 153

autotuning 153–154 autotuning with TRU-TUNE+™ 154

B

Baud Rate 123

Blocking 86

bumpless transfer 159

C

Calibration Menu 149

Calibration Offset 41, 65, 84,

155–156

Cascade Control 162

chattering output 159

CIP - Communications Capabilities

169

Closed Loop Set Point 45, 79

Closed Loop Working Set Point 44

Communications Menu 123

Compare Function 174

Compare Menu 49, 90

Compressor Control 162

Control 71, 82

Control Function 176

Control Loop Menu 75

control methods 158

Control Mode 44, 80, 159

Control Mode Active 43

Control Module Factory Page 144

Control Module Menus

Factory Page

Calibration Menu 149

Custom Setup Menu 145

Diagnostics Menu 148

Security Setting Menu 145, 148

Operations Page

Action Menu 43

Alarm Menu 47

Analog Input Menu 41

Compare Menu 49

Counter Menu 51

Current Menu 48

Digital Input/Output Menu 42

Limit Menu 43

Linearization Menu 49

Logic Menu 51

Loop Menu 44

Math Menu 52

Monitor Menu 43

Process Value Menu 41

Profile Status Menu 55

Special Output Function Menu

53

Timer Menu 50

Setup Page

Action Menu 72

Alarm Menu 84

Analog Input Menu 63

Communications Menu 123

Compare Menu 90

Control Loop Menu 75

Counter Menu 94

Current Menu 87

Digital Input/Output Menu 69

Global Menu 115

Limit Menu 73

Linearization Menu 88

Logic Menu 97

Math Menu 106

Output Menu 81

Process Value 66

Profile Menu 116

Special Output Function Menu

110

Timer Menu 92

Variable Menu 114

Cool Algorithm 75, 159

Cool Hysteresis 45, 76, 159

cool output curve 158

Cool Output Curve 75, 158

Cool Power 44, 154

Cool Proportional Band 45, 75, 154,

160

Counter Menu 51, 94

Current Error 48, 165

current measurement 224

Current Menu 48, 87

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

229

Chapter 8 Appendix

current sensing 164

Current Sensing 164

Custom Function 178

Custom Setup Menu 145

D

Date of Manufacture 149

Dead Band 46, 76, 160, 161

Decimal 64

deviation alarms 163

Dewpoint 106

Diagnostics Menu 148

Differential Control 162

Digital Input/Output Menu 42, 69

digital input specifications 224

dimensions 13–14

Direction 69

Display 86

Display Pairs 62, 115

Display Units 115, 124

duplex 157

Duplex Control 163

E

Electrical Input Offset 149

Electrical Input Slope 149

Electrical Measurement 149

Electrical Output Offset 149

Electrical Output Slope 150

End 143

End Set Point Value 133

environment 224

Event Output (1 and 2) 133, 134,

139, 140, 141, 142, 143

EZ Key 165

F

Factory Page

Control Module 13, 60, 144

Filter Time 64, 156 filter time constant 156

Function 154

Function Instance 70

Function Key Menu 165

G

Global Function 179

Global Menu 115

Guaranteed Soak Deviation 116,

117

Guaranteed Soak Enable 116

H

Heat Algorithm 75, 159

Heater Error 49, 165

Heat Hysteresis 45, 75, 159

Heat Power 44, 154

Heat Proportional Band 45, 75, 154,

160

High Power Scale 71, 82

high range 157

high scale 156

High Set Point

Alarm 47, 48, 86, 87, 163

Current 48, 165

Loop 79, 156

Hours 130, 135

Hysteresis 74, 85

I

Idle Set Point 45, 46, 79

Input Error Failure 78, 158, 159

Input Error Latching 64, 159

Input Error Status 41, 65

input events 8 inputs 8

Input Sensor Type 154

installation 16

IP Fixed Address Part 4 115

isolation blocks 21

J

Jump Count 133

Jump Count Remaining 58, 59

Jump Loop 143

Jump Step 133

K

L

Latching 86

[`C;SP]

Closed Loop Set Point 45,

79

Limit Menu 43, 73

Linearization 63

Linearization Menu 49, 88

line voltage/power 224

Locked Access Level 147

Lock Operations Page 166

Lockout Menu 166

Lock Profiling Page 166

Logic 85

Logic Function 181

Logic Menu 51, 97

Loop Menu 44

Low Power Scale 71, 82

low range 157

low scale 156

Low Set Point

Alarm 47, 85, 163

Current 48, 165

Limit 43, 74

Loop 79, 156

M

Manual Control Indicator Light 159

manual (open loop) control 158

manual tuning 153

Math Menu 52, 106

Minutes 130, 136

Modbus Default Assembly Structure

80-119 223

Modbus - Using Programmable

Memory Blocks 167

Modbus Word Order 124, 125

Monitor Menu 43

Motorized Valve Control 163

N

network wiring 35

No-arc Relay 157

Non-volatile Save 62, 124

O

on-off control 159

Open Loop Detect Deviation 79

Open Loop Detect Enable 78

Open Loop Detection 165

Open Loop Detect Time 78

Open Loop Set Point 46, 80

operator interface 224

output configuration 158

Output Function 83

Output Menu 81

output power scaling 158

outputs 8

Output State 42

Output Type 82

P

P3T armor sealing system 5

Parameter 1 to 20 145

Parity 124

Part Number 148

Password 144, 148

Peltier Delay 61, 77

Power Out Time 115

power supplies 15

Pressure Units 60, 62

process alarms 163

Process Error Enable 64

Process Error Low 64

Process Value 66

Process Value Active 44

Process Value Menu 41

Profile Menu 116

Profile Status Menu 55

Profile Type 116

Profiling Page 126

profiling parameters 128

programming the Home Page 153

proportional control

plus integral (PI) control 160

plus integral plus derivative (PID)

control 160

Public Key 144, 148

Q

R

Ramp Action 79

Ramp Rate 79, 161

Ramp Scale 79, 161

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

230

Chapter 8 Appendix

Range High 64, 84, 157

Range Low 64, 84, 157

Rate 130, 136, 141

Ratio Control 163

Read 48, 165

Read Lockout Security 166

receiving a remote set point 157

Remote Enable 44, 157

Resetting a Tripped Limit 164

restoring user settings 153

retransmit 158

Rolling Password 147

RTD Leads 63

S

saving user settings 153

Scale High 63, 84, 157

Scale Low 63, 83, 157

Seconds 130, 136

secure settings 165, 166

Security Setting 145, 148

sensor backup 156 sensor selection 156

Sensor Type 63, 154, 156

serial communications 224

Serial Number 149

Set Lockout Security 166

set point high limit 156

Set Point High Limit Open Loop 80

set point low limit 156

Set Point Low Limit Open Loop 80

Sides

Alarm 85

Limit 73

Silencing 86

single set point ramping 161

Soak 142

Software Build 149

Software Configuration 169

Software Revision 148

Source 84

Special Output Function Menu 53,

110

Specifications 224

standard connector, all modules 20

Step Type 129, 134

Synchronized Variable Time Base

115

System Security 166

T

Ten Point Linearization 157

terminal function

Controller Module 18

Time 141

Time Base 71, 82

Time Derivative 46, 76, 154, 160

Time Integral 46, 76, 154, 160

Timer Function 211

Timer Menu 50, 92

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

TRU-TUNE+™ Band 76, 154

TRU-TUNE+™ Enable 76, 154

TRU-TUNE+™ Gain 76, 154

tuning the PID parameters 153

Type 84

U

Unused Step 141

USB converter 33

User Failure Action 78

User Password 147

User Restore Set 115, 153

User Save Set 115, 153

User Tune Aggressiveness 153

Using EZ-ZONE® Configurator Soft-

ware 169

using the software 165

V

Variable Function 216

Variable Menu 114

variable time base 161

W

Wait Event (1 and 2) 131, 132, 138

Wait For Both 142

weight 224

wiring

input 2 potentiometer 24

output 1 mechanical relay, form C

28, 29

wiring a network 32 wiring a serial EIA-485 network 32

wiring, Controller Module

current transformer input 1 to 4 24

digital inputs/outputs 7 through 12

24, 25

mechanical relay, form A output 2,

4, 6 or 8 28

mechanical relay, form C output 1

to 8 28

no-arc relay, form A output 2, 4, 6

or 8 29

potentiometer input 1 to 4 24

process input 1 to 4 23

RTD input 1 to 4 23

solid-state relay, form A outputs 1,

3, 5 or 7 30

solid-state relay, form A outputs 2,

4, 6 or 8 30

Switched DC/Open Collector out-

put 1, 3, 5 or 7 27

Switched DC output 2, 4, 6 or 8 27

thermistor input 1 to 4 23

thermocouple input 1 to 4 22

universal process output 1, 3, 5 or

7 29

wiring termination, touch-safe termi-

nals 224

X

Y

Z

231

Chapter 8 Appendix

Declaration of Conformity

EZ Zone Series RM

WATLOW

an

ISO 9001

approved facility since 1996.

1241 Bundy Blvd.

Winona, MN 55987 USA

Declares that the following Series RM (Rail Mount) products:

Model Numbers:

RM followed by additional letters or numbers describing use of up to four module

Classification:

Voltage and Frequency:

Power Consumption:

Environmental Rating: options of various inputs and outputs or communications.

Temperature control, Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2

SELV 24 to 28 V  ac 50/60 Hz or dc

RMA models 4 Watts, any other RM model 7 Watts

IP20

Meet the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant standards show below to indicate compliance.

EN 61326-1

2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

2006 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use – EMC

EN 61000-4-2 2008

requirements, Industrial Immunity, Class A Emissions (Not for use in a

Class B environment without additional filtering).

Electrostatic Discharge Immunity

EN 61000-4-3 2010

EN 61000-4-4 2011

EN 61000-4-5 2006

EN 61000-4-6 2008

Radiated Field Immunity

Electrical Fast-Transient / Burst Immunity

Surge Immunity

Conducted Immunity

EN 61000-4-11

SEMI F47

2004

EN 61000-3-2 2005

EN 61000-3-3

1

2005

2000

Voltage Dips, Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity

Harmonic Current Emissions

Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker

Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1-1

1

NOTE: To comply with flicker requirements cycle time may need to be up to 160 seconds if load current comply with 61000-3-3 requirements.

EN 61010-1 2010

2006/95/EC Low-Voltage Directive

Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements

Compliant with 2002/95/EC RoHS Directive

Per 2002/96/EC W.E.E.E Directive Please Recycle Properly

Joe Millanes

Name of Authorized Representative

Director of Operations

Winona, Minnesota, USA

Place of Issue

September 2013

Date of Issue Title of Authorized Representative

Signature of Authorized Representative

CE DOC EZ-ZONE RM-09-13

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

Page 1 of 1

232

Chapter 8 Appendix

How to Reach Us

Corporate Headquarters

Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company

12001 Lackland Road

St. Louis, MO 63146

Sales: 1-800-WATLOW2

Manufacturing Support: 1-800-4WATLOW

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.com

From outside the USA and Canada:

Tel: +1 (314) 878-4600

Fax: +1 (314) 878-6814

Latin America

Watlow de México S.A. de C.V.

Av. Fundición No. 5

Col. Parques Industriales

Querétaro, Qro. CP-76130

Mexico

Tel: +52 442 217-6235

Fax: +52 442 217-6403

Europe

Watlow France

Tour d'Asnières.

4 Avenue Laurent Cély

92600 Asnières sur Seine

France

Tél: + 33 (0)1 41 32 79 70

Télécopie: + 33(0)1 47 33 36 57

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.fr

Watlow GmbH

Postfach 11 65, Lauchwasenstr. 1

D-76709 Kronau

Germany

Tel: +49 (0) 7253 9400-0

Fax: +49 (0) 7253 9400-900

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.de

Watlow Italy S.r.l.

Viale Italia 52/54

20094 Corsico MI

Italy

Tel: +39 024588841

Fax: +39 0245869954

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.it

Asia and Pacific

Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd.

16 Ayer Rajah Crescent,

#06-03/04,

Singapore 139965

Tel: +65 6773 9488 Fax: +65 6778 0323

Email: [email protected] Website: www.watlow.com.sg

Watlow Australia Pty., Ltd.

4/57 Sharps Road

Tullamarine, VIC 3043

Australia

Tel: +61 3 9335 6449

Fax: +61 3 9330 3566

Website: www.watlow.com

Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

Room 501, Building 10, KIC Plaza

290 Songhu Road, Yangpu District

Shanghai, China 200433

China

Phone:

Local: 4006 Watlow (4006 928569)

International: +86 21 3381 0188

Fax: +86 21 6106 1423

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.cn

Watlow Ibérica, S.L.U.

C/Marte 12, Posterior, Local 9

E-28850 Torrejón de Ardoz

Madrid - Spain

T. +34 91 675 12 92

F. +34 91 648 73 80

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.es

Watlow UK Ltd.

Linby Industrial Estate

Linby, Nottingham, NG15 8AA

United Kingdom

Telephone: (0) 115 964 0777

Fax: (0) 115 964 0071

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.co.uk

From outside The United Kingdom:

Tel: +44 115 964 0777

Fax: +44 115 964 0071

Watlow Korea Co., Ltd.

#1406, E&C Dream Tower, 46, Yangpyeongdong-3ga

Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-103

Republic of Korea

Tel: +82 (2) 2628-5770 Fax: +82 (2) 2628-5771

Website: www.watlow.co.kr

Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd

1F-17, IOI Business Park

No.1, Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan

Bandar Puchong Jaya

47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.

Malaysia

Tel: +60 3 8076 8745 Fax: +60 3 8076 7186

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.watlow.com

瓦特龍電機股份有限公司

80143 高雄市前金區七賢二路189號 10樓之一

電話: 07-2885168 傳真: 07-2885568

Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation

10F-1 No.189 Chi-Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143

Taiwan

Tel: +886-7-2885168 Fax: +886-7-2885568

Your Authorized Watlow Distributor

ワトロー・ジャパン株式会社

〒101-0047 東京都千代田区内神田1-14-4

四国ビル別館9階

Tel: 03-3518-6630 Fax: 03-3518-6632

Email: [email protected] Website: www.watlow.co.jp

Watlow Japan Ltd.

1-14-4 Uchikanda, Chiyoda-Ku

Tokyo 101-0047

Japan

Tel: +81-3-3518-6630 Fax: +81-3-3518-6632

Email: [email protected] Website: www.

watlow.co.jp

TOTAL

CUSTOMER

SATISFACTION

3 Year Warranty

Watlow EZ-ZONE

®

RMC Module

233

Chapter 8 Appendix

Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents